CUP_ Sept to Dec 2018 by SCIENTIFIC BOOKS INFORMATION

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books September – December 2018 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Humanities Archaeology.................................1 Art ..............................................3 Classical Studies...........................3 Drama and Theatre.......................8 Film, Media and Sport..................8 American History..........................8 British History...............................9 European History........................10 History – other areas..................14 History – cross discipline............18 American Literature....................21 English Literature.......................22 European and World Literature...29 Music.........................................29 Philosophy.................................31 Religion.....................................36 Social Sciences Anthropology.............................40 Economics, Business Studies.......40 Education...................................43 Language and Linguistics...........44 Law...........................................48 Management.............................64 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas....................................67 Psychology.................................80 Social Science Research Methods...............................85 Sociology...................................86 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science......................87 Earth and Environmental Science.................................88 Engineering................................90 General Science..........................93 Life Sciences...............................93 Mathematics..............................96 Medicine....................................99 Physics and Astronomy.............105 Statistics and Probability...........110

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Archaeology

Humans, Animals and the Craft of Slaughter in Archaeo-Historic Societies

Globalization in Prehistory

Krish Seetah | Stanford University, California

Contact, Exchange, and the ‘People without History’ Edited by Nicole Boivin | University of Jena, Germany

This book is for archaeologists, historians, anthropologists and others interested in the scales of human interaction in prehistoric times. By recasting globalization through the lens of non-state societies, this book illustrates the complex connectivity that shaped the fabric of ancient societies at impressively large scales. • Focuses on the impact and historical role of small-scale (pre-/nonstate) societies • Challenges traditional historical and archaeological discourse about the drivers of social and cultural connectivity in the ancient world • Chapters are authored by leading scholars focused on globally diverse subjects July 2018 253 x 177 mm 368pp 30 b/w illus. 25 maps 978-1-108-42980-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

November 2018 253 x 177 mm 283pp 978-1-108-42880-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Ceramics in Circumpolar Prehistory Technology, Lifeways and Cuisine Edited by Peter Jordan | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Climate, Clothing, and Agriculture in Prehistory Linking Evidence, Causes, and Effects Ian Gilligan | University of Sydney

This book offers the first complete account of the development of clothing as a response to cold exposure during the ice ages. It is aimed at advanced undergraduates and graduates in courses on prehistory, in which climate variation and the origins of agriculture, clothing, and shelter are all important topics. • Draws together evidence from many disciplines • Contains an extensive illustration program that makes the book’s themes more accessible • The book is written in non-technical language September 2018 228 x 152 mm 361pp 95 b/w illus. 5 maps 9 tables 978-1-108-47008-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45519-0 Paperback £25.99 / US$34.99 P

The Power of Ritual in Prehistory

The book is for archaeologists interested in the adaptations and social lives of people in the prehistoric Circumpolar North. It is also targeted at archaeologists and historians interested in the history of technologies, specifically pottery cooking technologies, and the motivations and obstacles that lay behind their adoption into new regions. • Undertakes a novel investigation into why pottery technology was adopted into the Circumpolar World by prehistoric hunter-gatherer communities • Examines the motivations for adopting pottery and explores some of the challenges involved • Examines the social and cultural roles played by pottery Archaeology of the North

October 2018 253 x 177 mm 253pp 978-1-107-11824-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Burials, Migration and Identity in the Ancient Sahara and Beyond Edited by M. C. Gatto | University of Leicester

Secret Societies and Origins of Social Complexity Brian Hayden | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This is the only book in eighty years to deal with traditional secret societies from a comparative perspective. It is also the only study undertaken with an archaeological viewpoint. The conclusions will be eye-opening not only for archaeologists but also for anthropologists, students of religion, and political scientists. • Proposes a new view of ritual and religion • Summarizes the material aspects of secret societies in each chapter and gives examples of archaeological applications to prehistoric sites in one of the final chapters • Offers general discussions followed by full documentation of the characteristics of secret societies organized by specific topics August 2018 253 x 177 mm 414pp 64 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-42639-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Situating the relationship between practice, practitioner, and commodity resonates with the large body of scholars interested in food production, assembly, consumption, and the craft of cuisine. The book uses butchery as a point of departure for discussing the changing historical relationships with animal utility, symbolism, and meat consumption. • Provides a much broader social and ecological view of butchers, butchery, and butchering • Re-conceptualises a well-established data set • Examines many ethnographic and archaeo-historic case studies

This text summarises the state of the field of funerary archaeology in the Sahara and its neighbouring regions, setting the agenda for future research on mobility, migration and identity. A seminal reference point for Mediterranean and African archaeologists, historians and anthropologists, and archaeologists interested in burial and migration more broadly. • Presents the state of the field in the funerary archaeology of the Sahara and neighbouring regions • Sets the agenda for future research on mobility, migration and identity • Adopts a ground-breaking view that focuses on the Sahara and looks out from the Sahara to neighbouring regions, rather than the other way round November 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 130 b/w illus. 19 maps 22 tables 978-1-108-47408-5 Hardback £100.00 / US$140.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Archaeology

Archaeology and Urban Settlement in Late Roman and Byzantine Anatolia Euchaïa-Avkat-Beyözü and its Environment Edited by John Haldon | Princeton University, New Jersey

This volume represents the results of a collaborative project that integrates archaeological survey work with other disciplines in a unified approach to the region, both to enhance understanding of the history of Byzantine provincial society and to illustrate the application of innovative approaches to field survey. • Expands the basis for discussion and understanding of the region and its history • Develops our knowledge of the evolution of provincial urban settlement in the Byzantine period • Suggests new strategies for field survey, data management and interpretation

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-108-47115-2 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Maritime Networks in the Ancient Mediterranean World

Economic Networks and Cultural Ties, from Prehistory to the Early Modern Era Edited by Kristian Kristiansen | Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

This book provides the first global analysis of the relationship between trade and civilisation from the beginning of civilisation in 3000 BC until the modern era of 1600 AD. • A global coverage allows scholars and students from many disciplines to use the book and compare different epochs and regions • Discusses how trade promotes civilisation and allows readers to engage in a critical discussion of two central concepts to our own time • A long-term perspective from 3000 BC to 1600 AD provides readers with an opportunity to discuss if past conditions have a bearing on our present July 2018 253 x 177 mm 564pp 54 b/w illus. 57 maps 978-1-108-42541-4 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

The Social Archaeology of the Holy Land

Edited by Justin Leidwanger | Stanford University, California

This book uses network ideas to explore how the sea connected communities across the ancient Mediterranean. It looks at the complexity of cultural interaction, and the diverse modes of maritime mobility through which people and objects moved. It will be of interest to Mediterranean specialists, ancient historians, and maritime archaeologists. • Uses case studies from both archaeology and ancient history, across a range of periods • Specifically targets questions of maritime connectivity and mobility • Brings together contributions from both regional specialists and methodological innovators September 2018 253 x 177 mm 296pp 978-1-108-42994-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Trade and Civilisation

An Archaeology of the English Atlantic World, 1600–1700 Charles E. Orser, Jr | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book is the first book-length treatment of modern-world historical archaeology. It includes a compendium of information about the archaeology of the English seventeenth century by examining sites in England, the United States, Ireland, and Africa. The writings of seventeenth-century authors support the main contentions of the analysis. • Provides a real-world example of analyzing modernity using archaeological information as a primary source • Uses archaeological information collected from seventeenth-century sites throughout the Atlantic world • Uses abundant sources from seventeenth-century authors to support the ideas presented in modern-world archaeology July 2018 253 x 177 mm 500pp 22 b/w illus. 11 maps 25 tables 978-1-107-13048-7 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00 C

From Prehistory to the Crusades Edited by Assaf Yasur-Landau | University of Haifa, Israel

This book is intended for undergraduate and graduate students studying the ancient southern Levant (Israel and Palestine) from the earliest prehistory to the historic past. It integrates thematic concerns, such as gender, ethics, metallurgy, bioanthropology, archaeobotany, and presenting the past with chronological changes, from hunter-gatherers to empires. • Presents an holistic approach to the ancient Holy Land • Integrates chronological and thematic approaches • Offers the first substantial survey of southern Levant in twenty years November 2018 253 x 177 mm 668pp 105 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-15668-5 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$150.00 R

Memory and Agency in Ancient China Shaping the Life History of Objects Edited by Francis Allard | Indiana University, Pennsylvania

The case studies in this edited volume will appeal to archaeologists, art historians, and historians interested in the varied factors which guided the development of material culture in China over the past 5,000 years. They also supply comparative material to scholars with broader theoretical interests in the ‘life history’ of objects approach. • Offers new comparative material to scholars interested in the ‘life history’ of objects approach • Applies the concept of object ‘life histories’ to the specific case of China • Makes a distinction between different types of ‘life histories’ December 2018 253 x 177 mm 328pp 74 b/w illus. 10 maps 978-1-108-47257-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Art / Classical Studies

Art

Classical Studies

Collecting Art in the Italian Renaissance Court

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Gender, Identity and the Body in Greek and Roman Sculpture

Objects and Exchanges Leah R. Clark | The Open University, Milton Keynes

This is the first study to examine collecting practices across the Italian courts through the exchange of objects. This book will appeal to scholars of the Renaissance as well as university students (both undergraduate and postgraduate). Fundamentally interdisciplinary, it covers history, art history, economics, and gender. • Proposes a new view of the Italian court • Offers new insight into possessions and Renaissance consumption habits • Proposes a new hierarchy for the arts, looking at a range of media from gems to manuscript illumination, as well as painting and sculpture June 2018 253 x 177 mm 338pp 57 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 978-1-108-42772-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

The Cross, the Gospels, and the Work of Art in the Carolingian Age Beatrice E. Kitzinger | Princeton University, New Jersey

The book contributes to medieval studies, introducing new material for art history, religious studies, and manuscript studies in particular. The concern with definitions of ritual and time speaks to work by historians, and art-historical studies based especially in the Renaissance. • Introduces a wealth of little-studied and rarely published material • Engages a prominent discussion about the value and function of images in the early medieval church • Pairs ‘high’ and ‘low’-level artistic productions in a thematically unified discussion October 2018 253 x 177 mm 350pp 148 colour illus. 978-1-108-42881-1 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99

Vasari’s Words The ‘Lives of the Artists’ as a History of Ideas in the Italian Renaissance Douglas Biow | University of Texas, Austin

This book explores through keywords how Vasari’s Lives is designed to address from beginning to end a variety of compelling ideas circulating in Renaissance Italy. Written in an entertaining, down-to-earth manner for specialists and non-specialists, it places the Lives within the context of the modern discipline of intellectual history. • Proposes a new approach to Vasari’s Lives • Reads the Lives as a work of intellectual history, or as a history of ideas • Enlarges the purview of what constitutes the ‘legitimate’ and ‘traditional’ area of intellectual historical studies focused on Renaissance Italy September 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 41 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47205-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

R. J. Barrow | Roehampton University, London

This book offers incisive analysis of selected works of ancient art through a critical use of cuttingedge theory from gender studies, body studies, art history, and other related fields. It will be a key resource for advanced undergraduates and graduate students in courses on classical art, classical civilization, and gender studies. • Provides close analyses of individual works of art • Features new translations of ancient sources • Includes a glossary of Greek and Latin terms • Contains an extensive illustration program September 2018 228 x 152 mm 246pp 33 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03954-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Reuse and Renovation in Roman Material Culture Functions, Aesthetics, Interpretations Edited by Diana Y. Ng | University of Michigan, Dearborn

This book is for those interested in the Roman world. It treats the reuse of sculptural and architectural materials in new contexts, and explores the new associations that these ‘out of place’ materials created for their viewers. Materials were sometimes used to create new meanings, and sometimes for economic expedience. • Argues that the practice of ‘spoliation’ was prevalent in the high Roman empire, earlier than previously supposed, and a natural feature of human manipulation of the physical environment rather than a sign of decay or social pressure • Deals with the social and political contexts of reused materials • Opens new lines of inquiry in the field of classical studies, appealing to scholars of the ancient, late antique, and medieval periods September 2018 253 x 177 mm 304pp 77 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-47389-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Roman Architecture and Urbanism From the Origins to Late Antiquity Volume 1 Fikret Yegul | University of California, Santa Barbara

This book affirms the enduring attractions of Roman buildings and environments. Incorporating recent research and perceptive interpretations, it presents developments across the Roman world in a lively and accessible manner. By interrogating the meaning of architecture in daily life, it attracts audiences across diverse fields and backgrounds. • Proposes a comprehensive examination of Roman architecture from Europe, North Africa, and the Middle East • Provides updated information about classical sites including numerous new plans and images, and is comprehensive in its scope and wealth • Values Roman construction and considers how technology and engineering contributes to the making of bold and exceptional spaces and architecture December 2018 310 x 245 mm 882pp 828 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-0-521-47071-1 Hardback c. £215.00 / c. US$295.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Classical Studies

The Reception of Cicero in the Early Roman Empire

Tragedy, Ritual and Money in Ancient Greece

The Rhetorical Schoolroom and the Creation of a Cultural Legend Thomas J. Keeline | Washington University, St Louis

Selected Essays Richard Seaford | University of Exeter

Cicero was one of the most important figures of the late Roman Republic. This book explores what was remembered of his life and works in the early Roman Empire, and why. It focuses on the crucial role played by rhetorical education in turning him into a literary and political symbol. • Presents a comprehensive study of Cicero’s reception in the early Roman Empire, the foundational period for his subsequent reception • Shows the importance of ancient rhetorical education in mediating and indeed creating memories • Sheds new light on both well-worn and less-studied texts July 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-42623-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 496pp 978-1-107-17171-8 Hardback £100.00 / US$140.00

TEXTBOOK

Homer: Iliad Book XVIII Editor (introduction and notes) R. B. Rutherford | University of Oxford

Cicero and Roman Education The Reception of the Speeches and Ancient Scholarship Giuseppe La Bua | Università degli Studi di Roma ‘La Sapienza’, Italy

A highly informative book of great value to anyone interested in Cicero’s oratory, the history of Roman education and Latin textual criticism. It provides a comprehensive study of the reception of Cicero’s speeches in the ancient schoolroom and a fascinating picture of the Roman educational system. • Offers a comprehensive account of the reception of Cicero’s speeches in the ancient schoolroom • Paints a fascinating picture of Roman education as a complex, dynamic system of social, cultural and historical factors • Combines literary history, textual tradition and ancient scholarship November 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-06858-2 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Brings together a wide range of papers written with a single vision. Greek tragedy, the New Testament, representations of the inner self, Greek and Indian philosophy, Wagner: these seemingly disparate phenomena are analysed with special attention to the shaping influence of ritual and of money. • Conveys a unique historical vision of Greek tragedy • Demonstrates the interconnection of religion, drama, and economics • Contains a substantial new paper on the relationship between Greek and Indian philosophy

Greek Tragedy after the Fifth Century A Survey from ca. 400 BC to ca. AD 400 Edited by Vayos Liapis | Open University of Cyprus

An accessible survey exploring, for the first time in English, both textual and non-textual evidence for the development of Greek tragedy after the fifth century BC. It ranges widely across topics from theatre performance, music and dance to transmission and reception later in antiquity. The book will be essential for classicists and theatre scholars and practitioners. • Offers a single-volume overview of the history of Greek tragedy after its perceived heyday in the fifth century BC, which is the first of its kind in English • The book is comprehensive in its treatment, including all available textual evidence and every aspect of the history of tragedy • Upsets the deep-seated view of Greek tragedy as a genre that, essentially, died with Euripides, and shows its continuing vitality in later times November 2018 228 x 152 mm 410pp 1 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-03855-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00 C

Book 18 of the Iliad is an outstanding example of the range and power of Homeric epic. This edition provides an introduction, text and commentary suitable for intermediate and advanced students of Greek. It includes grammatical and other aids to translation but lays particular emphasis on interpretation and elucidation. • Presents an edition of this important and widely read text suitable for intermediate and advanced students of Greek • The introduction and commentary include abundant grammatical and linguistic help as well as emphasising questions of literary interpretation • Contains a substantial appendix considering the relation between Iliad 18 and the Babylonian Epic of Gilgamesh Contents: Introduction; 1. Book 18 and the choice of Achilles; 2. Hector; 3. The gods; 4. The shield of Achilles; 5. Homeric language and style: some important features; 6. Metre, grammar, text; Iliad 18; Commentary; Appendix: Gilgamesh and Homer. Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

December 2018 216 x 138 mm 300pp 978-1-107-06777-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-64312-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$30.99

X X

Dionysius of Halicarnassus and Augustan Rome Rhetoric, Criticism and Historiography Edited by Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

The Augustan Age was the Golden Age of Latin literature. This book explores how a Greek author of Augustan Rome bridged the gap between Greece and Rome, and between historiography and rhetoric. Indispensable for scholars of Augustan Rome and for students of Greek and Latin literature. • Offers the first English volume on the Greek critic, rhetorician and historian Dionysius of Halicarnassus • Interprets the Greek works of Dionysius of Halicarnassus in the context of Augustan Rome • Presents Dionysius’ rhetorical-critical essays and his history of Rome as two parts of one coherent programme Greek Culture in the Roman World

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-47490-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Classical Studies

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Dialectic after Plato and Aristotle

Melissus and Eleatic Monism Benjamin Harriman | University of Edinburgh

Edited by Thomas Bénatouïl | Université de Lille

Ancient dialectic started as an art of refutation and evolved into a science akin to our logic, grammar and linguistics. This book studies the philosophical debates over the objects and uses of dialectic involving Theophrastus, Epicurus, the Stoics, the ancient sceptics, Cicero, Galen and many others. • An international team of scholars study the conceptions of ancient dialectic in the Hellenistic and Imperial periods • Analyses ancient texts that have not yet been studied systematically • The book will appeal to those interested in the development of ancient epistemology and logic October 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-108-47190-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Cambridge Classical Studies

The Roots of Platonism The Origins and Chief Features of a Philosophical Tradition John Dillon | Trinity College Dublin

This book explores the process by which the intellectual speculations pursued by Plato in the Academy assumed the nature of a philosophical system, Platonism. It focuses on a number of key issues, such as monism versus dualism, the metaphysical underpinnings of ethical theory, and the theory of forms. • Explores the process by which the philosophy of Plato gradually became a dogmatic system • Highlights a series of basic features of Platonism, and traces their origins and development • Composed in a lively style as a result of its origin as a set of lectures November 2018 228 x 152 mm 124pp 978-1-108-42691-6 Hardback £19.99 / US$27.99

Authors and Authorities in Ancient Philosophy

September 2018 216 x 138 mm 288pp 978-1-108-41633-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Antiochus and Peripatetic Ethics Georgia Tsouni | Universität Bern, Switzerland

This book analyses afresh the naturalistic version of Peripatetic ethics preserved in Cicero’s On Ends 5, our major source for the ethical system of the first-century BCE philosopher Antiochus of Ascalon. It shows how he grounds the ‘Old Academic’ conception of the happy life in natural appropriation (oikeiosis). • Presents the first systematic analysis of Antiochus’ ethics (Cicero’s On Ends 5) in terms of its Peripatetic content • Addresses Antiochus’ hermeneutical assumptions regarding the unity of the ‘Old Academic’ tradition and places them in the cultural context of the late Republic • Highlights the way Aristotelian/Peripatetic ideas developed under the influence of a Stoic philosophical agenda and terminology Cambridge Classical Studies

Edited by Jenny Bryan | University of Manchester

Leading scholars explore how ancient Greek and Roman philosophy developed over its long history a sense in which philosophers might acknowledge the authority of some other philosopher or group of philosophers, as well as a number of canonical texts whose discussion itself became a mode of philosophical debate. • Covers a very broad range of thinkers and authors from the Presocratics to Late Antiquity • Suggests new points of comparison and difference between thinkers • Includes translations of all relevant Greek and Latin texts Cambridge Classical Studies

September 2018 216 x 138 mm 384pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51004-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

The first English-language monograph on Melissus of Samos, the most prominent representative of Eleaticism as inaugurated by Parmenides. It includes a reconstruction of the preserved textual evidence for his philosophy. Important for those working on the Presocratics, fifth-century BCE intellectual life, and the development of philosophical arguments. • The first comprehensive account in English of Melissus, a key figure in early Greek philosophy • Includes a full reconstruction of Melissus’ fragments, enabling a new understanding of his arguments and methods • Explores what Melissus gained from Parmenides and how he helped to establish the tradition of Eleaticism

November 2018 216 x 138 mm 234pp 978-1-108-42058-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Companion to Hippocrates Edited by Peter E. Pormann | University of Manchester

Hippocrates is a towering figure in Greek medicine, who has inspired generations of physicians over millennia in both the East and West. This accessible book introduces the legacy of Hippocrates, the man and the writings attributed to him. It is essential reading on courses in classics and the history of medicine. • The first comprehensive introduction to the topic • An international team of contributors provides accessible guides to various approaches and themes • Pays equal attention to ‘Hippocrates’ and the ‘Hippocratic Corpus’, including its rich afterlife Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 422pp 978-1-107-06820-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 978-1-107-69584-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$37.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Classical Studies

Galen: Works on Human Nature

Nero

Volume 1: Mixtures (De Temperamentis) Edited and translated by P. N. Singer | Birkbeck, University of London

Emperor and Court John F. Drinkwater | University of Nottingham

In this book, the Graeco-Roman doctor Galen sets out his influential theory of the ‘mixtures’ of the human body and his ideal of the ‘welltempered’ person, whose perfect balance ensures excellent performance both physically and psychologically. It is a key text in the history of ideas about the human organism. • This book is a new translation and interpretation of one of the most important and influential works of Galen • Provides generous introductory and elucidatory material to understand the work • Provides detailed indices and glossaries

Nero always attracts attention. This book, based on the most recent research and offering radically new interpretations of his character and reign – of the Fire, Christian ‘persecution’, the Golden House, and his ‘madness’ – will appeal to every type of reader, academic and general. • Argues for a new view of Nero’s principate by focusing on those around him and by directly addressing key topics, such as his mental health and the imperial fiscal system, which are usually side-lined or avoided • Takes a particular interest in the role of women in central Roman imperial politics and administration • Assumes little or no prior knowledge of the topic or period and is written in accessible and non-technical language

Cambridge Galen Translations

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02314-7 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$125.00

The World through Roman Eyes

HIGHLIGHT PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Anthropological Approaches to Ancient Culture Edited by Maurizio Bettini | Università degli Studi, Siena

This book showcases the fundamental contribution that anthropology has made to our understanding of ancient Roman culture. It allows the texts of ancient culture to speak in their own terms and privileges the experience of the natives (rather than the horizon of the observer). • Proposes an emic and comparative approach to the study of the ancient world • Makes theoretical assumptions clear and explains them in an accessible way • Illustrates how anthropological theories can be applied to ancient material through case studies September 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15761-3 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$130.00

The Roman Empire in Late Antiquity A Political and Military History Hugh Elton | Trent University, Peterborough, Ontario

This book provides a history of the late Roman Empire (AD 260–641), covering the rise of imperial Christianity, the fall of the West to the barbarians, and the Justinianic reconquest. It focuses on the mechanics of ruling this large state and the interaction of the emperor with the administration. Written with advanced undergraduates in mind. • Provides a detailed and up-to-date history of the late Roman Empire • Focuses on how the Late Roman Empire worked, from the point of view of the emperor • Integrates religious politics into the core of the narrative September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 23 b/w illus. 11 maps 978-0-521-89931-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45631-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

A History of the Roman Equestrian Order Caillan Davenport | Macquarie University, Sydney

In the Roman social hierarchy, the equestrian order stood second only to the senatorial aristocracy in status and prestige. This book offers the first comprehensive history of the order, covering the period from the eighth century BC to the fifth century AD. • The first comprehensive study of the Roman equestrian order across its entire history from the eighth century BC to the fifth century AD • Provides a dynamic account of the social and institutional aspects of the equestrian order in Rome and the provinces • Offers a new interpretation of the transformation of the equestrian order during the pivotal period of change from the early to late Roman Empire December 2018 247 x 174 mm 678pp 42 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03253-8 Hardback c. £130.00 / c. US$180.00

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 483pp 11 b/w illus. 5 maps 4 tables 978-1-108-47264-7 Hardback £32.99 / US$44.99 G

Exemplary Ethics in Ancient Rome Rebecca Langlands | University of Exeter

This ground-breaking study reveals the thrill and moral power of the ancient Roman story-world and its ancestral tales of bloody heroism. These famous exempla disseminated widely not only core values such as courage and loyalty but also key ethical debates and controversies which are still relevant for us today. • Provides the first full-length study of the role of Roman exempla in ethics and education to 100 CE • Articulates a new and comprehensive model of Roman ‘exemplary ethics’ as exciting, critical, and philosophically interesting • Bases arguments on a comprehensive survey of Latin literature and extensive close readings of key works August 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-04060-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Classical Studies

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Writing and Society in Ancient Cyprus

The Novels of Justinian A Complete Annotated English Translation Translated by David J. D. Miller

Philippa M. Steele | Magdalene College, Cambridge

The novels are a vital source for Roman, Byzantine, and early medieval social, economic, political, and legal history. This work provides the first English translation of the original Greek text along with an extensive commentary, making it accessible for the first time to both a general and student readership. • The first complete English translation of the novels and associated texts based on the original Greek, with significant emendations to the standard edition edited by Schoell and Kroll • Provides an extensive legal and historical commentary to explain the contents of the laws and place them in context • Includes a detailed introduction surveying the reign of the Emperor Justinian and the relationship between the novels and his broader programme of imperial renewal September 2018 247 x 174 mm 1400pp 1 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-00092-6 Hardback c. £180.00 / c. US$300.00 R

Athenian Democracy at War David M. Pritchard | University of Queensland

Classical Athens perfected direct democracy and ancient theatre. These achievements are rightly revered. Less well known is the other side of this success story. Democratic Athens completely transformed warfare and became a superpower. This book puts the study of Athenian democracy at war on an entirely new footing. • Explores the major reasons for Athenian military success • Studies the ordinary soldiers and sailors who served in the Athenian armed forces • Provides a multifaceted account of war in Athenian democracy December 2018 228 x 152 mm 296pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42291-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Life in an Egyptian Village in Late Antiquity

Cambridge Classical Studies

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 294pp 74 b/w illus. 3 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-16967-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

The Perpetual Immigrant and the Limits of Athenian Democracy Demetra Kasimis | University of Chicago

This book argues that immigration politics is a central – but overlooked – object of inquiry in the democratic thought of classical Athens. Thinkers criticized democracy’s strategic investments in nativism, the shifting boundaries of citizenship, and the precarious membership that a blood-based order effects for those eligible and ineligible to claim it. • Demonstrates the centrality of immigration politics to ancient Greek political thought • Analyzes ancient efforts to critique the pull of nativism in democracy • Essential reading for political scientists and all those concerned with issues of race, immigration, and democracy, as well as classicists Classics after Antiquity

Aphrodito before and after the Islamic Conquest Giovanni R. Ruffini | Fairfield University, Connecticut

This book explores the records from Aphrodito, a late Roman village, and provides a micro-history, giving more detail about daily life here than anywhere else in the Roman Empire. It challenges the conventional focus on late antique cultural elites, creating instead a vision of Late Antiquity focused on free peasants and their villages. • Provides a cradle-to-grave journey through daily life in the late Roman Empire • The most detailed micro-level social history available for the Roman Empire • Shows the changes brought to village life by the transition from Roman to Arab rule October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-10560-7 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$40.00

A pioneering treatment of the development and importance of writing in ancient Cypriot society, throughout the second and first millennia BC. Exploring questions of literacy and identity, the book will be useful to scholars and students (epigraphists, linguists, archaeologists, historians) and to anyone interested in Cyprus or in writing systems. • Provides a comprehensive account of writing and literacy in Cyprus in the second and first millennia BC • Considers the context of writing through interdisciplinary research involving epigraphic, linguistic, archaeological and historical information and approaches • Well illustrated with over seventy figures

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-05243-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

TEXTBOOK

From Caesar to Augustus (c.49 BC–AD 14) Using Coins as Sources Clare Rowan | University of Warwick

Aimed at undergraduate students studying the history of the late Roman Republic and the Principate of Augustus. With almost two hundred coins illustrated and explained, the book provides a self-contained guide to all the relevant numismatic evidence for this period and connects coinage to broader historical debates. • Provides illustrations, explanations and historical context for all of the most important coins from the period, with no prior numismatic knowledge assumed • Helps students understand how to analyse the iconography of coins and the importance of archaeological contexts • Includes a glossary of common Latin terms, as well as technical numismatic terms, and guidance on the use of reference works and online resources Contents: 1. Approaching coinage in the late Roman Republic; 2. Competition, legitimacy and Civil War (49–44 BC); 3. Competition and conflict after Caesar (44–36 BC); 4. The view from the East: Cleopatra and Mark Antony (38–31 BC); 5. Representing the Augustan Principate (31 BC–AD 14); 6. Coins and daily life; Guide to further reading;

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Classical Studies / Drama and Theatre / Film, Media and Sport / American History

Appendices: 1. Timeline; 2. Latin numismatic abbreviations; 3. Glossary; 4. Denominational systems; 5. The production of ancient coinage; Bibliography; Index Guides to the Coinage of the Ancient World

TEXTBOOK

October 2018 216 x 138 mm 264pp 195 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-03748-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$84.99 X 978-1-107-67569-8 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$24.99 X

An Introduction to Communication

Empire and Political Cultures in the Roman World

Prioritizing brevity and clarity, this book integrates theory and practice in easy-to-follow, comprehensive chapters to demystify the complex communication field. Offering a wealth of examples from students’ personal, professional, and online lives, it teaches skills allowing students from all academic backgrounds to understand communication. • Approaches the topic efficiently and concisely • Maintains a consistent focus on communication research • Prioritizes diversity and the effect of culture on communication • Sustains a concentration on the intersection between skill and theory

Emma Dench | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Film, Media and Sport

Evaluating a hundred years of scholarship on how empire transformed the Roman world, and advancing a new theory of how the Empire worked and was experienced, this book is accessible to undergraduate and graduate students as well as of interest to all scholars concerned with the rise and fall of the Roman Empire. • Proposes a new view of how the Roman Empire worked • Explores both Rome’s Republican empire and the ‘Empire of the Caesars’ • Focuses on both central Roman history and local experience Key Themes in Ancient History

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 226pp 5 b/w illus. 1 map 978-0-521-81072-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-0-521-00901-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Drama and Theatre

Contents: 1. The communication process; 2. Culture and communication; 3. Perception, the self, and communication; 4. Verbal and nonverbal communication; 5. Listening and responding; 6. Interpersonal and relational communication; 7. Communication in small groups and organizations; 8. Social/mass media and communication; 9. Preparing and composing speeches; 10. Audience analysis and speech delivery. October 2018 246 x 189 mm 350pp 978-1-107-15104-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$112.00 978-1-316-60691-9 Paperback £32.99 / US$44.99

X X

American History

Performing Endurance Art and Politics since 1960 Lara Shalson | King’s College London

Unrequited Toil

Offering a formal account and theory of endurance as a practice in performance art and protest, this book discusses influential performances by Marina Abramovic, Chris Burden, Tehching Hsieh, Yoko Ono, and others, as well as 1960s lunch counter sit-ins and twenty-first-century protest camps. Essential reading in performance theory, art history, and political activism. • Offers new interpretations of influential performance art works and important political protest actions • Argues for the ethics and politics of endurance as a form that engages with key questions of embodiment and relationality • Tracks major debates in performance studies, theatre studies, and art history, offering new directions August 2018 228 x 152 mm 224pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42645-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Lynn H. Turner | Marquette University, Wisconsin

A History of United States Slavery Calvin Schermerhorn | Arizona State University

Written as an introduction for undergraduate students, Unrequited Toil explores the history of American slavery from the American Revolution to post-Civil War Reconstruction. Personal narratives are used across twelve chronologically-ordered chapters to explore themes such as politics, economics, labor, literature, rebellion, and social conditions. • Proposes a fresh and multidimensional introduction to slavery in the United States, showing slavery as a process that changed over time in a variety of contexts • Uses personal narratives across twelve thematic and chronologicallyordered chapters • Explores how the labor mobility that made the cotton kingdom possible broke apart African-American families Cambridge Essential Histories

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-107-02766-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-60858-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

C G

American History / British History

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

African Americans and the Pacific War, 1941–1945

Murder in the Shenandoah Making Law Sovereign in Revolutionary Virginia Jessica K. Lowe | University of Virginia

Race, Nationality, and the Fight for Freedom Chris Dixon | Macquarie University, Sydney

Jessica K. Lowe tells the story of Commonwealth v. Crane, exposing deep rifts in post-Revolutionary Virginia and using it to unearth Revolutionary America’s gripping debates over justice, criminal punishment, and equality before the law. She shows how post-Revolutionary Virginia was gripped by the question of what it means to make law ‘sovereign’. • Argues for the importance of the lived experience of the law • Demonstrates quickly changing ideas at the time of the American founding about what it meant to establish law in a republic • Shifts the emphasis of Virginian history to the upper Shenandoah Valley, in what is now West Virginia Studies in Legal History

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42178-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

Almost Citizens

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11269-8 Hardback c. £71.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-53293-9 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

British History

Puerto Rico, the US Constitution, and Empire Sam Erman | University of Southern California

Almost Citizens traces the struggles over citizenship waged between US officials and Puerto Rican individuals, which led to a seismic constitutional shift away from citizenship, rights, and statehood and toward racist imperial governance. • Provides a gripping, detailed account of the US decision to annex Puerto Rico in 1898 • Focuses on largely unknown historical figures who played central roles in the history of US constitutionalism • Reveals the roots of a key exception to a doctrine that remains at the center of political debate in the United States today Studies in Legal History

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41549-1 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

This book offers a new perspective of the Pacific War as seen through the experience of African Americans. Chris Dixon explores the relationship between race, American military power, and foreign policy during the Pacific War, paying particular attention to African Americans’ attitudes and interactions with other non-white peoples. • Provides a comprehensive examination of the little-known aspects of African-American history and the history of World War Two • Enables readers to understand how African Americans felt about complex racial and political issues arising from the Pacific War • Draws on a wide array of sources to reconstruct the aspects of life during wartime, including newspapers, oral histories, diaries, and letters

Birth Control and American Modernity A History of Popular Ideas Trent MacNamara | Texas A & M University

With a novel focus on the words and deeds of ordinary Americans, Trent MacNamara explores the democratic underpinnings of birth control’s legitimacy in America. He charts a mass movement in which men as well as women built a new reproductive ethic around hotly contested ideas about time, money, divinity, family, and health. • Focuses on the everyday actions of ordinary people rather than leaders or political and legal struggles • Offers the first broad survey of birth control history in America since 1978 • Draws on a wealth of sources, including personal correspondence and popular media October 2018 228 x 152 mm 296pp 19 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-316-51958-5 Hardback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

Beyond Slavery and Abolition Black British Writing, c.1770–1830 Ryan Hanley | University College London

By extending our view of early black British writing beyond traditional questions of slavery and abolition, Ryan Hanley places black agency at the heart of a new social and cultural history of Georgian Britain. Combining historical research and literary analysis, he shows how black writers helped to make British society. • Places the contribution of black intellectuals at the heart of a broad range of movements • Links histories of slavery and abolition to other aspects of British ‘domestic’ history • Provides new biographical information on eight key figures of the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century black Atlantic November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47565-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Trust among Strangers Friendly Societies in Modern Britain Penelope Ismay | Boston College, Massachusetts

Friendly societies provided mutual aid to many working-class Britons during the nineteenth century. But these societies were just one iteration of a larger conceptual mode of organizing reciprocity. This book traces the ways in which contemporaries adapted the concept to make promises of collective responsibility effective – even among strangers. • Provides a fresh perspective on friendly societies and on social cooperation and solidarity in modern societies • Illuminates how Britons resolved the problems of trust that made modernity possible • Highlights the malleability of the practice and concept of friendly societies, and how they live on in the modern day August 2018 228 x 152 mm 238pp 6 b/w illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-108-47252-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

British History / European History

HIGHLIGHT

The Excerpta Constantiniana and the Byzantine Appropriation of the Past

Women of Fortune Money, Marriage, and Murder in Early Modern England Linda Levy Peck | George Washington University, Washington DC

András Németh | Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana

Women of Fortune tells the compelling story of mercantile wealth, arranged marriages, and merchant heiresses who asserted their rights despite loss, imprisonment, and murder. Following the Bennet and Morewood families across three generations, Linda Levy Peck provides new insight into the social, economic, and cultural history of early modern England. • Casts fresh light on the lives and agency of early modern heiresses beyond their usual roles as transmitters of property • Explains how major elements of the English economy worked in practice in the early modern period through the story of several families across three generations • Provides a vivid account of one woman’s experience of the Grand Tour that encompassed travel, sightseeing, romance, and war

The first comprehensive study of the Excerpta, a sort of ‘Byzantine Google’ which repackaged many key works of Greek historiography stretching back into antiquity, examining how it reshaped Byzantine court culture in the tenth century. The book also tackles wider issues including the history of information management, philological practices and book culture. • The first in-depth analysis of the historical excerpts, including many key historians from classical and late antiquity, in the context of their production in Byzantium • Proposes a new and coherent interpretative framework of several key works produced at the Byzantine Court in the tenth century • Tackles theoretical problems beyond Byzantium, such as the understanding of time, history, textual coherence, the practical reading of history and managing information overload

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 351pp 978-1-107-03402-0 Hardback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 4 tables 978-1-108-42363-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

HIGHLIGHT

Dublin’s Great Wars The First World War, the Easter Rising and the Irish Revolution Richard S. Grayson | Goldsmiths, University of London

The first integrated history of the Dubliners who served in the British military and in republican forces during the First World War and Irish Revolution. Richard S. Grayson reveals the importance of First World War experiences to the Easter Rising as well as to the War of Independence and the Civil War. • The first study of Dubliners’ military service in the First World War • Puts a strong focus on the British army veterans who joined the IRA • Highlights the lost narrative of Dublin loyalism through the history of the 36th (Ulster) Division August 2018 228 x 152 mm 424pp 33 b/w illus. 13 maps 27 tables 978-1-107-02925-5 Hardback c. £20.00 / c. US$35.00 G

City and Society in the Low Countries, 1100–1600 Edited by Bruno Blondé | Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Throughout the middle ages and the sixteenth century, the Low Countries counted among the most urbanised societies in Europe. This comprehensive survey unravels the geographical, political, social, religious, cultural and economic entanglements and complexities that shaped a remarkably resilient urban society. • A multi-authored and accessible volume that resulted from a collaborative inter-university project on the social history of the city • Offers a balanced and up-to-date view on relevant debates • Explicitly deals with the spatial and material dimensions of urban history September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47468-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Donor Portraits in Byzantine Art

European History Cultural Encounters on Byzantium’s Northern Frontier, c.AD 500–700 Coins, Artifacts and History Andrei Gandila | University of Alabama, Huntsville

An interdisciplinary analysis of Byzantine frontier policy in the northern Balkans and the Black Sea region. It explores cultural interaction between Romans and barbarians, warfare, diplomacy, and the creation of identities before the final collapse of the ancient world order. • An interdisciplinary analysis of Byzantine frontier policy, contributing to a better understanding of the last Roman century • Redefines the notion of ‘frontier river’ in Late Antiquity by synthesizing a wide range of textual and archaeological evidence • Challenges previous interpretations of coins found beyond the frontier through an innovative comparative approach October 2018 247 x 174 mm 396pp 69 b/w illus. 19 maps 978-1-108-47042-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00 C

The Vicissitudes of Contact between Human and Divine Rico Franses | American University of Beirut

This book argues that donor portraits in Byzantine art should instead be considered as contact portraits. It contends that the most important feature of the scenes of supplication between mortals and holy, supernatural interlocutors consists in the active role that they play within the belief systems of the supplicants. • Proposes a new understanding of donor portraits • Adopts approaches drawn from critical theory and post-structuralist theory • Considers the active role that images play within belief systems November 2018 247 x 174 mm 266pp 64 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41859-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

European History

Genealogy and the Politics of Representation in the High and Late Middle Ages

The Cambridge Companion to the Dutch Golden Age Helmer J. Helmers | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Joan A. Holladay | University of Texas, Austin

Addressed to art historians and medievalists, this book examines the forms and functions of family trees and other figural expressions of lineage in twelfth- through fourteenth-century Europe, studying their flexible roles in legitimizing rulers and office-holders, supporting political claims, and commemorating the dead. • Examines a wide range of media and locations • Organizes examples by their function, allowing the reader to think across media, geography, and social status • Provides rare examples from German art October 2018 253 x 177 mm 373pp 143 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 978-1-108-47018-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00 C

An accessible introduction to one of the most remarkable epochs in European history and an indispensable guide for anyone interested in the political, economic, literary and artistic heritage of the Dutch Republic in the seventeenth century. • A comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to the rich history of the Dutch Republic, written by leading specialists • The book adopts an interdisciplinary approach, integrating the historical, art-historical, and literary scholarship of the period • Highlights the relevance of the Dutch Republic in European and global history Cambridge Companions to Culture

Leo VI and the Transformation of Byzantine Christian Identity

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 340pp 39 b/w illus. 3 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-17226-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-316-62353-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Writings of an Unexpected Emperor Meredith L. D. Riedel | Duke University, North Carolina

Childhood in Modern Europe

This book examines political strategies employed by Leo VI in his writings and the role of religion as a carrier of communal identity in Byzantium. It highlights differences between Christianity and Islam, the deployment of Christian identity by the Byzantine emperor, and the role of religion during the heyday of history’s longest-lived Christian empire. • Explores important developments for the middle Byzantine period with respect to the increasing focus on Christianity and religion as key identifiers of East Roman imperial rule and society • Shows the increasing emphasis placed on the differences between Christianity and Islam, and the deployment of Christian identity by the Byzantine emperor • Highlights the political and ideological strategies employed by Leo VI in his literary output, with discussions of his most important works September 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-05307-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Learning in a Crusader City Intellectual Activity and Intercultural Exchanges in Acre, 1191–1291 Jonathan Rubin | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

Jonathan Rubin explores the intellectual activities and intercultural exchanges that occurred in the city of Acre during the Crusades, drawing on the complete body of evidence from the city. The result is an unprecedentedly rich portrait of a hitherto neglected intellectual centre on the Eastern shores of the medieval Mediterranean. • Systematically explores the complete body of intellectual production of a crusader city • Examines the work done in the city in separate fields, as well as the roles that some key figures and groups played in them • Provides a unique picture of a ‘new’ Latin-dominated centre of intellectual activity Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 110

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18718-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Colin Heywood | University of Nottingham

This invaluable introduction to the history of childhood in both Western and Eastern Europe c.1700–2000 seeks to give a voice to children as well as adults, wherever possible. It addresses a number of key topics, including conceptions of childhood, ideas about family life, culture, welfare, schooling, and work. • Combines both a chronological and a thematic approach to the history of childhood, making it useful for a broad range of courses • Employs a ‘bottom-up’ as well as a ‘top-down’ approach to give a voice to children as well as adults during this time • Pursues similar themes through three key periods to explore how children’s experiences, and attitudes towards childhood, changed throughout the modern period New Approaches to European History, 56

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 20 b/w illus. 1 map 978-0-521-86623-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 P 978-0-521-68525-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

The Politics of Wine in Early Modern France Religion and Popular Culture in Burgundy, 1477–1630 Mack P. Holt | George Mason University, Virginia

Focusing on the local wine industry, Mack P. Holt examines the relationship between the ruling and popular classes and demonstrates how ordinary Burgundians were crucial in turning back the tide of Protestantism in the sixteenth century, until the absolutist policies of Louis XIII curtailed their influence on local politics. • Shows how the popular classes participated in and affected politics in Burgundy between the fifteenth and seventeenth centuries • Explains why Burgundy remained Catholic in the Reformation • Illuminates the important role of the local wine industry in local politics and religion New Studies in European History

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 26 b/w illus. 3 maps 17 tables 978-1-108-47188-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

European History

Reading and Rebellion in Catholic Germany, 1770–1914

Socialism across the Iron Curtain

Jeffrey T. Zalar | University of Cincinnati

Socialist Parties in East and West and the Reconstruction of Europe after 1945 Jan De Graaf | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

In this panoramic study of Catholic book culture in Germany from 1770–1914, Jeffrey T. Zalar exposes the myth that the clergy defined Catholic reading habits. He shows that readers disobeyed the book rules of their church and read diverse literature, including works from the Index of Forbidden Books. • Contains lively and detailed accounts of popular rebellion at the core of the Catholic church as Catholics resisted their church’s book rules • Challenges dominant perceptions by highlighting that the most important structuring force of change in the modern church was popular literacy • Addresses the national integration of a minority group Publications of the German Historical Institute

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47290-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

New Studies in European History

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 315pp 978-1-108-42508-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

The Holocaust in Greece Edited by Giorgos Antoniou | International Hellenic University, Thessaloniki

During the course of the Second World War, the Axis forces murdered ninety percent of the Jewish population in Greece. With cutting-edge research, the authors show that the scale of this disaster could not have been achieved by the authorities alone without the active participation of Greek Christians. • Presents a new and original interpretation of the Holocaust in Greece • Provides focused case studies, which illuminate how the persecution of Greek Jews – particularly their deportation and theft of their property – took place in particular instances • Makes Greek scholarship on the Holocaust in Greece available to English-speaking audiences for the first time October 2018 228 x 152 mm 348pp 13 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-47467-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

This innovative pan-European history of post-war socialism shows that the Cold War categories of ‘East’ and ‘West’ cannot be projected back onto post-war Europe. By comparing the socialist and social democratic parties in Czechoslovakia, France, Italy, and Poland, it highlights the many similarities across and divergences within the two putative blocs. • Brings together cases from the East and West to shine fresh light on both national and comparative histories • Challenges much of the current historiography of post-war European socialism and offers a new explanation for the weaknesses of post-war socialist parties • Draws on archival documents in seven different languages

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Shaping of Tuscany Landscape and Society between Tradition and Modernity Dario Gaggio | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Many tourists perceive the Tuscan landscape to be one of timelessness and harmony, yet Tuscany was profoundly reshaped following a surge of upheavals during the twentieth century. Uncovering the experiences of ordinary people, this book tells the story of the region’s beauty as the product of modern conflicts and aspirations. • Offers an engaging and comprehensive history of the region of Tuscany • Shows how the beauty of Tuscany was forged from conflict and compromise rather than inherited from the past • Proposes a new understanding of landscapes shaped by conflicts over senses of place and time 20C European history

November 2018 229 x 152 mm 309pp 25 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-56721-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$31.99 C Also available 978-1-107-12777-7 Hardback £78.99 / US$105.00 C

The Emotional Politics of the Alternative Left West Germany, 1968–1984 Joachim C. Häberlen | University of Warwick

This fresh account of new-leftist politics in West Germany after 1968 emphasises how central feelings were, both for leftist critiques of modern capitalism and for their political practices. Joachim C. Häberlen’s book is based on close archival research and is theoretically informed by recent approaches to the history of emotions. • Provides a new perspective on leftist politics in West Germany which will stimulate debates about the place of the alternative left in West German history • Offers a vivid and surprising vision of emotional practices within the alternative left • Combines theoretical approaches to the writing of a history of emotions with close archival research New Studies in European History

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47174-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Nation and Loyalty in a German-Polish Borderland Upper Silesia, 1848–1960 Brendan Karch | Louisiana State University

In the borderland of Upper Silesia, between 1848 and 1960, the local population resisted attempts by nationalist activists to compel them to become loyal Germans or Poles, a divide dictated by the two languages they spoke. This study of that resistance will appeal to scholars of European history and nationalism. • Recasts mid-twentieth-century national radicalism as partially motivated by local resistance to nationalization • This interdisciplinary study of nationalism will appeal to scholars of sociology and political science • Provides new insights into the relationship between Nazi Germany and international political organizations on the Jewish question Publications of the German Historical Institute

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 9 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-48710-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

European History

Turkish Germans in the Federal Republic of Germany

Soviet Russians under Nazi Occupation

Immigration, Space, and Belonging, 1961–1990 Sarah Thomsen Vierra | New England College, New Hampshire

Fragile Loyalties in World War II Johannes Due Enstad | Universitetet i Oslo

Drawing on a diverse array of Turkish- and German-language sources, this book explores the history of Turkish immigrants and their children in West Berlin from 1961 to the early years after reunification. Sarah Thomsen Vierra sheds new light on the relationship between belonging, identity, and everyday life. • Brings the perspectives of Turkish immigrants and their children into the historical narrative by drawing on Turkish-language sources as well as German sources • Focuses on the everyday lives of first- and second-generation Turkish Germans • Uses the methodological framework of space to explore issues of belonging and integration Publications of the German Historical Institute

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 298pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42730-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

New Studies in European History

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 12 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-42126-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Jacob & Esau

German Soldiers and the Occupation of France, 1940–1944

Jewish European History between Nation and Empire Malachi Haim Hacohen | Duke University, North Carolina

Julia S. Torrie | St Thomas University, New Brunswick

For four years, German soldiers not only stood guard over and fought in France, but also lived their lives. While the everyday experiences of the occupied French population are well-documented, we know much less about the occupiers. The lives of ordinary German soldiers offer new insights into the occupation of France and the history of Nazism. • A corrective to standard accounts of the German occupation of France that cover German policy-makers only • Argues that occupied France was integrally linked to the larger war • The book is based on a wide variety of primary sources, including soldiers’ letters, photographs and memoirs Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47128-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

A compelling account of northwest Russia under Nazi occupation, this book highlights the fragility of Soviet identity and loyalty during the ‘Great Patriotic War’. Having lived through collectivization and Stalinist terror, many Soviet Russians invested hope and effort in the German promise of a better life without the Bolsheviks. • A clear and readable account of the Russian experience under Nazi rule • Draws on both Soviet and German archival sources, as well as eyewitness accounts, diaries, and memoirs • Reconsiders the relationship of ordinary Russians to Stalinism and to the German occupation

The Stalinist Era

European histories have traditionally marginalised the Jews, while Jewish history has told an exclusively Jewish story. Malachi Haim Hacohen sets out to redress this through an ambitious and panoramic alternative Jewish European history that re-integrates the cosmopolitan narrative of the Jewish diaspora with traditional Jews and Jewish culture. • A major rereading of Jewish history and culture throughout European history • An overview of two millennia of Jewish-Christian relations • Attempts to ‘Europeanise’ traditional rabbinic discourses November 2018 228 x 152 mm 585pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51037-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$104.99 978-1-316-64984-8 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

The Cambridge History of the Byzantine Empire c.500–1492

David L. Hoffmann | Ohio State University

Edited by Jonathan Shepard | University of Cambridge

Placing Stalinism in its international context, David L. Hoffmann offers a new interpretation of Soviet state intervention and violence. Covering collectivization, industrialization, gender roles, nationality policies, the Gulag, the Second World War, and the Cold War, Hoffmann provides a succinct account of this pivotal period in world history. • Re-interprets Stalinism as an integral part of world history • Synthesizes new research on Stalinism • An accessible, succinct, and engaging book, ideal for undergraduate courses

Byzantium lasted a thousand years, ruled by self-styled ‘emperors of the Romans’. It underwent territorial and structural changes, yet recovered repeatedly from disaster. This book tells the story, tracing political and military events, religious controversy and economic change, with particular attention to relations with the outside world. • The most detailed and authoritative single-volume account of Byzantine history to date • Written by a strong team of leading international scholars, each an expert in his or her own field • Provides even coverage across the whole history of the Byzantine Empire, offering both narrative and in-depth analysis

New Approaches to European History, 57

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 206pp 22 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-00708-6 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99 P 978-0-521-18837-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$26.99 G

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 1228pp 978-1-107-68587-1 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$50.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

History – other areas

A Concise History of Mexico Third edition Brian R. Hamnett | University of Essex

KEY REFERENCE NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge History of China Volume 5: Sung China, 960–1279 AD Part 2 John W. Chaffee

The second of two volumes on the Sung Dynasty, providing a comprehensive history of China from the fall of the T’ang in 907 to the Mongol conquest of 1279. Authoritative, topical treatment of key economic, social, cultural and intellectual developments demonstrates the profound significance of this period in Chinese history. • A much anticipated addition to the series • Offers the most complete coverage of this time period published in any Western language • Presents an authoritative account of key political, economic, social, cultural and intellectual topics in Sung history History (general) after 1500 | The Cambridge History of China

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 975pp 3 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-46161-0 Paperback £45.00 / US$60.00 Also available 978-0-521-24330-8 Hardback £130.00 / US$206.00

R R

The Tokyo War Crimes Tribunal Law, History, and Jurisprudence David Cohen | Stanford University, California

Like its Nuremberg counterpart, the Tokyo trial was foundational in the field of international law. However, the persistent notion of ‘victor’s justice’ in the existing literature has made it difficult to objectively assess. Cohen and Totani redress this by providing a fresh perspective based on careful examination of the trial record. • The first truly comprehensive assessment of the Tokyo trial as a judicial process, separating it from other ideologically motivated studies • Illustrates the Tokyo Trial’s importance for international jurisprudence by placing it in the context of both modern Japanese history and international criminal law • The book is based on often neglected sources, including a draft judgment by Sir William Webb, the President of the Tokyo tribunal October 2018 234 x 156 mm 562pp 978-1-107-11970-3 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

HIGHLIGHT NEW IN PAPERBACK

Cold War Freud Psychoanalysis in an Age of Catastrophes Dagmar Herzog | City University of New York

Dagmar Herzog uncovers the astonishing array of concepts of human selfhood which circulated across the globe in the aftermath of World War II. She reveals how competing theories of desire, anxiety, aggression, guilt, trauma and pleasure were mobilised in a fundamental rethinking of the very nature of the human psyche. • An engaging and wide-ranging cultural, political and intellectual history of the evolution of psychoanalysis • Offers fresh insights into the profound consequences of the Holocaust and the Nazi past on post-war psychoanalysis • Presents new readings of radical, anarchist and utopian Freudianism in the 1960s and 1970s History after 1945 (general)

October 2018 229 x 152 mm 249pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-42087-8 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$25.99 Also available 978-1-107-07239-8 Hardback £25.00 / US$35.95

G G

This concise history provides a broad thematic history of Mexico from political, economic, and cultural perspectives. In this third edition, Hamnett adds new material on changes in the twenty-first century, including the Mexican drug war between government officials and gangs, and the immigration and border crises within the United States. • Provides a comprehensive look at Mexico’s changes over time from the pre-Columbian era to the present day, with new material on the twenty-first century • New illustrations in the third edition help to deepen an understanding of the text • Designed to influence decision-making and policymaking Cambridge Concise Histories

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 51 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-17458-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-62661-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 P

Blacks of the Land Indian Slavery, Settler Society, and the Portuguese Colonial Enterprise in South America Edited and translated by James Woodard | Montclair State University, New Jersey

Professors Barbara Weinstein and James Woodard have translated John M. Monteiro’s field-defining work from its original Portuguese into English. The book engages with themes central to slavery studies and ethnohistory and makes clear the degree to which native peoples shaped the colonial history of southeastern Brazil. • Makes available an English translation of a pioneering work on Indian slavery in Portuguese-claimed South America • Serves as a student-friendly text, with additional aids such as a glossary and timeline • The translation is clear and accessible, reflecting the prose of the original Portuguese edition Cambridge Latin American Studies, 112

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 14 tables 978-1-107-11467-8 Hardback c. £71.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-53518-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Black British Migrants in Cuba Race, Labor, and Empire in the Twentieth-Century Caribbean, 1898–1948 Jorge L. Giovannetti-Torres | University of Puerto Rico

This book provides a detailed analysis of Afro-Caribbean experiences in Cuba from 1898 to 1948. Paying particular attention to labor, race, politics, and imperial relations, Jorge L. Giovannetti-Torres weaves together a complex story of transnationalism in the African diaspora. • Offers a comprehensive history of British Antilleans in Cuba • Focuses on the pre-World War II era to fill the historical void in twentieth-century analysis of the Afro-Caribbean diaspora • Uses regional newspapers to provide concrete examples of discrimination against Caribbean migrants Cambridge Studies on the African Diaspora

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42346-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

History – other areas

The Kongo Kingdom

Imagining Africa

The Origins, Dynamics and Cosmopolitan Culture of an African Polity Edited by Koen Bostoen | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

Whiteness and the Western Gaze Clive Gabay | Queen Mary University of London

Bringing new insights on one of the most famous pre-colonial polities in Central Africa, this unique book provides a cross-disciplinary approach to the history of the Kongo kingdom. Both distinguished and upcoming scholars from areas as diverse as anthropology, archaeology, history, and linguistics share a thematic focus on political space. • Maintains a strong regional and thematic focus • Deals exclusively with the Kongo kingdom, allowing readers to reconstruct the history of a pre-colonial African polity • Uses new bodies of evidence in conjunction with traditional sources of African history, such as linguistic data and archaeological finds October 2018 228 x 152 mm 334pp 29 b/w illus. 9 maps 978-1-108-47418-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Politicizing Sex in Contemporary Africa Homophobia in Malawi Ashley Currier | University of Cincinnati

At times of Western crisis, such as the 2007–8 financial crisis, there has been a sudden growth of Afro-optimism, seemingly predicting Africa’s ‘rise’. Gabay examines British imperial attitudes towards Africa and shows that this phenomenon of positive coverage of Africa is neither unique, unexpected nor unpredictable. • Presents a historical approach to questions concerning change and international order • Places race and racism at the centre of changes in and imaginations of international hierarchies • Focuses ‘inwards’ to the changing contours of whiteness, rather than purely ‘outwards’ to the ways that non-Western regions have been racialised December 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-47360-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Colonizing Consent Rape and Political Authority in South Africa in the Nineteenth Century Elizabeth Thornberry | The Johns Hopkins University

By systematically documenting the emergence of politicized homophobia in Malawi, its appropriation by political elites as a strategy to consolidate power, and its effect on different social movements, Currier challenges Western portrayals of Africa as a hotbed of homophobia. • An account of the rise of politicized homophobia in Malawi, designed to show that it is not an intrinsic part of ‘African culture’ • Highlights how homophobia has been deployed as a political weapon by leaders across Africa • Documents how politicized homophobia affects different social movements – HIV/AIDS, human rights, LGBT rights, and women’s movements – and LGBT people

Drawing on more than a thousand cases from a diverse set of courts, Thornberry provides a ground-breaking social and political history of rape in colonial South Africa, as well as an important case study for comparative legal history, histories of sexuality, and public policy on sexual violence. • Incorporates evidence from over five hundred rape cases • Draws on records from civil and criminal courts, customary courts, and church displinary proceedings, thereby capturing a broad legal landscape • Reads evidence of court cases alongside political debates

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42789-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

November 2018 228 x 138 mm 304pp 4 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-47280-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Twentieth-Century South Africa

Doing Business in Cameroon An Anatomy of Economic Governance Jose Maria Muñoz | University of Edinburgh

A Developmental History Bill Freund | University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

Focussing on South Africa’s drive for modernisation and industrialisation throughout the twentieth century, Bill Freund shows that the country can actually be viewed as a ‘developmental state’. This unique history further marries the economic indicators with social history in order to bring the economic data alive with people and places. • Brings to the fore economic development as a key motivating factor in post-1940 South Africa • Shows how economic development can be involved with sustaining and extending inequality • Marries economic indicators with social history to bring back people and places to the realm of economic history August 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42740-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44615-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

African Studies, 141

Focusing on four distinct sectors (cattle trade, transport, public contracts and NGO work), Muñoz combines an ethnographic study of business practices with a lucid analysis of policies and legal rules to provide an in-depth look at how businesses and state bureaucracies cope with unpredictability in times of crisis and reform. • Builds on intensive fieldwork engagement sustained over a period of ten years • Makes sense of the legal aspects of doing business • Focuses on diverse economic sectors that are often treated separately The International African Library

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 7 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-42899-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

History – other areas

Abraham’s Luggage A Social Life of Things in the Medieval Indian Ocean World Elizabeth A. Lambourn | De Montfort University, Leicester

A single, unique document – a list of one merchant’s baggage – is the starting point used to bring to life the twelfth-century Indian Ocean. Drawing connections between material culture, foodstuffs and the construction of identity, Lambourn examines notions of home and mobility at a key moment in world history. • Breaks down geographical and disciplinary boundaries to demonstrate the fundamental interconnectivity of the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean • Deploys innovative interdisciplinary methods and analysis to exploit a genre of document too often overlooked as ephemera • Demonstrates the fundamental importance of the ‘India Book’ documents to broader Genizah study

TEXTBOOK

A History of Modern Iran Second edition Ervand Abrahamian | City University of New York

The first edition of this highly readable narrative of modern Iran was named the Choice Outstanding Academic Title in 2009. This second edition brings the story up to date through 2017, with the Green uprisings of 2009, the second Ahmadinejad administration, the election of Rouhani, and the Iran nuclear deal. • A highly readable narrative of modern Iran; the first edition was named Choice Outstanding Academic Title in 2009 • The new edition includes the Green uprisings of 2009, the second Ahmadinejad administration, the election of Rouhani, and the Iran nuclear deal

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 308pp 9 b/w illus. 2 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-17388-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Contents: Introduction, 1. ‘Royal despots’: state and society under the Qajars; 2. Reform, revolution, and the Great War; 3. The iron fist of Reza Shah; 4. The nationalist interregnum; 5. Muhammad Reza Shah’s White Revolution; 6. The Islamic Republic; Notes; Bibliography; Further reading; Index.

Making Two Vietnams

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 34 b/w illus. 2 maps 14 tables 978-1-107-19834-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 X 978-1-316-64814-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$26.99 X

Asian Connections

War and Youth Identities, 1965–1975 Olga Dror | Texas A & M University

This comparative study of North and South Vietnam, the first of its kind, shows how young Vietnamese were raised during the war. Through the prism of adult-youth relations, it analyzes how the two societies dealt with their wartime experience and strove to shape their futures. • The first systematic comparative study of youth culture in North and South Vietnam during the Vietnam War • Reveals the experiences of non-combatants during the Vietnam War • Based on extensive archival and textual work, and an innovative methodology November 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 14 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-47012-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C KEY REFERENCE NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge History of China Volume 9: The Ch’ing Dynasty to 1800 Part 2 Willard J. Peterson | Princeton University, New Jersey

A comprehensive account of the Ch’ing Empire during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Across fifteen chapters, a team of leading historians explore how the century’s greatest contiguous empire in terms of geographical size, population, wealth, cultural production, political order and military domination reached its peak and then began to unravel. • Provides the only detailed accounts in English of the emperors’ reigns and the social history of eighteenth-century China • Offers sophisticated consideration of the character and implications of Manchu control of the Ch’ing Empire • Contains analyses of all strata and sectors of Chinese society by leading experts in their specializations East Asian history | The Cambridge History of China

March 2018 229 x 152 mm c.846pp 3 b/w illus. 9 maps 7 tables 978-1-108-46159-7 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 R Also available 978-0-521-24335-3 Hardback £126.00 / US$200.00 R

Islam and the Culture of Modern Egypt From the Monarchy to the Republic Mohammad Salama | San Francisco State University

Boasting an in-depth analysis of individual texts over half a century, this intriguing history of the dynamics of Islam and culture in modern Egypt presents the conflict between tradition and secular values in a challenging new light. Including literature and film as crucial sources, this book is accessible to general readers and scholars alike. • Offers a fresh non-historicist account of thinking and writing about Islam and the culture of modern Egypt in the first half of the twentieth century • Defiantly confronts holistic dictates of historical positivism and offers instead local interventions on debates around Islam, modernity, secularism, and the production of knowledge • Shows how an incipient nationalism born in Egypt at the outset of the last century was co-opted by local currents, imperialist powers, and anti-colonial resistance, as well as Islamist and secular ideologies September 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41718-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

The Emergence of Public Opinion State and Society in the Late Ottoman Empire Murat R. Şiviloğlu | University of Cambridge

The emergence of public opinion was perhaps the most important political transformation of the Ottoman Empire during the nineteenth century, with such sweeping ramifications as the creation of a parliament. This book takes an integrated and comprehensive approach to this phenomenon, which has been hitherto considered a uniquely Western experience. • Explores the historical evaluation of the concept of public opinion • Uses previously unused archival and historical sources • Takes a comparative and interdisciplinary approach to what has often been considered as a uniquely Western phenomenon September 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-19092-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

History – other areas

The Chief Eunuch of the Ottoman Harem

Ibadi Muslims of North Africa

From African Slave to Power-Broker Jane Hathaway | Ohio State University

Manuscripts, Mobilization, and the Making of a Written Tradition Paul M. Love, Jr | Al Akhawayn University, Morocco

Eunuchs were a common feature of virtually all Islamic empires yet they remain mysterious to modern scholars. Using a wide range of primary sources, Jane Hathaway analyzes the origins of the Chief of the African eunuchs and traces the evolution of this powerful official from the late sixteenth through to the early twentieth century. • Uses an array of sources written in the original languages • Incorporates the Chief Harem Eunuch’s origins in Africa and his ties to Ottoman provinces such as Egypt and Arabia • Places the Chief Harem Eunuch in the context of the Ottoman Empire’s transformations between the sixteenth and early twentieth centuries August 2018 228 x 152 mm 340pp 27 b/w illus. 6 maps 6 tables 978-1-107-10829-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

Religious Politics in Turkey

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 27 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-47250-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

From the Birth of the Republic to the AKP Ceren Lord | University of Oxford

The AKP period in Turkey has often been understood as a break from the ‘secular’ pattern of state-building. Ceren Lord challenges this by showing how Islamist mobilisation in Turkey has been facilitated by state institutions established during early nation-building, offering a new perspective on the politicisation of religion. • Based on original archival material, this book offers a new analytical framework for understanding state-religion relations in Turkey and the wider Middle Eastern region • Uses new data to propose an alternative account of the historical roots of the AKP period in Turkey • Looks at the expansion of religious infrastructure in Turkey Cambridge Middle East Studies, 54

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47200-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Examining the Ibadi Muslims of North Africa, this book traces the history of Arabic texts to tell the story of how people and their networks build religious traditions. Combining the study of Arabic manuscripts with digital tools, it explains how this religious community created and maintained a tradition over nearly a millennium. • Offers a new and in-depth overview of Ibadi history in North Africa • Situates the Ibadis within the broader historical context of the history of the Maghrib, the Mediterranean, and the Sahara • Develops a model for studying the complementary networks of people and ideas across regions

Iranian Cosmopolitanism A Cinematic History Golbarg Rekabtalaei | Seton Hall University, New Jersey

In the lead-up to the revolution, Iran’s cinematic culture reveals much about its society and politics. With her unique take, Golbarg Rekabtalaei opens new avenues for the understanding of cosmopolitanism in Iran and the ways in which it became a style of national imagination through the lens of cinema. • Proposes a re-reading of cinematic history to shed fresh light on the cultural and political history of Iran • Shows how Iranian modernity was linked to social and cultural cosmopolitanism • Draws on a wide array of original language primary sources The Global Middle East, 3

Christianity in FifteenthCentury Iraq Thomas A. Carlson | Oklahoma State University

Drawing on a rich variety of sources, Carlson explores Christianity in fifteenth-century Iraq and opens new possibilities for understanding this religiously diverse, pre-industrial society and culture. This book expands the possibilities for global Christianity and shows that ‘Islamic Civilization’ can’t be understood through Muslim sources alone. • Draws on a rich variety of sources, including Arabic, Armenian, Persian, and Syriac sources • Provides a method for analyzing the cultural dimension of social diversity • Broadens the social and geographical horizons for historians of both global Christianity and the Islamic world

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-41851-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Iran’s Troubled Modernity Debating Ahmad Fardid’s Legacy Ali Mirsepassi | New York University

Ahmad Fardid (1910–94), an ‘anti-Western’ philosopher, became the self-proclaimed philosophical spokesperson for the Islamic Republic, coining the term ‘Westoxification’. With thirteen interviews relating his colourful life and intellectual legacy, Mirsepassi sheds light on Iran’s twentieth-century intellectual and political self-construction. • Contains detailed new research into the colourful life and times of Ahmad Fardid • Uses thirteen extensive interviews to relate the story and provide a conversational quality to the narrative • Presents an extensive study of anti-orientalist discourse and its relationship with the formation of the Islamic Republic

Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

The Global Middle East, 5

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 2 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-18627-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 356pp 978-1-108-47639-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

History – other areas / History – cross discipline

The Limits of Peacekeeping

Mapping AIDS

Australian Missions in Africa and the Americas, 1992–2005 Volume 4: The Official History of Australian Peacekeeping, Humanitarian and Post-Cold War Operations Edited by Jean Bou | Australian National University, Canberra

Visual Histories of an Enduring Epidemic Lukas Engelmann | University of Edinburgh

Volume 4 explores the Australian government’s peacekeeping efforts in Africa and the Americas from 1992 to 2005. It is an authoritative and compelling history of Australia’s changing attitudes towards peacekeeping. • This text is an official history of Australia’s peacekeeping operations, interweaving details from government files and personal narratives to create a comprehensive and authoritative volume • The book is written by leading historians in the field • Explores a facet of peacekeeping history not normally examined – the limitations of Australia’s policies June 2018 245 x 170 mm 720pp 12 b/w illus. 112 colour illus. 17 maps 978-1-107-10196-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 R

A History of South Australia Paul Sendziuk | University of Adelaide

The first comprehensive, single-volume history of the state to be published in over fifty years, A History of South Australia is an essential and engaging contribution to our understanding of South Australia’s past. • The latest instalment in the Australian State Histories • Spans from the time before European settlement to the present day • The book comprehensively explores the imprint of people on the land, the relationship between European settlers and Indigenous peoples, the advance and retreat of interventionist government and the state’s distinctive socio-political formations May 2018 216 x 138 mm 326pp 21 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-62365-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

This new and unique visual history of AIDS focuses on the AIDS atlas, published by dedicated clinicians between 1986 and 2008. The epidemic’s history is retold through clinical photographs, epidemiological maps and icons of HIV asking how this devastating epidemic has come to be seen as a controllable chronic condition. • Offers an innovative visual approach to the history of HIV and AIDS • Uses a new methodological framework to demonstrate the relevance of photographs, maps and models in furthering medical knowledge • Positions the AIDS atlas as a way to engage with the history of the epidemic Global Health Histories

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42577-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Difference and Disease Medicine, Race, and the Eighteenth-Century British Empire Suman Seth | Cornell University, New York

Suman Seth offers dramatically new ways to understand the mutual construction of medicine, race, and empire in the eighteenth century. Readers will find medical writers engaging with abolitionism and the care of the enslaved, and will be able to track the ways that medicine created modern notions of racial difference. • Introduces the term ‘race-medicine’ as an alternative to the term ‘racescience’ • Offers an accessible postcolonial history of colonial medicine • Brings together histories of empire, race, and slavery Global Health Histories

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-108-41830-0 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Polio across the Iron Curtain

History – cross discipline PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Reproduction Antiquity to the Present Day Edited by Nick Hopwood | University of Cambridge

This first history of reproduction from antiquity to the present day defines the field for the early twenty-first century. From contraception to cloning and pregnancy to populations, it revises old stories and tells new ones. Authoritative, accessible and richly illustrated, the book invites students and non-specialists to engage and explore. • The first large-scale history of reproduction • Makes the topic accessible to students and non-specialists • Richly illustrated, including numerous striking colour plates November 2018 246 x 189 mm 700pp 163 b/w illus. 40 colour illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-107-06802-5 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$130.00 R

Hungary’s Cold War with an Epidemic Dóra Vargha | University of Exeter

Hungary was one of the first countries to introduce a national oral vaccination campaign against polio, built on years of scientific collaboration between the East and West. Dóra Vargha uses a series of polio epidemics in communist Hungary to understand the response to a global public health emergency in the midst of the Cold War. This title is also available as Open Access. • Entwines histories of international organizations, national politics, diplomacy, medicine, scientific networks and patient experiences • Presents a new geographical focus that enriches the history of global public health • Explores Cold War interaction and collaboration between the East and West • This title is also available as Open Access Global Health Histories

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42084-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

History – cross discipline

HIGHLIGHT

Worlds of Natural History

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Edited by H. A. Curry | University of Cambridge

From Aztec accounts of hibernating hummingbirds to contemporary television spectaculars, human encounters with nature have sparked wonder and delight. This lively introduction to the history of natural history contextualises current discussions of biodiversity and explores an increasingly vital aspect of human history. • Widens the geographical coverage of natural history, with essays relating to Latin America, South Asia and East Asia • Covers the Renaissance to the twenty-first century in an accessible style • Follows the format and approach of the acclaimed Cultures of Natural History (Cambridge, 2008) October 2018 246 x 189 mm 538pp 130 b/w illus. 20 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-316-51031-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-316-64971-8 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99 P

Indigenous Peoples and the Second World War

The Franco-Prussian War of 1813 Volume 2: The Defeat of Napoleon Michael V. Leggiere | University of North Texas

The first comprehensive history of the decisive Fall Campaign of 1813 that determined control of Central Europe following Napoleon’s catastrophic defeat in Russia the previous year. Michael V. Leggiere reveals how the defeat of Napoleon in Germany was made possible by Prussian victories and highlights the breakdown of his strategy. Volume 2 focuses on the defeat of Napoleon. • The first comprehensive account of Napoleon’s defeat at the hands of Prussia in autumn 1813 • Sheds important new light on Napoleon’s generalship • Combines analysis of military operations, diplomacy and the experience of battle Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 901pp 22 b/w illus. 28 maps 978-1-107-43975-7 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$36.99 G Also available 978-1-107-08054-6 Hardback £32.00 / US$41.95 G

The Politics, Experiences and Legacies of War in the US, Canada, Australia and New Zealand R. Scott Sheffield | University of the Fraser Valley, British Columbia

During the Second World War, Indigenous people in the United States, Australia, New Zealand and Canada mobilised en masse to support the war effort. This is an examination of their participation on the battlefields and home fronts, focusing on their diverse and unique contributions to the war, and its legacies. • Provides a new perspective on the national histories of Indigenous communities through a comparative and transnational lens • Draws heavily on Indigenous oral histories and written sources, as well as policy documents and other archival records • Provides a gendered reading of Indigenous service December 2018 228 x 152 mm 368pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42463-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Napoleon and the Struggle for Germany

HIGHLIGHT NEW IN PAPERBACK

Napoleon and the Struggle for Germany The Franco-Prussian War of 1813 Volume 1: The War of Liberation, Spring 1813 Michael V. Leggiere | University of North Texas

This is the first comprehensive history of the campaign that determined control of Germany following Napoleon’s catastrophic defeat in Russia. Michael Leggiere reveals how, in the spring of 1813, Prussia, the weakest of the Great Powers, led the struggle against Napoleon as a war of national liberation. Volume 1 concentrates on Prussia’s war of liberation. • The first comprehensive account of Prussia’s war of liberation against Napoleon in spring 1813 • Provides a follow-up to the well-known subject of Napoleon’s defeat in Russia by examining a less well-known, but equally catastrophic, segment of Napoleonic history • Combines analysis of military operations, diplomacy and the experience of battle Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 500pp 19 b/w illus. 26 maps 978-1-107-43973-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99 G Also available 978-1-107-08051-5 Hardback £25.99 / US$36.99 G

HIGHLIGHT NEW IN PAPERBACK

Napoleon and the Struggle for Germany The Franco-Prussian War of 1813 Michael V. Leggiere | University of North Texas

This is the first comprehensive history of the campaigns that determined control of Germany following Napoleon’s catastrophic defeat in Russia. Michael Leggiere reveals how, in the spring of 1813, Prussia, the weakest of the Great Powers, led the struggle against Napoleon as a war of national liberation. • Comprehensive two-volume military history of the German campaign during the Napoleonic Wars • Separate volumes examine the two distinctive phases of the spring and fall campaigns in 1813 • An essential contribution to our broader understanding of the Napoleonic Wars and of Napoleon as a commander Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 1404pp 41 b/w illus. 54 maps 978-1-107-48409-2 2 Volume Paperback Set c. £45.99 / c. US$59.99 G

Bombing the City Civilian Accounts of the Air War in Britain and Japan, 1939–1945 Aaron William Moore | University of Edinburgh

This comparative study of Japanese and British civilian descriptions of being bombed in World War II serves as a way to understand the universality of total war. Examining issues of gender, class, and regional and urban history, it confronts how ordinary people were both victims of the air war and helped make it possible. • This book is a comparative social history of Britain and Japan in World War II that critically reviews the ‘good vs evil’ views of Axis and Allied nations • Moves the discourse away from the capital cities to focus on the regional cities • Based on extensive research of hundreds of personal accounts from both Britain and Japan Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42825-5 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-44652-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – cross discipline

Institutional and Organizational Analysis

Assembling the Tropics Science and Medicine in Portugal’s Empire, 1450–1700 Hugh Cagle | University of Utah

Concepts and Applications Eric Alston | University of Colorado Boulder

What explains the variability in economic growth and political development across countries? This toolkit for institutional analysis looks at the effect of institutions, such as policies and laws, and the process by which those institutions are created. It explains how rules affect the performance of countries, firms, and even families. • Provides a toolkit for, and systemic overview of, institutional analysis • Analyzes institutions and institution-making in many types of organizations, including families, firms, and governments • Combines economics, economic history, law, and political science, while laying out the concepts of institutional analysis in an orderly fashion that is rigorous without being mathematical

P P

The Pretender of Pitcairn Island

The island occupied by HMAV Bounty’s descendants later became home to a fraud who, with no official remit, became a virtual dictator with an influential vision for British control over the nineteenth-century Pacific Ocean. His story reframes the way we view that period of British imperial history onto a tiny Pacific island. • Expands on the well-known story of the mutiny on the Bounty to tell the history of the colony the mutineers founded at Pitcairn Island • Uses micro-historical examples to reshape our understanding of global British imperialism • Proposes a methodological framework for thinking about both British imperialism in the Pacific and the Pacific’s place in world history P G

The Development Century A Global History Edited by Stephen J. Macekura | Indiana University, Bloomington

This anthology offers cutting-edge perspectives on how international development has shaped the history of the modern world. It focuses on the role of development practices and projects in the history of empire, Cold War competition, decolonization and postcolonial governance, transnational activist movements, and the global environment. • Engages with cutting-edge research of leading scholars to rethink the role of development in the twentieth-century world • Considers how the practices of development shaped ecologies, economic life, and cultural change • Presents a global approach to the history of development through historical narrative, asking what this history might reveal about the origins of our world today

This anthology surveys the neglected environmental dimensions of industrial warfare in World War I. The authors show how the war ushered in enormous changes, including the devastation of rural and urban environments and the consumption of natural resources. They also take a global perspective in exploring the interactions of states, armies, and civilians during this time. • Provides a new environmental perspective on industrial warfare with implications for the twenty-first century • Suggests a decades-long environmental legacy of World War I and provides a narrative of neglected regions of the war • For readers interested in both military and environmental history August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 21 b/w illus. 2 maps 8 tables 978-1-108-42916-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45319-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Traditional Ecological Knowledge Learning from Indigenous Practices for Environmental Sustainability Edited by Melissa K. Nelson | San Francisco State University

This book is for anyone interested in Native American studies, environmental studies, and sustainability studies who wants to learn more about contemporary and historic examples of Indigenous peoples’ ethical and practical relationship to land, place, and the environment. • Offers a diversity of Indigenous voices and cases on the topic of sustainability • Challenges standard approaches to sustainability with more cultural and pragmatic solutions • Proposes a holistic ecophilosophy of indigenous sustainability New Directions in Sustainability and Society

Global and International History

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51588-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45347-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

Environmental Histories of the First World War Edited by Richard P. Tucker | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Joshua W. Hill – The Man Who Would Be King among the Bounty Mutineers Tillman W. Nechtman | Skidmore College, New York

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 354pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42468-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44080-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

Studies in Comparative World History

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 22 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-19663-6 Hardback £35.99 / US$49.99 C

New Approaches to Economic and Social History

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08637-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-45125-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$32.99

This book charts the convergence of science, culture, and politics across Portugal’s empire, showing how a global geographical concept was born. In accessible, narrative prose, this book explores the unexpected forms that science took in the early modern world. It highlights little-known linkages between Asia and the Atlantic world. • Proposes a new history of the tropics, showing the influence of globalization • Combines the histories of South Asia and Latin America • Explores the contributions of Portugal’s empire to the history of Iberian science

P P

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42856-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

American Literature

American Literature in Transition, 1960–1970

Nathaniel Hawthorne In Context Edited by Monika M. Elbert | Montclair State University, New Jersey

This volume provides an overview of Nathaniel Hawthorne’s life and times and demonstrates why he continues to be a significant figure in American literature. It is a key resource for students and scholars of Hawthorne. It will also be of interest for those studying American literature and American history. • Presents multiple views of Hawthorne’s life, times, and works • Contains social, philosophical, and religious views by Hawthorne in his writings • Places Hawthorne in a national and international framework Literature in Context

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 22 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10933-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

Mark Whalan | University of Oregon

Rather than focusing on literary interpretations of trauma or memorialization as the most significant effects of World War One, this book shows an empowered federal state as a significant factor in experimental American culture well before the 1930s. This book is for scholars of American modernism and the literature of World War One. • Proposes a new interpretation of the dominant effect of World War One on American literature • Offers new readings of works by some of the most canonical American writers of World War One, and also rehabilitates several neglected texts • Proposes a new way of understanding the politics of American modernism C

American Literature in Transition

The Cambridge Companion to American Literature of the 1930s Edited by William Solomon | State University of New York, Buffalo

This book re-examines the crucial trends in the decade and places them in their political and economic contexts. It is addressed to undergraduates, graduates and scholars interested in learning more about American literature in the 1930s. • Presents a contemporary reassessment of the significance of the literature of the 1930s • Provides students with an efficient means of learning about the history of the Great Depression • Introduces the central problems, topics and materials that have guided scholars in the past and continue to do so in the present Cambridge Companions to Literature

American Literature in Transition, 1930–1940

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42918-4 Hardback c. £65.99 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-45322-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

Edited by Ichiro Takayoshi | Tufts University, Massachusetts

American Literature in Transition, 1930–1940 situates the major themes and aspects of the Depression era’s key literary activities in the long arc of literary history. This is an excellent resource for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as scholars interested in American literary culture of the 1930s. • Proposes a comprehensive view of one of the most widely taught time periods in American literature, the 1930s • This book can be adopted for a wide range of undergraduate courses • Covers dozens of neglected authors in addition to canonical authors, allowing readers to learn how to challenge popular but reductive notions about the era • Written in accessible prose, facilitating the reader’s engagement with the materials American Literature in Transition

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42938-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00

This book provides the latest scholarship on the 1960s as seen through the eyes of writers as various as Toni Morrison, Gary Snyder, Michael Herr, Amiri Baraka, Joan Didion, Louis Chu, John Rechy, and Gwendolyn Brooks. It will be a key resource for students and scholars of twentiethcentury American literature interested in this time period. • Proposes a new view of the 1960s as seen through literature • Contains essays by twenty-five leading scholars in the field • Written in accessible prose, facilitating the reader’s engagement with the materials September 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-16539-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

World War One, American Literature, and the Federal State

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47383-5 Hardback £28.99 / US$39.99

Edited by David Wyatt | University of Maryland, College Park

P P

The Great Gatsby The Manuscript Text F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

Tracing its compositional history, this edition of The Great Gatsby presents the novel in its raw format to reveal the development of character and revision of language. Suitable for critics, teachers and students, this scholarly edition conveys an amalgamation of talent, inspiration and selfdiscipline which culminated in Fitzgerald’s masterpiece. • Presents The Great Gatsby in its earliest surviving format • Highlights include an introduction written by Professor James L. W. West, III and spanning the compositional history of the novel • Includes a commentary which reflects upon the novel’s preservation, acquisition and restoration The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

June 2018 216 x 138 mm 258pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42680-0 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

American Literature / English Literature

The Value of Herman Melville

After Foucault

Geoffrey Sanborn | Amherst College, Massachusetts

Culture, Theory, and Criticism in the 21st Century Edited by Lisa Downing | University of Birmingham

In this book, Geoffrey Sanborn explores the writings of Herman Melville across his career, focusing in particular on Moby-Dick, ‘Bartleby, the Scrivener’, ‘Benito Cereno’, and Billy Budd, and examines the distinctive qualities of his style. This is a key resource for undergraduates, graduates, and lecturers in American literature courses. • Connects Melville’s stylistic qualities to the political and theoretical dimensions of his works • Provides close readings of passages from Melville’s works • Foregrounds the extravagant and energizing qualities of Melville’s writing • Provides extended readings of Melville’s four most enduring works

The Value of

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 150pp 978-1-108-47144-2 Hardback £31.99 / US$44.99 978-1-108-45291-5 Paperback £12.99 / US$17.99

P P

The New Melville Studies

After Series

Twenty-first Century Critical Revisions Edited by Cody Marrs | University of Georgia

This volume collects and assesses all of the major new trends in Melville studies, testing them out in new readings and putting them into conversation with one another. It offers students and faculty alike a fresh view of Herman Melville, presenting him as a philosopher of the mind and the emotions. • Showcases new methods and approaches in Melville studies • Examines the full range of Melville’s career, linking his poetry to his prose • Presents Melville as a theorist in his own right, as a writer who was passionately interested in the pleasures, limits, and possibilities of various reading practices Twenty-First Century Critical Revisions

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-48403-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

English Literature

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 228pp 978-1-107-14049-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-50604-2 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

R G

After Lacan Literature, Theory and Psychoanalysis in the 21st Century Edited by Ankhi Mukherjee | University of Oxford

This book draws on the distinct phases of Jacques Lacan’s career to show the exfoliation of his way of thinking in and beyond his lifetime. It examines the past, present, and futures of psychoanalysis. This book is for students, graduates, and instructors of literary theory, psychoanalysis, and the works of Lacan. • Combines critical and clinical approaches to understanding and interpreting Lacan • Engages contemporary debates in racism, Islam, disability studies, gender and queer theory, cinema, and new media • Demonstrates the ways in which Lacan’s theory and pedagogy inform each other After Series

The Cambridge History of Travel Writing Edited by Nandini Das | University of Liverpool

This volume traces the history of travel writing from antiquity to the Internet age. With chapters on travel texts of several national or linguistic traditions, it introduces readers to the global contexts of the genre. It is a key resource for scholars and researchers in the field of travel writing. • Includes sections on historical period, global contexts, forms, places, and approaches to travel writing • Contains chapters on travel writing from several countries and regions • Discusses the types of travel writing and ways of approaching them contextually and analytically November 2018 229 x 152 mm 750pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14818-5 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$175.00

Rather than offering either an introduction to Michel Foucault’s work, or a series of interventions aimed specifically at experts, After Foucault clarifies Foucault’s key concepts, explores his critical afterlives, and explains his intellectual legacy to students, academic researchers, and an interested, educated general readership. • Explains key Foucauldian concepts that are crucial for understanding Foucault in the twenty-first century, but that are often misunderstood, such as genealogy and subjectivity • Shows how Foucauldian ideas inform twenty-first-century ideas and concerns, including ecology, neoliberalism, and sexual identity • The third section of the book carries out readings of auto-biographical texts, novels, and works of true crime using a Foucauldian framework, allowing readers to use the chapters in this section of the book as models for doing readings of their own on cultural products and texts, with and through Foucault

October 2018 229 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-316-51218-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-46648-6 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

P P

The Cambridge Companion to World Literature Edited by Ben Etherington | University of Western Sydney

This Companion introduces readers to major ideas and practices of world literary studies. Its accessible yet sophisticated essays raise fundamental questions about imagining the totality of literature; comparing literary works across histories, cultures and languages; and understanding how literature is affected by forces such as imperialism. • Provides exemplary essays in world literary criticism • Includes discussion of ancient and modern works from North America, Latin America, Sub-Saharan Africa, East Asia, South Asia, the Middle East, Eastern Europe and Western Europe • Considers a range of genres, forms and modes often excluded from recent world literature debates Cambridge Companions to Literature

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47137-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45784-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

English Literature

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

KEY REFERENCE

Picture-Book Professors

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Academia and Children’s Literature Melissa Terras | University of Edinburgh

Surveying fictional professors in texts marketed to children, this Element conveys how the stereotypical image of a professor is portrayed as old, white and male. It provides a publishing history of the role of academics in children’s literature. This title is also available, with additional material, as Open Access. Elements in Publishing and Book Culture

July 2018 178 x 127 mm 152pp 978-1-108-43845-2 Paperback £9.99 / US$13.99

Reading the Late Byzantine Romance A Handbook Edited by Adam J. Goldwyn | North Dakota State University

This is the definitive work on the late Byzantine romances, the dozen or so works of imaginative fiction from the thirteenth to the fifteenth centuries which narrate the trials of aristocratic young lovers. The book demonstrates the cultural value of these works and their centrality to the European and Mediterranean literary traditions. • The first comprehensive assessment of the late Byzantine romances, treating almost all the individual works in the genre • Demonstrates new theoretical and methodological approaches to Byzantine romances • Presents to a wider audience material that is not well known, particularly outside Byzantine studies November 2018 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-18779-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

Chaucer’s Scribes London Textual Production, 1384–1432 Lawrence Warner | King’s College London

The importance of scribes in the production of Chaucer’s poetry has become increasingly apparent. Challenging widely accepted narratives and conclusions of recent scholarship through meticulously detailed argument, Lawrence Warner delivers an important intervention in the field of Middle English studies. • Delivers a challenge to widely accepted narratives on the identity of Chaucer’s scribe • Meticulous research provides new knowledge that illuminates the lives of scribes working in London in the late fourteenth and early fifteenth centuries • Questions the earlier methodological approaches that have led to widely accepted orthodoxies to the subject of textual production in London at the formation of the canon Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 17 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-42627-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea Anne Finch

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus, and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of all Finch’s poems, plays, and letters, organized by their appearance in Finch’s authorized collections • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes, and thorough textual commentary May 2017 216 x 138 mm 1400pp 13 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19622-2 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £160.00 / c. US$275.00 R

Travel and Drama in Early Modern England The Journeying Play Edited by Claire Jowitt | University of East Anglia

This volume on travel and drama in early modern England provides new insights on Renaissance stage practice, performance history, and theatre’s transnational exchanges. It advances our understanding of theatre history, drama’s generic conventions, and what constitutes plays about travel at a time when the professional theatre was rapidly developing. • Re-assesses what constitutes early modern travel and in doing so expands the canon of recognized plays concerned with travel • Provides insight into how plays concerned with travel communicated with their audiences and readers at a time of expanding cultural, political, and economic horizons • Includes analysis from world leading scholars in the field of plays about travel November 2018 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-108-47118-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Shakespeare’s Early Readers A Cultural History from 1590 to 1800 Jean-Christophe Mayer | French National Centre for Scientific Research (CNRS) and Université Paul-Valéry, Montpellier

This is the first dedicated account of the ways in which Shakespeare’s texts were read in the two centuries after they were produced. A close examination of rare, often unpublished material offers a reconsideration of the role of readers in the history of Shakespeare’s rise to fame. • The first dedicated study of the reading reception of Shakespeare’s texts in the two centuries after they were produced • Explores rare, often previously unpublished, material to reconsider the role of readers in the history of Shakespeare’s rise to fame and in the history of canon formation • Presents thirty images, allowing readers to see for themselves the engagements made by readers of Shakespeare’s texts October 2018 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-107-13833-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

English Literature

Prayer and Performance in Early Modern English Literature

Romantic Art in Practice Cultural Work and the Sister Arts, 1760–1820 Thora Brylowe | University of Colorado Boulder

Gesture, Word and Devotion Edited by Joseph William Sterrett | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

This collection of thirteen newly commissioned essays traces the controversy and value given to the performance of prayer in early modern England, through the body, the spoken word and written text, as well as its representation on stage. • Delivers a fascinating new angle on the history of the Reformation in England and the literature and drama that developed in its wake • Provides close readings from a variety of literary and dramatic sources, from well-known figures including Shakespeare, Donne and Milton, to the private prayer books of men and women of the seventeenth century • Places the act of prayer, and the literature surrounding it, centrally in a work of early modern literary criticism October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42972-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 122

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 22 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42640-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

European Literatures in Britain, 1815–1832

Shakespeare Survey 71 Re-Creating Shakespeare Volume 71 Edited by Peter Holland | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Romantic Translations Diego Saglia | Università di Parma

The 71st in the annual series of volumes devoted to Shakespeare study and production. The theme is ‘Re-Creating Shakespeare’. • The 71st in the annual series of volumes devoted to Shakespeare study and production Shakespeare Survey, 71

October 2018 246 x 189 mm 440pp 65 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-47083-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 R

Miniature and the English Imagination Literature, Cognition, and Small-Scale Culture 1650–1765 Melinda Alliker Rabb | Brown University, Rhode Island

Examining the phenomenon of miniaturization in material culture, literature and theories of cognition, this study examines the appeal and function of the small in the period from 1660 to 1765. Examining two kinds of miniatures – real and imaginary – it provides a rethinking of major and minor writers. • Demonstrates a new relationship between literature and the material world where there is a simultaneous production of miniature objects in fiction and reality • Provides new insights on the relationship between literary and cognitive theory studies • Examines the miniature in the literary work of Jonathan Swift, Alexander Pope and Daniel Defoe, amongst others December 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42583-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

This book engages with the professional politics and labour practices of Romantic period artists and craftsmen as they translated creative literary work into visual art. It explores the developing cultural tensions and connections that created a ‘sister-art’ movement in the period of new print technology and mass media. • Undertakes a reframing of the traditional view of the sister-arts movement • Explores many examples of well-known artefacts, such as Wedgwood’s Portland Vase, and casts new light on well-known texts by Blake, Wordsworth and Keats • Examines the professional politics of labouring artists in the Romantic period, including the engraver John Landseer

This book offers an original approach to the presence of Continental European literatures in post-Napoleonic Britain. In doing so it reconstructs a literary and cultural environment in which patriotic discourse – the expression of a triumphant international power – combined with intensely transformative engagements with foreign literary traditions. • Reconsiders the supposed insularity of British literary culture in the post-Napoleonic period • Demonstrates close relationship between British and Continental European Romantic literature • Investigates how European literatures were transmitted in Romanticera Britain Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 123

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-108-42641-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Romanticism and Theatrical Experience Kean, Hazlitt and Keats in the Age of Theatrical News Jonathan Mulrooney | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

The book uniquely brings together the fields of theater history, print culture, and literature, exploring new contexts around the work of actor Edmund Kean, essayist William Hazlitt, and poet John Keats, and reframing the relationship between theater, essays and poetry in Regency London. • Explores a wealth of previously understudied theatrical criticism to enhance our understanding of Romantic period theatrical culture • Brings into focus the influence of theatrical culture on literary culture in the Romantic period • Provides new insight into the cultural figures such as Edmund Kean (actor), William Hazlitt (critic), and John Keats (poet) Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 124

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18387-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

English Literature

The Cambridge Companion to English Melodrama

Malaria and Victorian Fictions of Empire

Edited by Carolyn Williams | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Jessica Howell | Texas A & M University

An original collection providing an accessible overview of the history of English melodrama, an introduction to its formal features, and a wideranging assessment of its ongoing influence today – addressing issues of social analysis (gender, class, race), psychoanalysis, other art forms (film, television, musical theatre), and contemporary culture. • The first ever study of its kind to give an account of melodrama, the most popular form of nineteenth-century English theatre • Gives a full account of the formal features of melodrama, how it was presented and received, and the reasons for its appeal • Traces melodrama’s influence through the twentieth and into the twenty-first century, in theatre, art, reality TV, and sport

This study focuses on the depictions of malaria in nineteenth-century and postcolonial fiction of writers such as Charles Dickens, Henry James, H. Rider Haggard, and Rudyard Kipling, amongst others. It also examines the multivalent and subversive potential of the disease in postcolonial literature of writers such as Amitav Ghosh and Derek Walcott. • Offers the first book-length study of the impact of malaria in nineteenth-century fiction literature • Analyses the connection between nineteenth-century discourses of scientific discovery and fiction • Encourages a more global understanding of health and illness in literature and culture Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 114

Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 4 b/w illus.

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 13 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-09593-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-107-47959-3 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99 P

978-1-108-48468-8 Hardback

Idleness and Aesthetic Consciousness, 1815–1900

Science, Form, and the Problem of Induction in British Romanticism Dahlia Porter | University of Glasgow

Richard Adelman | University of Sussex

This book explores the failure of the Romantic critique of political economy by following changing conceptions of idleness and aesthetic consciousness from Shelley to Freud. Richard Adelman delivers an innovative study of cultural politics between 1815 and 1900 that shines new light on the complex legacy of Romantic thought. • Traces changing perceptions of idleness and aesthetic consciousness across a wide range of intellectual discourses • Draws on a wide range of the nineteenth century’s most influential thinkers, including John Stuart Mill, George Eliot, John Ruskin and Karl Marx • Reconstructs debates over passivity and repose, as well as their influence on cultural politics between 1815 and 1900 Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 112

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42413-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

£75.00 / US$105.00

Poetry, Media, and the Material Body Autopoetics in Nineteenth-Century Britain Ashley Miller | Albion College, Michigan

This book investigates the often surprising intersections and overlaps between three infrequently related fields: studies of poetry, studies of media, and studies of the body. At these intersections a neglected nineteenth-century theory of poetry becomes visible, one that imagines the body as a reproductive medium for poetry. • Provides an articulate exploration of the tradition in nineteenth-century that identifies the human body as a material medium for poetry • Combines an exploration of media theory, theories of physiology and literary theory to further understanding of written forms of creativity that appear independent of the author’s will • Includes close readings of the works of nineteenth-century poets including William Wordsworth (1770–1850), Samuel Taylor Coleridge (1772–1834) and Alfred Lord Tennyson (1809–92)

Exploring a topic at the intersection of science, philosophy and literature, this book traces the history of induction – manipulating textual evidence by selective quotation – as a writerly practice, and accounts for mixtures of poetry and prose in the work of major Romantic-period writers. • Explores how and why authors of Romantic-era literature adopted compositional practices from experimental science • Delivers a new perspective on a long-standing area of inquiry by reconsidering the importance of Enlightenment empiricism to Romantic period literature • Investigates the connection between contemporary concerns about digital media and early nineteenth-century debates about mass print Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 120

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-108-41894-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Reverberator Henry James Edited by Richard Salmon | University of Leeds

In 1888, Henry James turned from realist fiction, The Bostonians and The Princess Casamassima, to a comedy of manners set in Paris and concerning a scandal sheet, ‘The Reverberator’. Featuring comprehensive scholarly apparatus based on original research, this authoritative edition will be essential for scholars and advanced students. • Provides an authoritative edition of one of Henry James’ novels often overlooked by modern critics • Offers a comprehensive textual apparatus including extensive annotations, chronology and introduction to the text • The text is based on the first publication of the book by MacMillan in 1888 The Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, 10

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 390pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00270-8 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 113

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-41896-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

English Literature

Desperate Remedies

India, Empire, and First World War Culture

Thomas Hardy Edited by Richard Nemesvari | Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario

Desperate Remedies (1871) is the first volume in The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy. This critical edition of Hardy’s first published novel offers an authoritative text and wide ranging contextual material including a comprehensive introduction supplemented by textual and explanatory notes. • The first volume in The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy • Desperate Remedies (1871), Hardy’s first published novel, is a detective story with Gothic elements • Offers an authoritative text and textual apparatus, comprehensive introduction, and explanatory notes The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 628pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03692-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00

Literature, Images, and Songs Santanu Das | King’s College London

The book recovers the sensuous worlds of combatants, non-combatants and civilians from undivided India in World War One. Combining extensive archival research with readings of Kipling, Gandhi and Tagore, it is the first cultural and literary history on the subject and opens up war studies to South Asian and postcolonial scholarship. • The first cultural and literary history of India and the First World War • Engages with Indian experience overseas as well as what is happening in the homefront, from its political to intellectual histories • Brings war studies into dialogue with South Asian history • Uses a diverse methodology, comprised of materials from diaries, sound recordings and trench objects, to create a wholly interdisciplinary study September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 57 b/w illus. 6 colour illus. 1 map 978-1-107-08158-1 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-107-44159-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$27.99 P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Under the Greenwood Tree

The Remembered Dead

Thomas Hardy Edited by Simon Gatrell | University of Georgia

Poetry, Memory and the First World War Sally Minogue

Under the Greenwood Tree (1872) is the latest book in the Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy series. This critical edition of Hardy’s second published novel offers an authoritative text and includes wide-ranging contextual material, including a comprehensive introduction supplemented by textual and explanatory notes. • Delivers a comprehensive scholarly edition of Thomas Hardy’s second published novel as part of The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy • Provides an authoritative text, including Hardy’s own revisions, and for the first time excluding errors introduced by printers • Enables greater understanding of the life of the novel through extensive textual apparatus, an introduction and critical notes The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 546pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08902-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 244pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42867-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

HIGHLIGHT NEW IN PAPERBACK

Heart of Darkness

Modernism and the Reinvention of Decadence

Joseph Conrad Edited by Owen Knowles | University of Hull

Offering a freshly-researched text based on Conrad’s original documents, this edition presents a classic of early modernist fiction in a version that recovers the writer’s preferred wordings, punctuation and narrative structure. The text is supported by a rich context of ancillary documents and annotation, including an introduction, appendices and notes. • Delivers a newly edited, freshly researched text of Joseph Conrad’s most famous short story, Heart of Darkness • This version of the text for the first time recovers Conrad’s preferred wordings, punctuation and narrative structure • Provides a rich context of ancillary documents and annotation, including an introduction, appendices and notes August 2018 216 x 138 mm 280pp 2 maps 978-1-108-42889-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-45167-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$17.99

The Remembered Dead explores the ways poets of the First World War – and later poets writing in the memory of that war – address the difficult question of how to remember, and commemorate, those killed in conflict. It looks closely at the way poets struggled to represent death, trauma, and grief. • Offers a fresh critical approach by looking at both poetry of the First World War and later twentieth-century poetry responding to that war • Integrates discussion of canonical poets with those beyond the canon • Looks closely at loss, mourning, and commemoration as these are explored in poetry, but also puts these in the context of twentiethcentury theories of cultural memory and mourning • Integrates discussion of women and non-combatant male poets

P G

Vincent Sherry | Washington University, St Louis

In Modernism and the Reinvention of Decadence, Vincent Sherry reveals a new continuity in literary history. This volume encompasses a rich trajectory beginning with an exposition of the English Romantic poets and ending with a re-evaluation of major modernist writers such as Ezra Pound and T. S. Eliot. • Serves as a new literary history • Connects the major work of twentieth-century modernist literature to its nineteenth-century precedents • Offers new ways of understanding major modernist authors July 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-107-43750-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99 Also available 978-1-107-07932-8 Hardback £32.99 / US$47.99

P P

English Literature

Ulysses, Film and Visual Culture

D. H. Lawrence in Context

Philip Sicker | Fordham University, New York

Edited by Andrew Harrison | University of Nottingham

Sicker opens a new chapter in the inter-relationship of high art and popular cultural attractions with this detailed analysis of the influence of film and visual technologies on the ultimate modernist text, Ulysses. Beyond Joyce scholars, it will appeal to those interested in the philosophy and/or science of visual perception. • Presents a new reading of Ulysses through visual culture • Traces the influence of specific films that Joyce saw and drew upon • Analyzes modern urban experience through Joyce’s version of the flaneur

This book provides up-to-date insights into the key contexts to D. H. Lawrence’s life, career and legacy. It will appeal to undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers wishing to orientate themselves in Lawrence studies or needing a succinct introduction to the latest state of knowledge about his life and work. • Provides clear accounts of important aspects of his critical reception and legacy • Contains thirty-three essay contributions from leading Lawrence scholars around the world • Breaks Lawrence’s contexts down into six key areas • Contains a selective bibliography which highlights the most influential and reliable critical writing on Lawrence

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42840-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

British Literature in Transition, 1920–1940 Futility and Anarchy Edited by Charles Ferrall | Victoria University of Wellington

Literature in Context

Exploring a range of forms of literature in the British Isles from 1920 to 1940, this book will interest undergraduate and graduate students, as well as scholars of drama, English literature, gender studies, and politics. Particular attention is paid to the literatures of Wales, Ireland, and Scotland, and to women’s and queer writing. • Sheds new light on the dynamics between literature, culture, and politics in the interwar years • Takes a transnational approach, paying particular attention to Scottish, Welsh, Irish, and anti-colonial literatures • Reads major authors such as Auden and Woolf alongside underexplored and neglected figures British Literature in Transition

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14553-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

British Literature in Transition, 1940–1960 Postwar Edited by Gill Plain | University of St Andrews, Scotland

The writing of this period offers fresh insight into cultural reconstruction and the difficulty of writing about cataclysmic events. Through a historical approach that re-instates forgotten writers and re-evaluates well-known names, readers will see the period anew. This book will be a key resource for scholars of twentieth-century British literature. • Challenges the dominance of ‘modernism’ as a category for reading the period • Uses thematic approaches to introduce new texts and generate fresh perspectives on well-known writers • Challenges the conventional assumption that 1945 represents a break in literary and cultural practice British Literature in Transition

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-11901-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 395pp 978-1-108-42939-9 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00

The Cambridge History of the Graphic Novel Edited by Jan Baetens | KU Leuven, Belgium

This collection provides the complete history of the graphic novel from its origins in the nineteenth century to its rise and startling success in the twentieth and twenty-first century. It will be a key resource for scholars and researchers of the graphic novel and popular culture. • Presents the first in-depth complete history of the graphic novel from its early foundations to its emergence and current success • Opens up relevant new research fields to date which are not yet fully understood, such as wordless graphic novels, drawn novels, beat-pop pin-up art, e-graphic novels, and novels inspired by graphic novels • Contains original and informed critical readings of major creative forces in the field, including Jules Feiffer, Robert Crumb, Art Spiegelman, Chris Ware, Marjane Satrapi, Alison Bechdel, Alan Moore and Neil Gaiman, among others July 2018 229 x 152 mm 750pp 978-1-107-17141-1 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00

Modernism beyond the Avant-Garde Embodying Experience Jason M. Baskin | University of Exeter

Jason M. Baskin presents a revisionist account of the transition from modernism to postmodernism through the prism of the theme of embodiment. Drawing on phenomenology and critical theory, he shows how Ezra Pound, Elizabeth Bishop, Ralph Ellison, Raymond Williams and Theodor Adorno used ideas of the body to adapt modernism to the postwar context. • Develops the concept of embodiment in order to read major works of postwar literature in a new way • Offers a historically grounded and theoretically sophisticated reading of postwar literary modernism, in particular by introducing the original concept of modernism ‘beyond the avant-garde’ • Relates literature to philosophy and politics, particularly phenomenology and critical theory October 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42339-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

English Literature

The Cambridge Companion to David Foster Wallace

The Cambridge Companion to the Novel

Edited by Ralph Clare | Boise State University, Idaho

Edited by Eric Bulson | Claremont Graduate School, California

This Companion provides a compelling, comprehensive, and substantive introduction to the work of David Foster Wallace, one of the most important American writers of the contemporary era. The essays within, written by top scholars in the field, will appeal both to the beginning and the more sophisticated Wallace reader. • Provides a comprehensive overview of all of Wallace’s major works • Includes key thematic essays on important and/or recurring themes in Wallace’s work • Brings together some of the top scholars from two generations of Wallace scholarship

The Cambridge Companion to the Novel is for students, professors, and general readers who are looking to understand what this 2,000-year-old genre of the novel is and where it came from, how it works, and where it might be going in the digital age. • Explores the origins, development, and future of the novel • Brings readers up to date on new areas of current research, such as data and digtization’s role in shaping the future of the novel • Essays are written by leading scholars and critics on the cultural history of the novel

Cambridge Companions to Literature

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-19595-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-45177-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P G

June 2018 229 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-107-15621-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-60977-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P G

Animals, Animality, and Literature

The Sound Sense of Poetry Peter Robinson | University of Reading

Edited by Bruce Boehrer | Florida State University

How do reader and poet work together to create meaning, and how does this allow poetry to make its mark in the world? Acclaimed poet and critic Peter Robinson uses extremely fine-grained readings of both canonical and contemporary poems to make a case for their truth-telling value in culture. • Proposes a newly integrated account of poetry’s workings in relation to the agency of both poets and readers • Brings a distinguished poet’s knowledge of poetic craft to the understanding of a reader’s enabling responsiveness in activating this art’s role in life • Provides extremely fine-grained readings of both canonical and contemporary poems that make a case for their truth-telling value in culture

This collection provides a wide-ranging survey of where the field of literary animal studies currently stands. It will be a key resource for specialists who wish to keep current on developments in the field, and non-specialists who seek to understand how these fields have shaped the relationship between human and non-human animal life. • Provides a one-volume survey of the origin and development of literary animal studies • Balances animal-studies theory with its applications across the full chronological range of English literary history • Showcases the work of nineteen internationally respected scholars in the field

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42296-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Terrorism and Literature

The Cambridge Introduction to Satire Jonathan Greenberg | Montclair State University, New Jersey

A new history of satire that brings foundational scholarship up to date with the theoretical and historical insights of literary studies from the last three decades, this book is a substantive introduction for undergraduate and graduate students, and an essential gateway to more advanced studies. • Provides a historical overview of satire from classical times to the present • Draws on a broad selection of authors and critical issues • Makes connections across time periods, genres, media, and national traditions Cambridge Introductions to Literature

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03018-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-68205-4 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$27.99

Cambridge Critical Concepts

August 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42982-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

Edited by Peter C. Herman | San Diego State University

Terrorism has long been part of our world, and the lack of understanding of its history is a major global policy problem. This book explores how literature has represented terrorism from the Renaissance to the present and what it can teach us about the issues we face. • Combines history and literature to provide detailed context for understanding terrorism in literature • Contributors are drawn from a range of countries and perspectives • Brings together works from multiple genres from the Renaissance to today Cambridge Critical Concepts

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 470pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49824-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 P P

European and World Literature / Music

European and World Literature

The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Historical Performance in Music Edited by Colin Lawson | Royal College of Music, London

German Women’s Life Writing and the Holocaust Complicity and Gender in the Second World War Elisabeth Krimmer | University of California, Davis

This book examines women’s life writing from the Second World War and the Holocaust. Chapters on army auxiliaries, nurses, refugees, rape victims, and Holocaust survivors allow insights into the nature of complicity itself, the emergence of violence in civil society, and the possibility of social justice. • Sheds light on the experiences of ordinary German women during the Second World War • Furthers our understanding of the Third Reich and the Holocaust through a focus on bystanders, rather than perpetrators, and complicity • Examines various forms of German women’s life writings including memoirs, diaries, and autobiographical fiction August 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-108-47282-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Dictionary of Irish Biography James McGuire | University College Dublin

The Dictionary of Irish Biography is brought up to date in volumes 10 and 11, covering over six hundred prominent Irish figures who died between 2003 and 2010. Notable figures include the novelist John McGahern, politicians Charles J. Haughey and David Ervine, the footballer George Best, and the comedian Dave Allen. • Includes over 150 additional ‘missing persons’ not included in the previous nine volumes • An accurate and up-to-date resource covering all of the significant Irish-born figures who died between 2003–10 • Provides substantial and comprehensive biographical treatments of all its subjects July 2018 244 x 170 mm 1613pp 978-1-108-58790-7 2 Volume Hardback Set

An accessible yet scholarly resource for students, teachers and performers, providing a vital reference tool for enabling the understanding and practice of period performance. This ground-breaking Encyclopedia covers the development of style, technique and instruments, as well as the work of performers, scholars, composers and theorists. • This is a comprehensive, up-to-date and illuminating resource for information about the theory and practice of historical musical performance • The book is a valuable scholarly reference tool for performers, teachers, students and specialists • Covers topics including style, techniques, practices and the development of instruments, and key figures including directors, performers, theorists, composers and editors August 2018 228 x 152 mm 587pp 18 b/w illus. 5 tables 50 music examples 978-1-107-10808-0 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00 R

Opera in Postwar Venice Cultural Politics and the Avant-Garde Harriet Boyd-Bennett | University of Nottingham

Boyd-Bennett investigates the relationship of music and politics in the aftermath of war and dictatorship. Bringing locality into the study of twentieth-century music by focussing on the Italian and Venetian contexts, she shows how music culture was deeply imbedded in the most pressing social and cultural concerns of the post-war period. • Connects music and music culture directly to the most pressing social and cultural concerns of the postwar period • Provides a fresh perspective to a very well-known repertoire • Brings to light previously overlooked repertoires, and previously unseen archival material Cambridge Studies in Opera

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 272pp 8 b/w illus. 8 music examples 978-1-107-16927-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

c. £150.00 / c. US$210.00 R KEY REFERENCE

Music The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Brass Instruments Edited by Trevor Herbert | The Open University and the Royal College of Music, London

The first of its kind, this definitive guide to all known brass musical instruments covers all periods of western art music as well as antiquity, popular music, jazz and the music of non-western cultures. It contains a vast resource of factual information for students that will be new even to musicians and music academics. • Includes contributions from thirty-two expert authors from fifteen countries • Illustrated with over one hundred photographs, drawings and diagrams • Contains new and unfamiliar material that takes advantage of the latest research on the subject November 2018 246 x 189 mm 576pp 104 b/w illus. 12 tables 94 music examples 978-1-107-18000-0 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$125.00 R

Guillaume Du Fay The Life and Works Alejandro Planchart | University of California, Santa Barbara

This authoritative and comprehensive exploration of Du Fay’s music and context will appeal to students, scholars, and others interested in medieval music. The volumes provide analysis of this important composer’s entire corpus, as well as examining the church and musical history of the fifteenth century. • Provides a detailed biography of one of the most important musicians of the fifteenth century, exploring how the increasing professionalization of music enabled Du Fay to construct his own identity as ‘a composer’ • Offers an in-depth examination of all of Du Fay’s music, including a number of recently discovered works, with numerous examples • Presents the most complete description yet of the workings of the Cathedral of Cambrai, one of the major musical institutions of the fifteenth century, which will benefit scholars of both music and liturgy July 2018 247 x 174 mm 950pp 15 b/w illus. 36 tables 69 music examples 978-1-107-16615-8 2 Volume Hardback Set £160.00 / US$225.00 R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Music

Writing Sounds in Carolingian Europe The Invention of Musical Notation Susan Rankin | University of Cambridge

KEY REFERENCE

The Cambridge History of Medieval Music Edited by Mark Everist | University of Southampton

A comprehensive examination of the first appearance of detailed musical notations in early medieval Europe. This magisterial study by leading scholar Susan Rankin dates the first appearance of such notations much earlier than has previously been assumed, delivering a crucial new foundational model for the understanding of later western notations. • A comprehensive study of the first appearances of musical notation in early medieval Europe, much earlier than scholars had previously understood • Delivers a crucial foundational model for understanding later western musical notation • Provides a close examination of both passages of notation and individual neumes to explore how Carolingian scripts were shaped by contemporary rationalizations of musical sound

The only authoritative exploration of music in Western Europe during the medieval period for over a quarter-century, this volume is essential for students of the early history of music. Leading names investigate key figures and genres within their social, cultural and geographical contexts and trace the interactions between them. • The first comprehensive study of medieval music in Western Europe for over twenty-five years • Provides thorough coverage of liturgical and vernacular music from notation and instruments to chant, motet and the music of the troubadours • The definitive reference point for scholars of medieval music, featuring up-to-date research from world-leading authors

Cambridge Studies in Palaeography and Codicology, 15

January 2018 228 x 152 mm 1226pp 54 b/w illus. 276 music examples 978-0-521-51348-7 2 Volume Hardback Set £180.00 / US$235.00 R

August 2018 276 x 219 mm 400pp 42 b/w illus. 75 music examples 978-1-108-42140-9 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 C

Polyphony in Medieval Paris The Art of Composing with Plainchant Catherine A. Bradley | Universitetet i Oslo

The Cambridge History of Music

The Cambridge History of Sixteenth-Century Music Edited by Iain Fenlon | King’s College, Cambridge

This book presents new methodologies to explore medieval processes of musical and poetic creation, from plainchant and vernacular French songs to organa, motets and clausulae. It engages with questions of text-music relationships, liturgy and the development of notational technologies, exploring authorship, originality, practices of quotation and reworking. • Proposes a new view of the origins of the motet, a key genre in medieval music that is still flourishing today • Develops methodological blue-prints to analyse medieval polyphony • Cuts across established disciplinary, linguistic and generic boundaries

This volume in The Cambridge History of Music series aims to recover how people in the sixteenth century experienced music as part of their daily lives, and in doing so goes beyond traditional histories of genres, composers or individual countries to shed new light on the varied contexts of Renaissance music. • Provides an alternative to conventional ‘composers and works’ histories of music • Readers can understand the material without having to be able to read music • Offers chapters by ten different authors who are specialists in their respective fields

Music in Context

The Cambridge History of Music

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 270pp 4 b/w illus. 20 tables 61 music examples 978-1-108-41858-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 542pp 36 b/w illus. 4 maps 1 table 978-0-521-19594-2 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$150.00 R

Women and Music in Sixteenth-Century Ferrara Laurie Stras | University of Southampton

With new information on four generations of women musicians, this book expands and alters the narratives that scholars and musicians have told about music in sixteenth-century Ferrara. A radical perspective on a familiar repertoire, it proposes a new way of thinking with consequences for music history and performance practice. • Presents a wealth of new archival evidence regarding sixteenth-century music • Examines the music of sixteenth-century Ferrara from three different perspectives: culture, theory and practice • Treats several generations of women’s biographies alongside their musical activities, and brings their stories from the periphery to the centre of the historical narrative New Perspectives in Music History and Criticism, 28

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus. 2 tables 88 music examples 978-1-107-15407-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

KEY REFERENCE PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

George Frideric Handel Collected Documents Volume 3: 1734–1742 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This volume begins with Handel’s move to the Covent Garden theatre, during the period of his competition with the Opera of the Nobility, and ends with his season of oratorio performances in Dublin. These years saw the composition of Italian operas including Ariodante, Alcina and Serse but also of the major English works Alexander’s Feast, Saul and Messiah. • A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain November 2016 247 x 174 mm 780pp 12 b/w illus. 3 music examples 978-1-107-01955-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00 R

Music / Philosophy

Philosophy

The Cambridge Haydn Encyclopedia Edited by Caryl Clark | University of Toronto

Synthesizing current knowledge and provides new interpretive insights into Joseph Haydn’s life, work and cultural influence, this conceptdriven Encyclopedia lends itself to integrative, interdisciplinary thinking and will be of interest to scholars, students, conductors, performers, concertgoers, and music-lovers. • Summarizes and synthesizes current Haydn research, and points directions for future scholarship • Organized around more than eighty concepts with numerous crossreferences to broaden themes and take readers on rewarding journeys of discovery • Includes seven substantial essays by leading scholars to illuminate connections between the A–Z of concepts and suggest ways to rethink familiar categories December 2018 228 x 152 mm 524pp 32 b/w illus. 1 table 23 music examples 978-1-107-12901-6 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$150.00 R

Delius and the Sound of Place Daniel M. Grimley | University of Oxford

This book examines the role of place in Delius’ works, challenging existing views on their complex historical and musical contexts. It will appeal to readers familiar with Delius’ music, and to those seeking a detailed guide to selected pieces, as well as those new to his work. • A richly interdisciplinary study of Delius’ life and times • Focuses on Delius’ American works, and addresses their complex historical and musical legacies • Challenges the notion of place as an easy or straightforward category, and reveals a richer and more productive relationship with music Music in Context

December 2018 247 x 174 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus. 61 music examples 978-1-108-47039-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Ideology in Britten’s Operas J. P. E. Harper-Scott | Royal Holloway, University of London

This thematic examination of Britten’s operas focuses on the way that ideology is presented on stage. As well as being a record of the ideological world of mid-twentieth-century Britain, these operas continue to diagnose problems in our own time. This book argues that it is timely – if uncomfortable – for current audiences to readdress his music. • A first of its kind interpretation of Britten’s operas in the light of theories of ideology • Provides comprehensive analytical, historical, and critical-theoretical interpretations of Britten’s operas • Offers a richly detailed picture of the ideological situation of Britten’s own time and its continued ramifications in the early twenty-first century Music since 1900

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 272pp 17 b/w illus. 19 music examples 978-1-108-41636-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge World History of Medical Ethics Robert B. Baker | Union College, New York

The Cambridge World History of Medical Ethics, the first book of its kind, takes a global, multicultural, and interdisciplinary approach to the history of medical ethics. The book offers a chronology of major figures and texts, biographies of major figures, a comprehensive bibliography, and a history of the field itself. • The first comprehensive, in-depth, global, multicultural history of medical ethics • Takes a new fundamental approach to the history of medical ethics • Features a full bibliography and new reference materials Ethics

September 2018 280 x 216 mm 924pp 978-1-108-70876-0 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99 Also available 978-0-521-88879-0 Hardback £194.00 / US$357.00

R R

From Principles to Practice Normativity and Judgement in Ethics and Politics Onora O’Neill | University of Cambridge

This collection of essays challenge claims that all inquiry must use either the empirical methods of scientific inquiry or the interpretive methods of the humanities. They argue that practical judgement is essential in all forms of inquiry, and aims to shape, rather than to describe or predict, the way things are. • Takes seriously the differences between action in the world and knowledge of the world • Challenges accounts of inquiry that presuppose ‘two cultures’ frameworks, which focus on empirical methods and interpretation, but ignore the distinctive features of reasoning about action • Presents an account of judgement that is relevant not only to expert and professional life, but to ethics and public affairs September 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-11375-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-53435-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99

P P

The Skillfulness of Virtue Improving our Moral and Epistemic Lives Matt Stichter | Washington State University

This book is for those interested in virtues and moral development. It provides an account of virtues as skills that we can work on improving, based on psychological research on self-regulation and expertise. The book will be of special interest to philosophers and psychologists working in moral psychology and virtue education. • Proposes a new framework for understanding virtue as a skill, grounded in psychological research on self-regulation and expertise • Draws on self-regulation strategies and examples of deliberate practice in skill acquisition to show how we can improve our moral and epistemic virtues • Fosters interdisciplinary work on virtue as skill in moral psychology September 2018 228 x 152 mm 211pp 978-1-108-47237-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Philosophy

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Personalised Medicine, Individual Choice and the Common Good

A History of Modern Aesthetics

Edited by Britta van Beers | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

Personalised medicine is often presented as a beneficial revolution, but raises problems about the ownership of genetic information, reduce individual choice, undermine resources for public health and divert attention from the common good. This book is suitable for readers interested in the development and promotion of individually-tailored medical treatments. • Features critical perspectives from prominent writers in the fields of sociology, bioethics, law and psychology • Discusses highly topical issues, such as biobanks, Big Data, the trade in organs and ‘three-parent babies’, and brings them together using the ‘We’ and ‘Me’ framework • Analyses databases and biobanks, including the UK Biobank and 100,000 Genomes Project, in terms of who owns the data and whether there is a common good in keeping them open and public Cambridge Bioethics and Law

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47391-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

NEW IN PAPERBACK

A History of Modern Aesthetics

A History of Modern Aesthetics focuses on the ideas that aesthetic experience is important because it is a form of cognition, because of its emotional impact, and because of the sheer pleasure of the free play of our mental powers triggered by works of art and nature. This second volume tells how over the course of the century philosophers in Germany, Britain, and eventually the United States struggled to return to a broader approach to the value of aesthetic experience by finding room for the emotional and playful aspects of art. • The most comprehensive history of aesthetics in more than half a century, and the first focusing on the modern period • Offers both biographical information and extensive interpretation of the best-known figures in the field but also of many now less wellknown but fascinating thinkers • Illustrates its discussion with ample quotation, often providing the first English translation of passages from important works in aesthetics in German, Latin, and French Nineteenth-century philosophy

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 486pp 978-1-108-73382-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

Volume 1: The Eighteenth Century Paul Guyer | Brown University, Rhode Island

A History of Modern Aesthetics focuses on the ideas that aesthetic experience is important because it is a form of cognition, because of its emotional impact, and because of the sheer pleasure of the free play of our mental powers triggered by works of art and nature. This first volume recounts how philosophers in Britain, France, and Germany developed these new approaches and searched for ways to combine new approaches with the cognitivism of traditional aesthetics.. • The most comprehensive history of aesthetics in more than half a century, and the first focusing on the modern period • Offers both biographical information and extensive interpretation of the best-known figures in the field but also of many now less wellknown but fascinating thinkers • Illustrates its discussion with ample quotation, often providing the first English translation of passages from important works in aesthetics in German, Latin, and French Eighteenth-century philosophy

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 590pp 978-1-108-73381-6 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$37.99

Volume 2: The Nineteenth Century Paul Guyer | Brown University, Rhode Island

NEW IN PAPERBACK

A History of Modern Aesthetics Volume 3: The Twentieth Century Paul Guyer | Brown University, Rhode Island

A History of Modern Aesthetics focuses on the ideas that aesthetic experience is important because it is a form of cognition, because of its emotional impact, and because of the sheer pleasure of the free play of our mental powers triggered by works of art and nature. This third volume shows how philosophers of art in Germany, Britain, and the United States continued the debate over cognitivist versus alternative approaches to aesthetic experience that was at the heart of the discipline in the previous two centuries. • The most comprehensive history of aesthetics in more than half a century, and the first focusing on the modern period • Offers both biographical information and extensive interpretation of the best-known figures in the field but also of many now less wellknown but fascinating thinkers • Illustrates its discussion with ample quotation, often providing the first English translation of passages from important works in aesthetics in German, Latin, and French Twentieth-century philosophy

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 668pp 978-1-108-73383-0 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$39.99

Philosophy

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Newcomb’s Problem

A History of Modern Aesthetics

Edited by Arif Ahmed | University of Cambridge

Paul Guyer | Brown University, Rhode Island

A History of Modern Aesthetics focuses on the ideas that aesthetic experience is important because it is a form of cognition, and because of its emotional impact. The work focuses on both the best-known and lesser-known aestheticians of modern times, focusing on Britain, France, Germany and the United States from the eighteenth century through the twentieth century. • The most comprehensive history of aesthetics in more than half a century, and the first focusing on the modern period • Offers both biographical information and extensive interpretation of the best-known figures in the field but also of many now less wellknown but fascinating thinkers • Illustrates its discussion with ample quotation, often providing the first English translation of passages from important works in aesthetics in German, Latin and French History of philosophy

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 1749pp 978-1-108-46560-1 3 Volume Paperback Set Also available 978-1-107-64322-2 3 Volume Hardback Set

c. £75.00 / c. US$97.50 R £222.00 / US$384.00

Self-Control, Decision Theory, and Rationality New Essays Edited by José Luis Bermúdez | Texas A & M University

Thinking about self-control takes us to the heart of practical decision-making, human agency, motivation, and rational choice. This interdisciplinary collection of new essays by philosophers, decision theorists, and psychologists offers state-of-the-art perspectives on the rationality of self-control and the different mechanisms for achieving it. • All the essays are newly written by a distinguished group of philosophers, psychologists, and decision theorists • The book is interdisciplinary in focus and thematically unified • Includes a comprehensive introduction by the editor December 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42009-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Resisting Scientific Realism K. Brad Wray | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

The book provides a balanced and up-to-date contribution to the realism/anti-realism debate in philosophy of science. It reviews the evidence for and against realism and anti-realism, including evidence from the history of science, and various logical considerations. • Includes a thorough examination of the historical evidence and logical considerations that threaten scientific realism • Presents a compelling defense of anti-realism • Provides a sustained study of the Copernican Revolution in astronomy to illustrate some of the key issues in the realism/anti-realism debate, and a study of a hitherto unnoticed revolution in early twentiethcentury chemistry December 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-41521-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Newcomb’s problem is among the most controversial in philosophical discussion. It has a bearing on free will, on the nature and direction of causation, and on the rational psychology of voting. This book is the first collection on Newcomb’s problem to have been published since 1985. • A wide-ranging assessment of a famously intractable philosophical problem • Chapters are written by leading scholars in the field • Includes chapters discussing connections between the central problem and other topics and problems, including issues in voting theory, game theory and the metaphysical problems of causality Classic Philosophical Arguments

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 288pp 8 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-18027-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-63216-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

Pascal’s Wager Edited by Paul Bartha | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This volume offers a comprehensive examination of Pascal’s Wager, including its theological framework, its place in the history of philosophy, and its importance to contemporary decision theory. This is the most complete and up-to-date collection on one of the most famous arguments in all of philosophy. • The introduction includes a guide to infinite decision theory • Chapters range over the Wager’s historical context, its continuing influence, and the objections which it has faced • Offers the first new collection of essays on Pascal’s Wager for twentyfive years Classic Philosophical Arguments

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 65 tables 978-1-107-18143-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 P 978-1-316-63265-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99 P

Capabilities in a Just Society A Theory of Navigational Agency Rutger Claassen | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

This book proposes a new philosophical theory of social justice, based on the idea that citizens in a just society are entitled to a set of core human capabilities. It argues that core capabilities are those that enable people to become ‘navigational agents’; that is, individuals who can navigate freely between different social practices. • Proposes a new capability theory of social justice • Suggests a new conception of autonomous agency as ‘navigational agency’ • Makes the capability approach concrete by discussing capabilities for human empowerment, subsistence and democratic participation October 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47326-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Philosophy

TEXTBOOK

Relational Egalitarianism

Philosophy of Language

Living as Equals Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

Zoltán Gendler Szabó | Yale University, Connecticut

Many contemporary political philosophers reject the so-called distributive paradigm of justice, and believe that it should be replaced with the view that, fundamentally, justice is about social relations. This book refines and assesses this view. It proposes a novel and unique form of egalitarianism, which includes elements from both paradigms. • Provides a deeper understanding of the ideal of relating as equals than is currently available in the literature • Argues that the relational ideal and ideals of distributive justice are compatible and might even both be rooted in a deeper notion of fairness • Shows that relational equality can be valuable for quite different reasons and offers a defense of a particular view on this matter

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 3 tables 978-1-107-15890-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Machiavelli in Tumult The Discourses on Livy and the Origins of Political Conflictualism Gabriele Pedullà | University of Rome

Machiavelli in Tumult is the first book-length study entirely devoted to reconstructing the Discourses’ idea that internal conflicts must be praised as a source of strength, its ancient roots, its influence up until and beyond the American and French Revolutions, and its relevance for contemporary political theory. • Offers an alternative grand narrative of western political thought, from Plato to Foucault • Enlarges the field traditionally researched by historians of political thought, using cultural context to better understand canonical works • Tells the history of the rise of political conflictualism in the West, and shows the great relevance of Machiavelli’s original position for contemporary philosophical debates August 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 7 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-17727-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Kant’s Power of Imagination Rolf-Peter Horstmann | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

This Element is a study of how the power of imagination is, according to Kant, supposed to contribute to cognition. It is meant to be an immanent and a reconstructive endeavor, relying solely on Kant’s own resources when he tries to determine what material, faculties, and operations are necessary for cognition of objects.

Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 342pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09664-6 Hardback c. £75.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-48062-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

The Gettier Problem Edited by Stephen Hetherington | University of New South Wales, Sydney

When philosophers try to understand the nature of knowledge, they have to confront the Gettier problem. This volume offers a sequence of accessible and distinctive chapters explaining the history of debate surrounding Gettier’s challenge, and where that debate should take us next. • Charts and explains the continuing philosophical challenge of the Gettier problem • Includes an impressive array of authors • Offers clear, accessible, and stimulating chapters November 2018 247 x 174 mm 256pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-17884-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 P 978-1-316-63110-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99 P

Quine, New Foundations, and the Philosophy of Set Theory Sean Morris | Metropolitan State University of Denver

This book places Quine’s set theory, New Foundations, within its general philosophical and historical context and shows its relation to his other work and its continuing relevance to philosophy. It will appeal to scholars and advanced students interested in Quine and in logic more generally. • Presents the first book-length treatment on the interplay between Quine’s technical work in logic and his general philosophy • Provides accessible accounts of the main technical results on Quine’s set theory, New Foundations • Presents New Foundations in its historical and philosophical context, and in the context of philosophy of set theory generally October 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-15250-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Contents: Introduction; Part I. Philosophy of Semantics: 1. Frege and Tarski; 2. Compositionality; 3. Reference and quantification; 4. Tense and modality; 5. Intentionality; Part II. Philosophy of Pragmatics: 6. Austin and Grice; 7. Context and content; 8. Common ground and conversational update; 9. Implicature and figurative speech; 10. Assertion and other speech acts; Part III. Meaning as a Philosophical Problem: 11. Meaning and use; 12. Externalism and internalism; 13. Paradox and vagueness.

Classic Philosophical Arguments

Elements in the Philosophy of Immanuel Kant

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 100pp 978-1-108-46403-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Aimed at both students and professionals of linguistics who seek a deeper understanding of the philosophy of language, as well as philosophers who wish to connect their debates with the practice of linguistics, this book will serve the ever increasing number of courses on philosophy of language for linguistics students. • The first philosophy of language textbook on the market to cater to both linguists and philosophers • Enables linguists and philosophers to identify topics of shared concern and areas for collaboration • Provides a comprehensive glossary of terms, void of unnecessary jargon • Includes a complimentary website of additional resources including handouts for use in class and discussion questions

Ontological Arguments Edited by Graham Oppy | Monash University, Victoria

This volume provides a comprehensive discussion of ontological arguments, one of the main classes of arguments for the existence of God. Its chapters show clearly how these arguments emerged and developed, how we should think about them, and why they remain important today. • Includes chapters on the history of ontological arguments, including key historical figures • Presents a wide variety of forms of ontological arguments • Contains topics relevant to the assessment of ontological arguments, including conceivability and possibility, begging the question, and the nature of existence Classic Philosophical Arguments

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 273pp 978-1-107-12363-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$89.99 978-1-107-55912-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Philosophy

The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Ethics

Kant and his German Contemporaries

Edited by Thomas Williams | University of South Florida

Volume 2: Aesthetics, History, Politics, and Religion Edited by Daniel O. Dahlstrom | Boston University

The first volume examining the full range of medieval ethics in Christian, Islamic, and Jewish philosophy in an accessible way, exploring previously neglected topics including the importance of civil and canon law, mystical ethics, and the role of ethics in theology. It will interest students of ethics and medieval philosophy. • Explores the rich, diverse, and inventive traditions of ethics in the Middle Ages, an area of philosophy that has often been overlooked • Discusses topics and people on their own terms while taking into account the historical context in which ethical thinking developed, as well as making comparisons between the Christian, Jewish, and Islamic traditions • Covers underexplored topics such as economic and mystical ethics as well as central themes including sin, virtue, law, freedom, and happiness Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-16774-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-316-61811-0 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Spinoza’s Political Psychology

This book is for readers in Spinoza studies and the history of political thought. It advances a novel, comprehensive interpretation of Spinoza’s political writings, exploring how his analysis of psychology informs his arguments for democracy and toleration. • Advances a comprehensive and novel interpretation of Spinoza’s political works and method • Explores the psychological bases of Spinoza’s arguments for democracy and toleration • Reveals the normative significance of the affects for political life C

The Emergence of Autonomy in Kant’s Moral Philosophy

Edited by Kate A. Moran | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

This volume brings together a distinguished group of scholars who explore the nature of freedom and spontaneity, the arguments Kant offers surrounding these concepts, and their place in Kant’s larger philosophical system. • A collection of essays on the theme of freedom and spontaneity in Kant’s theoretical and practical philosophy • Authors have a variety of interests and areas of expertise within Kant studies • Readers will find interconnections among the essays in the volume, giving them a deeper understanding of the concepts discussed September 2018 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-107-12593-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Kant in the Sources of Metaphysics The Dialectic of Pure Reason Marcus Willaschek | Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt

Edited by Stefano Bacin | Università degli Studi di Milano

Kantian autonomy is one of the central concepts of contemporary moral thought. For Kant scholars, moral philosophers, and human rights theorists – and professional and advanced students – this book offers a thorough historical understanding of how and why Kant introduced the concept of autonomy. • Covers a highly significant topic of Kant scholarship and contemporary moral thought • The first essay collection exclusively on the development of Kant’s notion of autonomy • Provides close philosophical and historical analysis of this central Kantian concept October 2018 228 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-18285-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-17816-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Kant on Freedom and Spontaneity

The Taming of Fortune and Fear Justin Steinberg | Brooklyn College, City University of New York

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 1 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-14130-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

This book is for students and scholars of the development of philosophical perspectives on aesthetics, history, politics, and religion in eighteenth-century Germany. It concentrates on contemporaries of Immanuel Kant, the era’s leading philosopher, whose achievements have so long overshadowed those of his German contemporaries. • Situates Kant’s thought in the context of his German contemporaries • Re-examines the distinctively German inauguration of aesthetics and art history in the eighteenth century • Identifies creative departures from Kant’s thought in the areas of educational and political philosophy • Explores several pressing religious concerns of the period – from questions of pantheism and immortality to the relation of faith and reason – in light of Kant’s responses to them

In his Critique of Pure Reason, Kant criticizes traditional metaphysics and its proofs of immortality, free will and God’s existence. By contrast, this book explains Kant’s less famous but nonetheless plausible account of why rational beings ask metaphysical questions and why answers to these questions appear rationally compelling to them. • Explains Kant’s account of reason and metaphysics, and highlights its relevance for current debates in philosophy • Presents a new interpretation of the Transcendental Dialectic which appears in Kant’s key work, the Critique of Pure Reason • Provides detailed discussion of some less discussed aspects of the Critique of Pure Reason December 2018 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-108-47263-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Philosophy / Religion

Religion

Heidegger’s Moral Ontology James D. Reid | Metropolitan State University of Denver

James D. Reid brings Heidegger’s early philosophy into fruitful dialogue with the history of ethics, and sheds fresh light on a number of familiar topics. This lively book will appeal to all who are interested in Heidegger’s early phenomenology and in his thought more generally. • Proposes a novel account of the roots of Heidegger’s ontology • This book is the first comprehensive account of the ethical motifs embedded in Heidegger’s early thought • Brings Heidegger’s early philosophy into fruitful dialogue with the history of ethics December 2018 228 x 152 mm c.256pp 978-1-108-42218-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Wittgenstein in the 1930s 36

Between the Tractatus and the Investigations Edited by David G. Stern | University of Iowa

Wittgenstein’s ‘middle period’ is often seen merely as a transitional phase connecting his betterknown early and later philosophies. These essays focus on both the distinctive character of his teaching and writing in the 1930s, and its pivotal importance for an understanding of his philosophy as a whole. • The first collection of essays in English on Wittgenstein in the 1930s • Written by a group of leading international experts from many different countries and from a wide range of perspectives • Represents the best new work on the topic September 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42587-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Knowledge and Ignorance of Self in Platonic Philosophy Edited by James M. Ambury | King’s College, Pennsylvania

The only available volume of essays on selfknowledge and self-ignorance in Plato’s thought. Its essays from established and rising scholars of every interpretative school, and its bibliography, will be invaluable for scholars and students in philosophy, classics, and history of ideas. • The volume will be the only available collection of essays dedicated to this important theme • Treats a wide variety of different dialogues, and not only those traditionally associated with the question of self-knowledge • Brings together scholars from all schools of Platonic interpretation December 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 1 table 978-1-107-18446-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Plato’s Three-fold City and Soul Joshua I. Weinstein | The Herzl Institute, Jerusalem

In this book, Joshua I. Weinstein explains the Republic’s theory of a tripartite soul and the place of fighting spirit within it, arguing that spirited ambition and competition play an essential role in rational agency. Ideal for scholars and advanced students of ancient political philosophy and ethics. • Unpacks and analyzes Plato’s reasons for including fighting spirit among the three parts of the soul • Offers a new account of the dialogue’s central parallel between the city and the soul, and thus of Plato’s contributions to both psychology and political analysis • Draws on wide scholarship in the sciences and humanities allowing engagement with many aspects of contemporary thought October 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-17016-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Theology in a Suffering World Glory and Longing Christopher Southgate | University of Exeter

The book will be of value to scholars in universities and Christian churches, and also to university students from second-year undergraduates to those at Masters level, and those training for the Christian ministry. It will be of special interest to those focused on theology as an interdisciplinary exploration. • Proposes a new way of understanding divine glory, to be associated with pain, silence and suffering • Allows the development of a three-fold hermeneutical lens – glory in creation, glory at the cross, glory at the eschaton • Uses a highly interdisciplinary approach, involving biblical studies, systematic theology, natural sciences, poetry and mysticism August 2018 228 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-107-15369-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Food and Faith A Theology of Eating Second edition Norman Wirzba | Duke University, North Carolina

This second edition of the go-to book on theology and food expands key insights on the spirituality of eating, the importance of good agricultural practice, and the prospects of convivial and healthy communities. It makes clear that eating is far more than a physiological exercise. In good eating we work to create a better humanity and a fertile world. • Develops the ecological, agricultural, and cultural dimensions to eating, and shows how eating is of profound existential and spiritual significance • Describes eating as a way to heal and renew communities and the earth • A highly interdisciplinary and non-jargon treatment of food production and consumption November 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47041-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45596-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P G

God and Creation in the Theology of Thomas Aquinas and Karl Barth Tyler R. Wittman | Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, Kentucky

This book explains how Thomas Aquinas and Karl Barth help us understand God’s distinction from and relation to creation through fresh, attentive readings of their theology of God and God’s works and its philosophical entailments. It will interest readers of both figures, contemporary theology and metaphysics, and ecumenical dialogue. • Puts Aquinas and Barth into dialogue on God’s relation to creation, and how we understand God’s being and activity • Sets Barth’s doctrine of God against the background of medieval and Protestant scholastic discussions • Sets forth some of the most influential theological and metaphysical dimensions of God’s relation to creation in classical and contemporary thought November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47067-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Religion

The Providence of God A Polyphonic Approach David Fergusson | University of Edinburgh

This is a critical exploration of the theology of providence in the history of the church. Particular attention is devoted to the practical contexts of providentialism in politics, science and spirituality in the modern era. While critical of traditional formulations and uses, the volume aims to offer a chastened but constructive account. • Overcomes divisions between systematic and practical theology with its focus on lived religion • Revises traditional ideas of providence by attention to their political and pastoral significance • Develops a distributed notion of providence in relation to the three articles of Christian faith – Father, Son and Spirit Current Issues in Theology, 11

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 392pp 978-1-108-47500-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Part V. Judaic Christianity: 26. Judaic Christianity; 27. The letter of James; 28. The Didache; Part VI. Gnostic Christianity: 29. Gnostic Christianity; 30. The Gospel of Thomas; Part VII. Proto-Orthodox Christianity: 31. ProtoOrthodox Christianity; 32. Conflict in the church (1): pastoral epistles; 33. Conflict in the church (2): Jude and 2 Peter; 34. Conflict in the church (3): Johannine Epistles; 35. Conflict in the church (4): letters of Ignatius; 36. Conflict in the church (5): 1 Clement; 37. Relation of Christianity to Judaism (1): Hebrews; 38. Relation of Christianity to Judaism (2): Epistle of Barnabas; 39. Conflict with the Roman world (1): 1 Peter; 40. Conflict with the Roman world (2): Revelation; Appendixes: Appendix 1. Lucian on sacrifices; Appendix 2. The Essenes; Appendix 3. Jewish messianic hopes; Appendix 4. Divine humans and their births; Appendix 5. Apotheoses; Appendix 6. Miracle stories in the ancient world; Appendix 7. The Infancy Gospel of Thomas; Appendix 8. The Gospel of Peter; Appendix 9. The Didache; Appendix 10. Selections from the Gospel of Thomas; Appendix 11. Ignatius to the Smyrnaeans 1–9; Appendix 12. Selections from 1 Clement; Appendix 13. Selections from the Epistle of Barnabas; Appendix 14. Conflict with Rome. Introduction to Religion

December 2018 244 x 170 mm 640pp 65 b/w illus. 12 maps 978-1-107-17278-4 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$140.00 X 978-1-316-62494-4 Paperback c. £36.99 / c. US$49.99 X

Gendering War and Peace in the Gospel of Luke Caryn A. Reeder | Westmont College, California

The book explores the representation of peace and the violent destruction of war with pregnant women, nursing mothers, and their children in the Gospel of Luke in the contexts of the biblical and classical worlds. It will be of interest to New Testament and classical scholars, and scholars of war. • Examines the gendered language and imagery of war and peace in the Gospel of Luke • Develops an understanding of the definition of femininity and childhood around the violence of war in the biblical and classical worlds (’militarized femininity’ and ‘militarized childishness’) • Surveys the presence and participation of women and children in stories of war in the Roman world September 2018 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-108-47139-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to the New Testament and the Origins of Christianity Second edition Delbert Burkett | Louisiana State University

This book offers an authoritative and accessible introduction to the New Testament and other early Christian literature for anyone interested in the Bible or the origins of Christianity. Designed primarily for undergraduate courses, it provides a balanced, critical overview of the history, literature, and religious diversity of Early Christianity. • Covers all necessary basic texts, including non-canonical materials, for following a course in New Testament studies • Includes a reading guide that directs the student step by step through the primary text with explanatory comments • Identifies key terms and concepts, and uses review questions to focus attention on the central ideas of each chapter

KEY REFERENCE NEW IN PAPERBACK

The New Cambridge History of the Bible Volume 2: From 600 to 1450 Richard Marsden | University of Nottingham

This book discusses the developing identity of the Bible from late Antiquity to the Reformation. These chapters present the reception of the Scriptures in East and West; discuss specialized interpretations such as allegorized spirituality and established forms of glossing; and consider the influence on vernacular poetry, prose, drama and the visual arts. • Includes attention to biblical studies in Eastern Christian, Jewish and Islamic contexts, and will be of interest to students of all Abrahamic faiths • Has a broad scope, examining the role played by biblical accounts in the development of vernacular literatures, drama, art and spiritual traditions • Looks closely at specialized forms of interpretation, offering depth as well as breadth of interest Biblical studies – New Testament | New Cambridge History of the Bible

October 2018 229 x 152 mm 1067pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70384-0 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99 Also available 978-0-521-86006-2 Hardback £180.00 / US$232.00

R P

Contents: Part I. Historical and Religious Background: 1. Introduction; 2. Jews among Greeks and Romans; 3. Basic Second Temple Judaism; 4. Varieties of Second Temple Judaism; 5. Jewish hopes for the future; 6. Hellenistic religion, philosophy, and world-view; 7. An overview of early Christian history; 8. The making of the New Testament; Part II. Jesus and the Gospels: 9. Introduction to the Gospels; 10. The synoptic problem; 11. The Gospel of Mark; 12. The Gospel of Matthew; 13. The Gospel of Luke; 14. The Gospel of John; 15. The apocryphal Jesus; 16. The quest for the historical Jesus; Part III. Acts: 17. The book of Acts; Part IV. Pauline Christianity: 18. Paul, his letters, and his churches; 19. Gentiles and the law (1): Galatians; 20. Gentiles and the law (2): Romans; 21. Problems of church life: 1 Corinthians; 22. Problems of church life: 2 Corinthians; 23. The imminent parousia: 1 and 2 Thessalonians; 24. Prison Epistles (1): Philippians and Philemon; 25. Prison Epistles (2): Colossians and Ephesians;

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Religion

Jesus’ Death and Heavenly Offering in Hebrews

Sufism and Early Islamic Piety Personal and Communal Dynamics Arin Shawkat Salamah-Qudsi | University of Haifa, Israel

R.B. Jamieson | Capitol Hill Baptist Church, Washington, DC

This book is about the exposition of Christ’s atoning work in the Epistle to the Hebrews. It is for New Testament scholars, theologians, and advanced students of theology and biblical studies. The book examines Jesus’ atoning death on the cross and his self-offering in heaven, at his ascension. • Sets Hebrews’ contribution within the context of other New Testament teaching on atonement, especially Paul • Part I is structured by a taxonomy of five views on the question of when and where Jesus offers himself, offering what will be the most thorough and fine-grained analysis of the positions in this debate to date • Engages explicitly with not only Hebrews’ appropriation of Levitical sacrifice but also the Levitical texts themselves (both Hebrew and Greek), especially Levitcus 16 and Leviticus 17:11 Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 172

November 2018 216 x 138 mm 226pp 978-1-108-47443-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

State and Religion in Israel The book is intended for two main audiences: those interested in state and religion relations, and those interested in the social and legal reality in Israel. The former will also benefit from the way the philosophical model is applied to Israel, while the latter will gain a wider perspective on state and religion. • Proposes a comprehensive theory about state and religion relations, providing tools to think systematically about questions in this field • Uses a clear philosophical underpinning for its analysis • Contains a detailed case study of the arrangements in Israel which encourages sensitivity to the unique circumstances of different countries C

KEY REFERENCE

An Introduction to Swaminarayan Hinduism Accessible and relevant to scholars, students, and the public interested in Hinduism, comparative religions, interfaith discourse, immigrants, and transnational movements. This new edition includes up-to-date information about growth, geographic expansion, leadership transitions, and the impact of Swaminarayan institutions in India and abroad. • Includes the history, developments, theology, practices, and current status of the major divisions within Swaminarayan Hinduism • Traces new research and responds to the expansion of Swaminarayan Hinduism as the most prominent form of Hinduism • Provides a valuable case study for recent developments in migration studies, the role of religion in public and political affairs, integration of new immigrants in several countries, and the impact of transnational social media Introduction to Religion

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-108-42114-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-43151-4 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$32.99

P P

Biblical Poetry and the Art of Close Reading

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge History of Judaism

Edited by J. Blake Couey | Gustavus Adolphus College, Minnesota

Volume 6: The Middle Ages: The Christian World Edited by Robert Chazan | New York University

Volume 6 examines the history of Judaism during the second half of the Middle Ages. From the smallest and weakest of the world’s Jewish centers in the year 1000, the Jewish communities of western Christendom emerged – despite considerable obstacles – as the world’s dominant Jewish center by the end of the Middle Ages. • Features essays written by acknowledged experts in the various subfields of medieval European Jewish history, assuring knowledgeable and dependable syntheses of current scholarship • The volume is usefully organized into three segments: 1) the Jewries of various geographic areas; 2) aspects of Jewish social and communal history; and 3) aspects of Jewish intellectual and spiritual history • Offers a diversity of authorial perspectives, with chapters written by authors from major centers of Jewish scholarship, such as North America and Israel, and by scholars from smaller European centers as well The Cambridge History of Judaism

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 950pp 2 maps 1 table 978-0-521-51724-9 Hardback £175.00 / US$225.00

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 324pp 978-1-108-42271-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Third edition Raymond Brady Williams | Wabash College, Indiana

A Philosophical-Legal Inquiry Gideon Sapir | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 324pp 978-1-107-15082-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Primarily addressed to academic specialists in Sufi studies, this book is useful for advanced students in Islamic studies and those who work with a wider spectrum of fields like socio-religion and psychology of religion. Specialists in classical Arabic literature will benefit from the philological analysis of the fresh sources involved. • Investigates the private lives of early Sufis in the period between the ninth and thirteenth centuries • Puts the focus on the communal practices and interrelationships and conflicts of early Sufis, and thereby emphasises that early Sufism was not exactly a quietist or a completely individual mode of piety • Exposes the dynamics between the personal spheres of the early Sufis’ family lives and the communal spheres involving their engagement in Muslim societies in general, and Sufi communities in particular

This book offers close readings of poems across the Hebrew Bible/ Old Testament. For lovers of poetry generally, as well as for students and scholars, it applies recent developments in the study of biblical poetry and literary theory, demonstrates the value of close reading, and highlights the aesthetic quality of this poetic corpus. • Contains essays by fifteen different scholars with a variety of theoretical perspectives and approaches • Presents close readings of biblical poems and biblical poetic corpus, including Psalms, wisdom poetry, Song of Songs, prophecy, and poetry in biblical narrative • Engages current and relevant trends in literary theory September 2018 228 x 152 mm 328pp 3 tables 978-1-107-15620-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Religion

Writing and Rewriting the Story of Solomon in Ancient Israel

Scriptures and the Guidance of Language Evaluating a Religious Authority in Communicative Action Steven Smith | Millsaps College, Mississippi

Isaac Kalimi | Johannes Gutenberg Universität Mainz, Germany

This book explores literary analysis, historical reconstruction, historiographical methods, compositional techniques, editorial reconstruction, and archaeological investigation of the United Israelite Monarchy, and the relationship between the biblical texts within their ancient Near Eastern contexts. • Compares the ways that Solomon is portrayed in the Books of Samuel and Kings on the one hand, and in the Book of Chronicles on the other • Evaluates the significance and limitations of the textual and archaeological materials that are available for reconstructing the period of Solomon • Provides a sense of how each generation has its own historians and unique descriptions of a historical figure (in this case King Solomon) October 2018 228 x 152 mm 369pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47126-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Keith Bodner | Crandall University, Canada

The greatest screenwriters of our age could hardly craft a better script than the Book of Kings, a riveting drama with a vast array of actors from kings and queens to farm workers and military leaders. This study attempts to help readers better understand the reason for the composition of Kings and how it might be interpreted by readers today. • Written in a user-friendly style with a conversational approach • Provides an overview and treatment of the entire narrative within 1 and 2 Kings • Engages with the best recent scholarship in the field Old Testament Theology

Cosmological Arguments This Element discusses the structure, content, and evaluation of cosmological arguments by investigating their essential features, and positing that their traditional features of appeal to change, causation, contigency, or objective becoming in the world are not significant in their formulation. Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

June 2018 229 x 152 mm 80pp 978-1-108-45692-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Miracles David Basinger | Roberts Wesleyan College, New York

This Element is a critical overview of the manner in which the concept of miracle is understood and discussed in contemporary analytic philosophy of religion. It focuses on key conceptual, epistemological, and theological issues that this definition of the miracles continue to raise. Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 76pp 978-1-108-45746-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

P P

Expanding Responsibility for the Just War A Feminist Critique Rosemary Kellison | University of West Georgia

This book is of interest to feminist philosophers as well as scholars of religious ethics, ethics of war, and peace studies. It is focused on the moral problem of harms inflicted on civilians during war, including how to prevent, assign responsibility for, and repair such harms. • Focuses on one specific issue in just war reasoning: responsibility for harm to noncombatants • Brings feminist moral philosophy and peace studies into the conversation around ethics of war • Uses examples from the post-9/11 wars, including accounts from actual civilian survivors December 2018 228 x 152 mm 217pp 978-1-108-47314-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 327pp 978-1-108-47321-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Michael Almeida | University of Texas, San Antonio

The Theology of the Book of Kings

November 2018 216 x 138 mm 216pp 978-1-107-12402-8 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-56870-9 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$29.99

Offers general readers a powerful kit of ideas for thinking both appreciatively and critically about the relevance of religious scriptures and their place in our culture without being bound by the standards of one religious tradition or one style of scripturalism. • Uses the concept of guidance to develop a pragmatic view of the powers of language within which scripture plays an arguably necessary role • Uses the concept of guidance to establish a cross-culturally fair definition of scripture and to identify evaluative issues associated with the scripture premise • Examines the possibility of a multiscripturalist human future

Religious Disagreement Helen De Cruz | Oxford Brookes University

This Element examines what we can learn from religious disagreement, focusing on disagreement with possible selves and former selves, the epistemic significance of religious agreement, the problem of disagreements between religious experts, and the significance of philosophy of religion. Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

October 2018 229 x 152 mm 74pp 978-1-108-45731-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Atheism and Agnosticism Graham Oppy | Monash University, Victoria

This Element is an elementary introduction to atheism and agnosticism, examining their characterisation and distinguishing them from other things with which they are conflated. It aims for advancement of understanding why some take themselves to have compelling reasons to adopt atheism or agnosticism. Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 70pp 978-1-108-45472-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Anthropology / Economics, Business Studies

Anthropology

In Search of Gender Justice Rights and Relationships in Matrilineal Malawi Jessica Johnson | University of Birmingham

A Reconsideration of the Theory of NonLinear Scale Effects

Johnson here calls for a shift in focus from human rights to justice in the study of gender relations as she examines the stories of ordinary Malawians striving to resolve disputes and achieve successful gender and marital relations. • Uses real-life case studies from ordinary citizens in Malawi • Focuses on a matrilineal area, examining the effects of matriliny on women’s lives • Emphasises gender justice as an alternative to human or women’s rights

The Sources of Varying Returns to, and Economies of, Scale Richard G. Lipsey | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

This Element provides a critical assessment of the theory and evidence concerning the sources of scale effects. The analysis of static scale effects is important because scale effects are embedding in our world.

The International African Library, 58

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-47370-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Elements in Evolutionary Economics

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-45309-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Economics, Business Studies

Comparison in Anthropology The Impossible Method Matei Candea | University of Cambridge

A comprehensive exploration of historical and current debates about anthropological comparison. Addressed to anthropologists and to students of anthropology embarking upon their own comparative projects, it will also be of interest to students and scholars in other disciplines which rely on comparative methods. • Provides a clear overview of historical and contemporary debates about comparison in anthropology • Enables anthropologists to review the nature and purposes of the discipline in a time of institutional change • Creates a systematic rethinking of the key conceptual and methodological problems and opportunities relating to comparison New Departures in Anthropology

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 395pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47460-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-46504-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$27.99

P P

The Middle Class in Mozambique The State and the Politics of Transformation in Southern Africa Jason Sumich | German Institute of Global Area Studies (GIGA), Hamburg

The growth of a middle class has been a feature of the ‘Africa Rising’ narrative in recent years. Sumich sheds new light on this important topic by exploring the political, economic, and social origins of a middle class in Mozambique and the contradictions it faces. • Uses the situation in Mozambique to explore our understanding of an African middle class more generally, and the uncertain future it faces • Shows just how powerfully embedded middle-class formation is within the state and the ruling party • Offers an analysis covering a large historical period, spanning the late colonial period to the present day The International African Library, 57

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-108-47288-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Rediscovering Economic Policy as a Discipline Nicola Acocella | Sapienza Università di Roma

A leading expert on economic policy makes the convincing case for the foundation, coordination and reach of government action through economic policy. Presenting justifications for government intervention in coping with market failures, Acocella applies the theory of economic policy to current global issues. • Makes a strong case for economic policy as a viable and vital response to market failure • Proposes governmental interventions in tackling current issues, using innovative analysis to argue for the ability of public policy to steer the economy • Complex maths is kept to a minimum in this approachable introduction to economic policy Federico Caffè Lectures

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 408pp 978-1-108-47049-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-45491-9 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Controlling Credit Central Banking and the Planned Economy in Postwar France, 1948–1973 Eric Monnet | Banque de France

This book provides a new perspective on the history of central banking, finance, and growth before the financial liberalization of the 1980s. Monnet combines economic and historical methods in a novel way that will appeal to historians, economists, political scientists, and policymakers interested in current financial and monetary policies. • Provides the first real analysis of central bank policy since World War II • Challenges the common belief that postwar monetary policy was passive • Offers the first history of the Banque de France and the French financial system published in English Studies in Macroeconomic History

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-41501-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Economics, Business Studies

A Manifesto for Social Progress

Public Entrepreneurship, Citizenship, and SelfGovernance

Ideas for a Better Society Marc Fleurbaey | Princeton University, New Jersey

Amidst today’s threats to the environment, human dignity, and democratic institutions, this book offers a new vision. Based on the work of over three hundred social scientists, it shows how to rethink and reform society’s key institutions – markets, corporations, welfare policies, democratic processes and transnational governance – to create better societies. • Based on collaborative research by over three hundred social scientists focusing together on how to promote social progress • Offers a new vision to rethink and reform key social institutions to create better societies based on human dignity, sustainability and justice • Provides motivation and concrete actions for promoting positive social change August 2018 216 x 140 mm 246pp 53 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-42478-3 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99 978-1-108-44092-9 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99

P G

Market in State

Building on the work of Nobel Prize in Economics winner Elinor Ostrom, the book revisits the theory of political self-governance in the context of recent developments in social sciences and political philosophy. Aligica presents a fresh conceptualization of self-governance as a response to cutting-edge challenges of populism, paternalism and authoritarianism. • Offers a fresh interpretation of one of the most interesting schools of thought in contemporary social sciences and political economy • Illustrates how political self-governance stands up to recent developments in behavioral economics and political philosophy • Offers a nuanced understanding of the Bloomington School theories from an expert perspective Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-107-18609-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-63701-2 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

The Political Economy of Domination in China Yongnian Zheng | National University of Singapore

The book explores the evolution of the Chinese economy and shows how it has always been a part of a state-centered Chinese order. It uses the framework of ‘market in state’ to demonstrate how it is dominated by political principles over economic principles. • Synthesizes literature in Chinese history to offer a clear and concise conceptual framework of the Chinese economic model • Presents a new view of Chinese political economy based on comparative theoretical discussions and China’s unique historical experience • Includes chapters on the historical sociology of Chinese political economy since pre-imperial days September 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 12 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-47344-6 Hardback £86.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-108-46157-3 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

A Short Course in Intermediate Microeconomics with Calculus Second edition Roberto Serrano | Brown University, Rhode Island

This book is aimed at undergraduates taking intermediate-level microeconomics, who have studied calculus. It covers all the standard topics in microeconomics, including theories of the consumer and of the firm, market structure, partial and general equilibrium, market failure, economics of uncertainty and expanded coverage on game theory and exercises. • Integrates calculus in the main body of the text in a seamless and helpful way • The book is written in a clear and engaging style to provide a comprehensive and authoritative presentation of the standard topics in microeconomics • Graphs and illustrations are presented in this edition in full color Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Theory of the Consumer: 2. Preferences and utility; 3. The budget constraint and the consumer’s optimal choice; 4. Demand functions; 5. Supply functions for labor and savings; 6. Welfare economics 1: the one-person case; 7. Welfare economics 2: the manyperson case; Part II. Theory of the Producer: 8. Theory of the firm 1: the single-input model; 9. Theory of the firm 2: the long run, multiple-input model; 10. Theory of the firm 3: the short run, multiple-input model; Part III. Partial Equilibrium: Market Structure: 11. Perfectly competitive markets; 12. Monopoly and monopolistic competition; 13. Duopoly; 14. Game theory; Part IV. General Equilibrium: 15. An exchange economy; 16. A production economy; Part V. Market Failure: 17. Externalities; 18. Public goods; 19. Uncertainty and expected utility; 20. Uncertainty and asymmetric information.

Cost–Benefit Analysis Per-Olov Johansson | Stockholm School of Economics

Providing a summary of recent theoretical and empirical developments and summarizing state-ofthe-art stated-preference and revealed-preference valuation methods, this Element discusses how to assess the impact of small and large projects on prices and other economic variables. A novel feature is the flexible evaluation rules for reasonably small projects. Elements in Public Economics

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 100pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-46293-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Paul Dragos Aligica | George Mason University, Virginia

October 2018 253 x 203 mm 428pp 129 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42396-0 Hardback £108.00 / US$150.00 978-1-108-43919-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99

X X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Economics, Business Studies

TEXTBOOK

Innovation Ecosystems

Statistics

Increasing Competitiveness Martin Fransman | University of Edinburgh

Karim M. Abadir | Imperial College London

Fransman explains how innovation happens and which factors can help or hinder, by treating innovation as a systemic phenomenon, or ecosystem of players and processes. It will appeal to economists, other social scientists, business people, policy makers, and anyone interested in innovation and entrepreneurship. • Presents a new, systemic approach to thinking about innovation, allowing a more comprehensive understanding of how it happens and who makes it happen • A new real-time perspective gives readers a penetrating sense of the players and processes involved • Illustrates the approach with multiple real-world case studies September 2018 228 x 152 mm 215pp 7 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-47246-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45970-9 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$32.99 P

Combating Corruption in India Arvind Verma | Indiana University, Bloomington

This book analyzes vast data to argue that a corrupt state only maintains the façade of rule of law but will not permit any inquiry beyond that of individual deviance. Using criminological perspectives, it presents a novel mechanism, the ‘Doctrine of Good Housekeeping’, for public officials to combat and prevent corruption within their own institutions. • Presents a thorough evaluation of anti-corruption agencies based upon criminological perspectives • Examines efficacy of Lokpal including other means to deal with corruption in various countries • Develops practical alternate methods to combat corruption in India April 2018 228 x 152 mm 265pp 978-1-108-42746-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Experimental Economics Method and Applications Nicolas Jacquemet | Paris School of Economics

Over the past two decades, experimental economics has moved from a fringe activity to become a standard tool for empirical research. Experimental economics can now be regarded as a part of the basic toolkit for applied economics. This book demonstrates how controlled experiments can be a useful in providing evidence relevant to economic research. • Proposes a unified approach to controlled experiments • Provides readers with an overview of experimental economics at a glance • The book is written in a pedagogical style accessible to practitioners interested in the field September 2018 247 x 174 mm 480pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06027-2 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$120.00 978-1-107-62977-6 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$38.99

P P

This book serves as a bridge between elementary and specialized statistics. Each chapter contains a general introduction followed by connected exercises that are fully solved and build upon each other systematically. • Aims to bridge the gap between elementary and specialized statistics • All exercises featured in the book are fully solved • Uses matrix algebra freely in covering intermediate to advanced material Contents: Part I. Probability and Distribution Theory: 1. Probability; 2. Random variables, probability distributions, and densities; 3. Expectations and their generating functions; 4. Special univariate distributions; 5. Joint distributions and densities; 6. Conditioning, dependence, and joint moments; 7. Functions of random variables; 8. The multivariate normal and functions thereof; Part II. Estimation and Inference: 9. Sample statistics and their distributions; 10. Asymptotic theory; 11. Principles of point estimation; 12. Likelihood, information, and maximum likelihood estimation; 13. Other methods of estimation; 14. Tests of hypotheses; Appendix A; Appendix B; Bibliography; Index. Econometric Exercises, 2

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 792pp 978-0-521-82288-6 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$140.00 978-0-521-53745-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99

X X

Ignorance and Uncertainty Olivier Compte | Paris School of Economics

Compte and Postlewaite propose novel methods to incorporate ignorance and uncertainty into economic modeling, without complex mathematics. An accessible text that proposes a constructive critique of the discipline, it will find a broad audience with readers who build or use economic models, and those just interested in the discipline. • Proposes a new way to address common concerns regarding the role of ignorance and uncertainty in economic modeling • Offers insights into sophisticated methods of economic modeling without complicated mathematics • Combines original research with a review of the literature Econometric Society Monographs, 61

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 54 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42202-4 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43449-2 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Econometric Analysis of Stochastic Dominance Concepts, Methods, Tools, and Applications Yoon-Jae Whang | Seoul National University

Stochastic dominance is a fundamental concept used heavily in various fields of science such as economics, finance, insurance, medicine, and statistics. This book examines stochastic dominance in a unified framework, focusing on inferential methods and foundations. It will appeal to graduate students, academic researchers, and professionals. • Provides an advanced treatment for graduate students and researchers on stochastic dominance • Focuses on fields outside finance, attending specifically to inferential methods and foundations • Enables readers from non-science backgrounds to understand how the technical content can be used in practice Themes in Modern Econometrics

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 262pp 11 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47279-1 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99 P

Economics, Business Studies / Education

TEXTBOOK

Russia’s Response to Sanctions

Public Finance and Public Policy

How Western Economic Statecraft Is Reshaping Political Economy in Russia Richard Connolly | University of Birmingham

A Political Economy Perspective on the Responsibilities and Limitations of Government Third edition Arye L. Hillman | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

Public Finance and Public Policy offers an accessible introduction to the responsibilities and limitations of government, addressing the question of when, or the extent to which, a society should forgo the economic freedom of personal choice in markets and rely on government for efficiency and social justice. • A wealth of real-life examples demonstrate how theoretical concepts are applied in practice • Accessible language helps students better understand the theories presented • Offers a political economy perspective, integrating economic outcomes with political decisions Contents: Part I. Personal and Public Finance: 1. Markets: personal finance; 2. Government: public finance; Part II. Responsibilities of Government: Efficiency: 3. Public goods; 4. Social costs and benefits; 5. Restraint on personal choice; 6. Information and efficiency; Part III. Responsibilities of Government: Social Justice and the Rule of Law: 7. Social insurance and moral hazard; 8. Social justice in taxation; 9. Social justice without government; 10. The rule of law: protection of life and property; Part IV. Limitations of Government: Politics and Policies: 11. Voting and the common pool problem; 12. Politics and efficiency; 13. Politics and income distribution; 14. Personal incentives in government; Part V. Concluding Overview: 15. The growth of government and the need for government; Appendix A. Topics in public policy; Appendix B. Supplements. December 2018 253 x 203 mm 700pp 111 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13631-1 Hardback c. £155.00 / c. US$250.00 978-1-316-50180-1 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$99.00

X X

Social Norms and the Theory of the Firm

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 244pp 27 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-41502-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Humanomics Moral Sentiments and the Wealth of Nations for the Twenty-First Century Vernon L. Smith | Chapman University, California

Articulating Adam Smith’s model of human sociality, illustrated in experimental economic games that relate easily to business and everyday life, this book shows how to re-humanize the study of economics in the twenty-first century by integrating Adam Smith’s two great books into contemporary empirical analysis. • Explores how Adam Smith’s observations on human feeling, thinking, and knowing can be used to study economics in the twenty-first century • Builds on the author’s own experiments on two-person games • Uses twenty-first century economic experiments to enliven and expound upon Adam Smith’s model of human sociality Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-19937-8 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-316-64881-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

A Foundational Approach Douglas E. Stevens | Georgia State University

In his new book, Stevens draws on historical context and a growing body of research to demonstrate the importance of social norms to firms and markets. The book provides a comprehensive roadmap to help researchers, practitioners, and policy-makers incorporate social norms to improve the theory of the firm. • Addresses the lack of informal and nonfinancial controls in the economic theory of the firm • Demonstrates the importance of social norms and values to firms and markets • Draws on the writings of leading economists such as Adam Smith September 2018 228 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-108-42332-8 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-108-43745-5 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

This is the first assessment of how Western sanctions have affected targeted sectors of the Russian economy and how Russian policymakers have responded. Connolly argues that a new political economy is emerging in Russia and Russia’s integration with the global economy has been fundamentally reshaped by their response to sanctions. • Provides a detailed overview of Western sanctions on each sector of the Russian economy, and the Russian response • Outlines the main features of Russia’s economic structure and performance over the past twenty-five years • Considers the efficacy of sanctions as an instrument of foreign policy

P P

Education Health and Physical Education Preparing Educators for the Future Third edition Judith Miller | University of New England, Australia

Health and Physical Education: Preparing Educators for the Future continues to provide a comprehensive overview of the theoretical underpinnings, knowledge, understanding and skills required to successfully teach health and physical education in Australia. The book brings together research, curriculum and pedagogy in the field. • Presents an improved balance of early years, primary and secondary content • Provides a greater focus on ‘health’, health education and promotion • Supported by superior pedagogical features within the text and a complementary VitalSource interactive eBook November 2018 255 x 190 mm 288pp 36 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-33369-6 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £55.00 / US$84.95 X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Education / Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices Second edition Edited in association with Tania Ferfolja | Western Sydney University

Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices is an essential resource that enables teachers to confidently navigate the topics of diversity, disadvantage, discrimination and marginalisation in a range of educational contexts. • Offers links to Australian Professional Standards for Teachers • Includes a companion website with additional instructor resources • Learning is supported through pedagogical features including key terms, case studies, end-of-chapter reflection questions and recommended resources

adpositions: the Latin system; 14. Tense, aspect, and auxiliary verbs: the English verb system; 15. Tense, aspect, and mood: the Spanish verb system; 16. The Latin verb system; 17. The Hebrew verb system; 18. The Navajo verb system; 19. The Mandarin verb system; 20. Negation; 21. Questions; 22. Adjectives and relative clauses; 23. Articles, demonstratives, and quantifiers; 24. Subordinate clauses, infinitives, and verbal nouns; 25. Participles; 26. Comparative constructions; 27. The segmental sounds of human languages; 28. Prosody; 29. Writing systems; 30. The lexicon; Epilogue: ‘bad grammar’; Answers to the exercises; Glossary of technical terms; Languages used as examples in the exercises; References; Index. September 2018 247 x 174 mm 242pp 978-1-108-42515-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44123-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$28.99

X X

The Study of Word Stress and Accent Theories, Methods and Data Edited by Rob Goedemans | Universiteit Leiden

Contents: 1. The unseen half: theories for educational practices; Part I. Applying Poststructuralism: 2. Preservice teacher identities and the social construction of childhood; 3. Gender and sexuality diversity, policy framings and the construction of the subject; 4. Regulating ‘gender climate’: exploring the social construction of gender and sexuality in regional and rural Australian schools; Part II. Intersecting Theories for Meaning: Postcolonialism, Critical Race Theory and Cultural Theory: 5. Destabilising privilege: disrupting deficit thinking in white preservice teachers on professional experience in cultural diverse, high poverty schools; 6. More than cultural celebrations: indigenous identities in school settings; 7. Silences in growing up bi/multilingual in multicultural globalised societies: educators’, families’ and children’s views of negotiating languages, identity and difference in childhood; 8. ‘Disaffected’ youth: intersections of class and ethnicity; Part III. Using Critical Theory: 9. Culture, hybridity and globalisation: rethinking multicultural education in schools; 10. Social class and the classroom: a reflection on the role of schooling and mothering in the production and reproduction of disadvantage and privilege; 11. Digital literacies: understanding the literate practices of refugee kids in an after-school media club; 12. Reflections on language and literacy: recognising what young people know and can do; 13. Final ruminations on the ‘unseen half’.

This book presents in-depth research and analysis by internationally recognized scholars investigating the nature of stress and accent patterns in natural language, employing a diversity of theories, methods, and data. The research encompasses theoretical linguistics, speech science, experimental research, and grammatical analysis. • Provides careful analysis of popular as well as understudied languages including Athbaskan, Slovak, Uspanteko, Japanese, and Ese’eja • Includes theoretical and typological analysis of how stress and accent systems vary cross-linguistically • This book is ideal for researchers who value integrative methods in the study of natural languages

August 2018 249 x 176 mm 276pp 3 tables 978-1-108-43440-9 Paperback £54.99 / US$74.95

Prioritizing defining concepts in simple language, with examples and illustrations to open up phonetics to students of all backgrounds, this book provides comprehensive information on phonetics, the science of how speech is produced, acoustically-formed, analyzed by the peripheral auditory system, perceived and interpreted by the human brain. • Assumes no prior knowledge of the field, so concepts are explained with a beginner audience in mind – each concept is clearly defined and illustrated with examples, illustrations, chapter summaries, hands-on exercises and practice tasks • Includes instructions on how to use online phonetics software, such as Praat - something students are more commonly asked to do - as well as how to use spectrographs/grams • Comprehensively covers the three areas of phonetics: articulatory, acoustic and auditory or speech perception

Language and Linguistics TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to Grammar for Language Learners Don Ringe | University of Pennsylvania

This book offers a simple introduction to the principles of grammar to help students preparing to study a foreign language. It uses examples from several widely-studied languages, including English, to show how the same principles apply across very different languages. • The first general, non-language-specific textbook to introduce the universal principles of grammar for students embarking on the study of a modern foreign language • Takes examples from a range of commonly-studied languages to show students the universal grammatical principles that apply to all languages • Accessibly and simply written, for students with no prior knowledge of linguistics or linguistic terminology • Suitable for both self-study and classroom use Contents: How to use this book; 1. Introduction; 2. Sentences, clauses, and their verbs; 3. Subjects; 4. Noun phrases; 5. Pronouns and subject-verb agreement; 6. Direct objects; 7. Double-object verbs; 8. ‘Linking’ verbs; 9. Personal pronoun systems; 10. Reflexives and passives; 11. Possession; 12. Gender, concord, and noun classifications; 13. Case systems and

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 412pp 63 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-16403-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C TEXTBOOK

Phonetics A Practical Introduction Ratree Wayland | University of Florida

Contents: 1. Speech articulation. Manner and place; 2. Airstream mechanisms and phonation types; 3. Suprasegmentals; 4. Transcribing speech; 5. Phonemic and morphophonemic analyses; 6. Basic acoustics; 7. Digital signal processing; 8. Acoustic properties of vowels and consonants; 9. Hearing; 10. Speech perception; 11. Experimental tools in articulatory phonetics; Index. December 2018 247 x 174 mm 280pp 978-1-108-41834-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-40707-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

X X

Language and Linguistics

Phonological Tone

The Language of Inequality in the News

Lian-Hee Wee | Hong Kong Baptist University

A Discourse Analytic Approach Michael Toolan | University of Birmingham

Drawing upon a large number of languages, this volume explores the concept of tone, covering its physical properties and its intricate patterning in phonology. The study weaves together complementing and competing methods and ideas, presenting a synthesized view that relates to relevant fields in humanities and the brain sciences. • Integrates a wide range of approaches from articulatory phonetics, acoustics, rule-based phonology, optimality theory and historical linguistics • Contains navigational checkpoints at the beginning of each chapter which enable the readers to easily work through complex topics • Strategically-inserted questions in each chapter provide directions for future research Key Topics in Phonology

Aimed at students of applied linguistics, English language, media studies and journalism, this book explores how wealth inequality is represented in centre-right newspapers, with a particular focus on changes that parallel the growth in wealth inequality itself over the past forty-five years. • Establishes a new way of doing corpus-assisted critical discourse analysis, on a complex but well-recognized social category of wealth inequality • Provides an historical context in which to place the texts that are discussed, aiding readers’ understanding of the identified verbal patterns, gaps and changes • Enables researchers to move from a large initial set of candidate examples to a more relevant and revealing sub-set, by replicable steps backed by reasonable justifications

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 324pp 978-1-107-12572-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-108-47433-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

The Language of Hunter-Gatherers Edited by Tom Güldemann | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

This volume offers a linguistic window into twenty-first-century huntergatherer societies – how they survive and interface with agricultural and industrial societies. It challenges assumptions regarding the lack of social dynamism in hunter-gatherer societies and shows that their languages are no different from other languages. • Addresses an ongoing debate, whilst bringing new kinds of data to the argument • Includes a valuable appendix on forager languages • Easily accessible, it avoids using technical linguistic jargon October 2018 228 x 152 mm 672pp 978-1-107-00368-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

TEXTBOOK

How Second Languages Are Learned An Introduction Roger Hawkins | University of Essex

Language and Television Series A Linguistic Approach to TV Dialogue Monika Bednarek | University of Sydney

For graduate students and researchers in applied linguistics, corpus linguistics, sociolinguistics, and media linguistics, this book presents brand-new research on contemporary television dialogue, focusing on popular US TV series that are consumed by millions of viewers worldwide, including by those that do not speak English as a first language. • Explicitly discusses implications of the results for the classroom, ideal for researchers interested in the teaching of television literacy and the use of TV dialogue in language learning and teaching • Provides an industry perspective from contemporary Hollywood • Draws on interviews undertaken by the author with five scriptwriters, including the current showrunner of Veep Cambridge Applied Linguistics

For students of English language, linguistics or modern languages, this introduction explores second language (L2) learning in terms of five problems facing the L2 learner: ‘breaking into’ the language; associating forms with meanings; learning L2 syntax; learning L2 semantics; and learning about context of use. • Provides teachers with a ready-made set of discussion topics that encourage students to generate their own ideas • Includes ‘in a nutshell’ summaries of chapter sections which enable students to prepare material for essay assignments or revise for exams • This book is reader-friendly and it encourages students to engage with the primary research literature with confidence Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Second language learning: the nature of the task; 2. How words and their parts are learned; 3. Exploring the L2 learning of English verb forms; 4. How sentence structure is learned; 5. Second language learning and universal grammar; 6. How phrasal and sentential meaning are learned; 7. How sound systems are learned; 8. Real-time and contextual use of language by second language speakers; 9. The role of input in second language learning; 10. The effect of starting age on learning second languages; 11. Pulling the threads together – a theory of how second languages are learned?; Glossary; References; Index. December 2018 247 x 174 mm 350pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47503-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-46843-5 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$37.99

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 40 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-108-47222-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-45915-0 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

Intelligibility, Oral Communication, and the Teaching of Pronunciation John M. Levis | Iowa State University

Ideal for language teachers and researchers who are interested in pronunciation teaching, and especially in the reasons why various pronunciation features should and should not be taught. In this book, Levis explains the importance of intelligibility in pronunciation teaching, and practically describes its importance for foreign and second language teaching. • The book will inspire teachers who have not seen how intelligibility research can be practically used in the classroom • Demonstrates innovative approaches to pronunciation teaching principles and practices • Explains why certain pronunciation features should and should not be taught Cambridge Applied Linguistics

X X

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 15 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-108-41662-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-108-40401-3 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$36.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Language and Linguistics

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Handbook of Bilingualism

Multimodal Conduct in the Law

Edited by Annick De Houwer | Universität Erfurt, Germany

The ability to speak two or more languages is a pervasive human experience. A comprehensive survey of research into bilingualism throughout life, from the first six years to late adulthood, this is an ideal work of reference for students and researchers, as well as anyone interested in bilingualism. • The book is richly illustrated with examples of standard spoken and signed languages, as well as non-standardized varieties • Examines the global and micro issues that shape bilingualism, including ideology, language education, cognitive science and neurolinguistics • Covers a wide range of different types of bilingual speakers and diverse contexts Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 700pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17921-9 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$165.00

The first study to provide an analysis of multimodal communication in courts of law. It will interest language and law scholars, and researchers in the fields of gesture studies and social interaction in institutional contexts. It will also appeal to those interested in the adjudication of sexual assault. • The first book-length study of non-verbal practices in a legal context, addressing an important gap in our understanding of communicative practices in law • Examines a number of trial strategies that will appeal to legal scholars interested in closing arguments, cross-examination and expert testimony • Integrates language, gesture and material objects in sociocultural performance Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 32

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 85 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41635-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

While there have been other books that focus on special internet registers, no previous study describes the full range of everyday registers found on the searchable web, such as news reports, travel blogs, discussion forums, and FAQs. This monograph provides comprehensive situational, lexical, and grammatical descriptions of multiple online registers. • Enables readers to understand how texts from a register are composed of combinations of grammatical structures, in addition to the use of keywords • All situational and linguistic descriptions are illustrated through actual text excerpts and screenshots of webpages • Covers the full range of registers found online, including those that ordinarily go unnoticed, and have not been linguistically described elsewhere before August 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-12216-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Language, Gesture and Materiality in Legal Interaction Gregory Matoesian | University of Illinois, Chicago

Multilingual Youth Practices in Computer Mediated Communication

Mainland Southeast Asian Languages A Concise Typological Introduction N. J. Enfield | University of Sydney

A student-oriented introduction that applies the main concepts of typology, phonology, morphology, syntax, sociolinguistics, language variation and language contact to the study of Southeast Asian languages. It is ideal for students of Asia, Asian languages and linguistics, as well as students taking broader courses on Asian languages and language typology. • This is the first introductory book that focuses exclusively on mainland Southeast Asia • Provides examples of over one hundred different languages, including data on minority languages that is not readily available • Explains concepts and terms in a highly accessible way that provides instructors with contextualized definitions without the technical jargon November 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 75 tables 978-0-521-76544-2 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$105.00 P 978-0-521-15242-6 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$33.99 P

The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics

Edited by Cecelia Cutler | City University of New York

Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff | Universität Leipzig

Written for advanced students and scholars studying language patterns in social media and online communication, this volume is a timely resource for understanding how and for what purposes digital youth use their multilingual repertoires. It showcases how different forms of data can be analysed in various ways using a range of theoretical frames. • Uses a variety of data including online and blended (online and offline) data, qualitative and quantitative data, ethnographic data, casestudies, and corpus data • Shows researchers how different forms of computer mediated communication (CMC) data can be analyzed in a variety of ways using different theoretical frames • Illustrates how to deal with CMC data from multiple sources, such as YouTube, Twitter, and Facebook, and how to apply various methodological approaches to their own research

For scholars, students, and readers interested in African affairs and development studies, this book looks at past and current research on ‘African languages’ and addresses the role and functions of language, African and other, in ‘traditional’ and postcolonial African societies in terms of sociocultural modernization and economic development. • The first fully-comprehensive account of African linguistics that addresses its global history, tracing its establishment in various world regions and sub-regions of Africa • Exposes readers to a plethora of academic traditions and approaches to the study of ‘African languages’ and ‘language in Africa’ • Covers a vast area of inquiry including historical linguistics, language typology, culture and society, multilingualism, literacy, and language planning

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-09173-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

December 2018 247 x 174 mm 650pp 978-1-108-41798-3 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$160.00

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Emergence and Development of English

Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact

An Introduction William A. Kretzschmar, Jr | University of Georgia

Edited by Ralph Ludwig | Martin Luther-Universität HalleWittenburg, Germany

A step-by-step introduction to the history of the English language that teaches both students and instructors about complex systems, the scientific model behind human speech. This easy-to-follow text includes chapter openers, key terms, chapter summaries and end-of-chapter exercises, as well as online resources and audio samples. • Includes a step-by-step introduction to the history of the English language (HEL), aimed at undergraduates and beginners • The complex systems theory gives students a comprehensive model that they can use to understand the history of the language • End-of-chapter exercises and further readings provide students with the opportunity to practise what they’ve learnt and organize their own additional research • Appendices teach technical linguistic vocabulary so students can discuss language using the right terms

This volume explores the role of linguistic ecology in the study of language contact. Bringing together an international team of experts, it offers a theoretical overview, followed by ten case studies on contact situations around the world, covering Europe, the Americas, Africa, the Indian Ocean, Asia, Australia and the Pacific. • Diverse case studies offer a world view • Includes contributions from an international team of experts • A comprehensive engagement on a key topic

Contents: Introduction; 1. Popular English: what we think we know; 2. Emergence; 3. Indo-European; 4. Origins of English; 5. Old English; 6. Early Middle English; 7. Late Middle English; 8. Early Modern English; 9. Modern English; 10. Contemporary English; 11. Standard English; 12. The future of English; Appendix 1. Terms and concepts for studying the English language: expression of words with sounds; Appendix 2. Terms and concepts for studying the English language: beyond expression to content; Appendix 3. Words in use: meaning and corpora. Cambridge Introductions to the English Language

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 280pp 978-1-108-46998-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-108-45511-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99

X X

Literary History, Dialect, and the Digital Archive David West Brown | Marymount University, Virginia

A study of how African diasporic, Chinese, and Indian speakers have been represented in British fiction. It explores the evolution of language ideologies and explains its computational techniques as part of a digital humanities toolkit. An ideal text for students and scholars of English historical linguistics and English literary studies. • Presents a large-scale, diachronic analysis of the literary dialect used to represent colonial subjects in British fiction • Links together diverse types of digital evidence that invites new ways of thinking about the relationship between machine and human reading • Provides clear and adaptable approaches to using computational methods and tools for textual analysis • Features a detailed annotated glossary that explains its statistical methods, ideal for novice researchers and students October 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 89 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42655-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 410pp 46 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-04135-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

The Language of Humor An Introduction Don L. F. Nilsen | Arizona State University

This book explores how humor can be explained in order to aid communication. Accessible to a wide readership of not only students and teachers of language and linguistics but also those in related disciplines to which the understanding and use of humor is relevant, such as literature, psychology, anthropology, and the performing arts. • The book is highly accessible by readers from multiple disciplines, where jargon and niche terminology is kept to a minimum • Each chapter includes supplementary material, available online, to illicit further in-class discussion and help teachers to prepare for their classes • Offers countless examples that involve, amuse, and inspire students December 2018 228 x 152 mm 398pp 978-1-108-41654-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-40396-2 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$36.99

English and Empire

Studies in English Language

Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

P P

TEXTBOOK

Linguistics and English Literature An Introduction H. D. Adamson | University of Arizona

Introducing linguistic concepts and applying them to literary analysis, this undergraduate textbook enables English and literature students to become knowledgeable in both the fields of linguistics and literature. Providing numerous examples and exercises throughout, the book covers a wide range of topics in both linguistics and literary criticism. • Concise, easy to digest, and engaging, this book is targeted at English literature students taking linguistics courses, assuming no prior knowledge of linguistics • Covers a wide range of topics in both linguistics and literary criticism, as well as a range of literary genres and popular culture, from poems and contemporary literature to comic book art and advertising • Features include numerous examples, highlighted key terms and glossary, further reading suggestions, and exercises inviting students to apply specific linguistic knowledge to the analysis of literary texts Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. The sounds of English; 3. Metaphor and metonymy; 4. Syntax; 5. The rhythms of poetry and speech; 6. Varieties of English; 7. Morphology, semantics and pragmatics; 8. Discourse analysis; 9. Alternative texts; Index. Cambridge Introductions to the English Language

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 370pp 21 b/w illus. 2 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-04540-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$76.99 X 978-1-107-62305-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 X

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Church, State, and Family Reconciling Traditional Teachings and Modern Liberties John Witte, Jr | Emory University, Atlanta

Judging Equity The Fusion of Unclean Hands into US Law T. Leigh Anenson | University of Maryland School of Business

Focusing on the ‘clean hands’ doctrine, this book navigates the field of equity by mapping the boundaries of the defense and developing a principled metric for its operation, including its expansion to bar damages. Anenson provides a historical, doctrinal, and theoretical account of the integration of equity into federal and state law. • Provides the first in-depth look at the relations between law and equity (fusion) in the US since the 1950s • Explores the ‘clean hands’ doctrine in the United States, which maps the boundaries of the defense and develops a principled metric for its operation • Allows readers to understand the defense across a variety of legal topics, including legislation, in state and federal law • Updates and challenges Chafee’s work on unclean hands, which is still relied on by scholars worldwide November 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-16047-7 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Fiduciary Government Edited by Evan J. Criddle | William & Mary Law School, Virginia

The first collection of essays devoted to exploring the idea that the state and its officials are fiduciaries of all individuals amenable to their jurisdiction, this book will be of interest to political theorists, public law scholars, private law scholars, and students interested in the state’s authority and its obligations. • Proposes legal solutions, based on fiduciary principles, to the problem of corruption among public officials • Analyzes an alternative account of the authority of the state that is not premised on voluntarist or consensual assumptions about the origins of state authority • Provides an alternative way of understanding the authority and obligations of public officials that is both coherent and continuous with the authority and obligations of private fiduciaries October 2018 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19424-3 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

Moral Puzzles and Legal Perplexities Essays on the Influence of Larry Alexander Edited by Heidi M. Hurd | University of Illinois

World-renowned legal theorists engage and critique Larry Alexander’s influential contributions to law and philosophy. The volume explores the moral foundations of criminal and constitutional law and tackles classic puzzles, such as whether the law can obligate us to defy morality and whether good ends can justify harmful means. • Illuminates puzzles that Larry Alexander identified concerning the legitimacy of criminal punishment and the conditions of criminal responsibility • Canvasses core problems that Larry Alexander located within constitutional law and theory • Explores Larry Alexander’s famous theory that law cannot possess the authority that it needs to claim in order to be action guiding November 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51045-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

This book defends the fundamental place of the marital family in modern liberal societies. It encourages churches, states, and other social institutions to collaborate in promoting the integration of sex, marriage, and family life. It defends the rights of women and children against Christian critics, and resists modern liberal efforts to abolish, privatize, or fracture the marital family. • Distills and illustrates the rich family law teachings of the Western tradition • Encourages the integration of sex, marriage, and family life • Offers a theory of the multidimensional family sphere Law and Christianity

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 446pp 978-1-107-18475-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Government Accountability Australian Administrative Law Second edition Judith Bannister | University of Adelaide

The second edition of Government Accountability: Australian Administrative Law offers an accessible introduction to administrative law. The text introduces the legal principles that regulate the exercise of power by public authorities and explains the legal mechanisms that exist to remedy failures. • A thorough account of the administrative state and the mechanisms that exist to bring the state to account for its action • Contextualises the theory and explanation of administrative law • Case studies and events have been carefully chosen, offering practical examples of the principles being discussed and how they are applied December 2018 247 x 174 mm 520pp 978-1-316-63669-5 Paperback c. £90.00 / c. US$134.95

Government Accountability Sources and Materials Australian Administrative Law Judith Bannister | University of Adelaide

Government Accountability Sources and Materials: Australian Administrative Law is a companion text to the second edition of Government Accountability: Australian Administrative Law. The casebook follows the structure of the textbook and provides a sophisticated introduction to the principal areas of administrative law taught in Australia. • Emphasises statutory interpretation by setting out the relevant statutory provisions at the start of each case extract and by showing how these provisions were interpreted in each case • Enriches the study of administrative law by including a range of parliamentary materials, government reports, and scholarly writing in addition to cases • Case extracts show the human and social context in which administrative law is applied November 2018 247 x 174 mm 468pp 978-1-316-64397-6 Paperback c. £90.00 / c. US$134.95

Law

Reasoned Administration and Democratic Legitimacy

Voice of Justice Reclaiming the First Amendment Rights of Lawyers Margaret Tarkington | University of Indiana McKinney School of Law

How Administrative Law Supports Democratic Government Jerry L. Mashaw | Yale University, Connecticut

Modern government is administrative government. This book provides anyone with an interest in politics, law or public administration with a detailed account of how administrative governance works and how administrative law’s emphasis on reason giving protects both respect for individual autonomy, the rule of law and democratic legitimacy. • Seeks to dispel the common assumption that bureaucracy is ‘undemocratic’ • A historical explanation of how reason giving and reasonableness became the touchstones of the legality of administrative action in the US • Presents a normative argument for the democratic pedigree of administrative government August 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42100-3 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-41311-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 287pp 978-1-107-14683-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60098-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Originalism as Faith Eric J. Segall | College of Law, Georgia State University

Originalism as Faith shows how originalism is often used by judges as a pretext for reaching politically desirable results. It will be of interest to anyone interested in an evaluation of originalism as a theory of constitutional interpretation, a political weapon, and an article of faith. • Presents a comprehensive history of the debates surrounding originalism and shows how the Supreme Court actually decides cases • Explores the development of originalism and shows how most ‘socalled’ originalist judges, including Justices Scalia and Thomas, have failed to vote in an originalist manner • Argues that originalism is often a cover for a political agenda and is more of a political movement than a useful method of constitutional interpretation September 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18855-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-316-64046-3 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

Voice of Justice is the first book to address the First Amendment rights of lawyers, providing a critical resource for lawyers, judges, and scholars. Securing lawyers’ rights is essential to the justice system because it protects the lawyer in safeguarding client interests and in invoking, avoiding, and checking government power. • Provides an overview of the state of the law, and an overarching theoretical treatment exploring the importance to the justice system itself of recognizing the First Amendment rights of lawyers • Assists lawyers and judges in appropriately protecting lawyers First Amendment rights in disciplinary proceedings • Fills a large theoretical gap in the cases and scholarship regarding the First Amendment rights of lawyers

P G

Administrative Law in Hong Kong Stephen Thomson | City University of Hong Kong

This book provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of administrative law in Hong Kong. Including original commentary across the field, from judicial review and administrative tribunals to the Ombudsman and subsidiary legislation, it will be essential reading for practitioners, academics and students in common law jurisdictions and Greater China. • Provides a comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of administrative law in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) • Shows how administrative law in the HKSAR relates to the rule of law, common law tradition and broader legal system, helping readers to understand administrative law in its broader context • Offers a complete overview, with academic and practical analysis, giving readers a thorough and balanced understanding of administrative law in the HKSAR

This book examines aspects of international and national law including human rights, rule of law, economic integration and social values, and engages scholars from East Asia who critique Western ideas, enrich them through non-western practices and help produce transcultural universal categories of international constitutional law. • Provides a balanced perspective with authors from different regions and offers insights on developments of the role of law in East Asia • Examines specific aspects of globalization including human rights, rule of law, economic integration and social values • Through inter-disciplinary study, readers will understand how different attitudes towards constitutionalism have emerged between Europe and East Asia

Contents: Foreword; Preface; Table of legislation; Table of international treaties and instruments; Table of cases; List of abbreviations; 1. Introduction; Part I. The Constitutional and Administrative Context: 2. Governance and administration in Hong Kong; 3. The constitutional foundation of judicial review in Hong Kong; Part II. Judicial Review: The Leave Stage: 4. The leave stage: principles and procedure; 5. Delay; 6. Standing; 7. Judicial review and the public/private divide; 8. Statutory exclusion of review, non-justiciability and variable intensity of review; 9. Arguability and qualitative filtering; Part III. The Grounds of Judicial Review: 10. Overview of the grounds of judicial review; 11. Excess of power, the limits of discretionary power and non-compliance with statute; 12. Improper purposes, improper motives and abuse of power; 13. Relevance of considerations; 14. Insufficient retention of discretion: unlawful delegation, divestiture and relinquishment; 15. Fettering of discretion; 16. Error of fact and error of law; 17. Legitimate expectations; 18. Unreasonableness and irrationality; 19. Procedural fairness, procedural impropriety and natural justice; Part IV. Judicial Remedies, Non-Judicial Remedies and Subsidiary Legislation: 20. Remedies in judicial review; 21. Administrative tribunals and administrative complaints; 22. Other remedial mechanisms; 23. Subsidiary legislation; Index.

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 506pp 978-1-108-41711-2 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 296pp 3 tables 978-1-108-40032-9 Paperback £35.99 / US$49.99

Global Constitutionalism from European and East Asian Perspectives Edited by Takao Suami | Waseda University, Japan

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

The Positive Second Amendment

Democracy by the People Reforming Campaign Finance in America Edited by Eugene D. Mazo | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Rights, Regulation, and the Future of Heller Joseph Blocher | Duke University School of Law

There are few issues in American law and politics as intensely debated as gun rights and regulation. No book has offered an account of the Second Amendment that is as comprehensive, readable, and scholarly as this one. It will be of interest to anyone who cares about politics, law, and the constitution. • Enriches the debate about the Second Amendment’s purpose • Suggests a ‘third way’ that may provide grounds for compromise • Develops a constitutional framework for assessing Second Amendment claims after Heller

Cambridge Studies on Civil Rights and Civil Liberties

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-15869-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$125.00 978-1-316-61128-9 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Constitutional Courts in Asia A Comparative Perspective Edited by Albert H. Y. Chen | The University of Hong Kong

A comparative, critical analysis of constitutional courts and constitutional review in Asia, appealing to those who are interested in comparative constitutional law, comparative politics, and Asian studies, particularly from the point of view of human rights, democracy, legal systems, the Rule of Law, constitutional adjudication, and governance. • Provides systematic narratives and an analysis of Asian experiences of constitutional courts and related developments • Introduces a comparative, historical, and analytical perspective that shows the international significance of the development of constitutional and legal institutions and their improvement over time • Discusses the importance of constitutional adjudication in Asia Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 399pp 7 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-19508-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C

Judicial Review in Norway A Bicentennial Debate Anine Kierulf | Norwegian National Human Rights Institution

September 2018 253 x 177 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17763-5 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Energy Follies Missteps, Fiascos, and Successes of America’s Energy Policy Robert R. Nordhaus | Van Ness Feldman, LLP, Washington, DC

Energy Follies offers students, scholars, policymakers, and others interested in energy law and policy a critical appreciation for the history surrounding the federal government’s involvement in energy policy transition decisions, and why those decisions occasionally contributed to future crises triggering additional federal responses, as well as insights for approaching future energy policies. • Provides a contextual understanding of key energy transition policy decisions • Includes a history of energy-related policy decisions • Provides an overall historical account of the evolution of federal energy law and policy September 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42397-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43920-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

American Presidents, Deportations, and Human Rights Violations From Carter to Trump Bill Ong Hing | University of San Francisco

The Norwegian constitution is the second oldest in the world and has much to teach the world about balancing the rule of law against majority rule. This is the story of Norwegian constitutionalism from 1814 onwards, told through Supreme Court cases reviewing legal statutes under the constitution and European Court of Human Rights law. • Provides a new perspective for comparative constitutional research • Takes an unusual view of judicial review, connecting international and national judicialization • Argues that the Norwegian constitutional development is a middle way between US and European constitutionalism Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-108-42668-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This book is for citizens who seek solutions for reforming America’s broken campaign finance system. With chapters penned by leading scholars, it offers the public realistic solutions for reforming campaign finance that can pass constitutional muster under the current jurisprudence of the US Supreme Court. • Sets out multiple solutions for reforming the American campaign finance system in a clear and concise way • Brings together a number of the world’s leading experts in election law and campaign finance law • Offers several comparative perspectives on the American campaign finance system

This book studies how recent immigration policies in the United States developed during the Obama administration and are now being expanded in the first months of the Trump presidency. Documenting the harsh treatment of immigrants over the past twenty years, Ong Hing shows how mass detention and deportation of immigrants has escalated even higher. • Includes an analysis of immigration enforcement activities under the Trump Administration • Describes the due process challenges for women and children asylum seekers in the US • Documents the harsh treatment of immigrants over the past twenty years October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 4 tables 978-1-108-47228-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-45921-1 Paperback £23.99 / US$32.99

P G

Law

Comparative Religious Law

The Politico-Legal Dynamics of Judicial Review

Judaism, Christianity, Islam Norman Doe | Cardiff University

This book is for those studying and teaching law and religion to understand how Jewish, Christian and Muslim laws pervade British society, are religious and temporal in character, apply to wide areas of believers’ lives, and have much in common for better understanding between the faiths and within society. • Provides for the first time a comparative study of the modern regulatory instruments of Jewish, Christian and Muslim religious organisations in Britain today in light of their classical religious laws • Explores evidence that religious laws are more pervasive than is often presumed; they are at the same time both religious, temporal and functional and embrace a wider range of matters than has been regarded in believers’ lives as they practise their faiths in society alongside State law • Earths the practical utility of religious law study by exploring its value in promoting greater mutual understanding between religion and society and between the three faiths themselves November 2018 229 x 152 mm 386pp 978-1-107-16713-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-316-61780-9 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

A Strategy to Promote Reforms for Development Mariana Mota Prado | University of Toronto Faculty of Law

Institutional bypasses are a strategy to implement reforms in developing countries. Supported by careful research, this book will appeal to development scholars interested in understanding institutional change. Using accessible language and case studies, it is also attractive to students, government officials and national and international leaders. • Proposes a new institutional strategy to promote development • Formulates a new concept to describe a particular type of institutional reform • Provides detailed case studies of reforms in developing countries to illustrate the concept P P

Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42542-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

The Prevention of Torture Critics have decried human rights approaches’ as a failure to attend to structural factors, but this book seeks to go beyond a ‘stance of criticism’. It takes up the positive project of reimagining how human rights could attend to the worlds that produce systematic violations like torture so as to prevent it. • Explains in detail what it means to understand human rights violations from a situational or ecological perspective • Provides a detailed and critical analysis of how human rights organizations and advocates have tried to prevent torture • Analyzes rich empirical data about the way in which torture is produced and sustained September 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47045-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

From Transitional to Transformative Justice Edited by Paul Gready | University of York

Comparing Law Comparative Law as Reconstruction of Collective Commitments Catherine Valcke | University of Toronto

Comparing Law will appeal to all involved in comparative legal research, theorists and practitioners, both seasoned or beginners. This book provides an intellectually and linguistically accessible analytic framework for comparative law, one that serves to both redeem the existing scholarship and offer guidance for future work. • Develops an analytic framework for comparative law • Written in prose that is easily accessible to non-theory experts • Accounts for present and future comparative law scholarship ASCL Studies in Comparative Law

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 234pp 978-1-108-47006-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-45517-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

This book is for scholars interested in the comparative study of judicial review. It develops a theoretical framework for understanding how this institution shapes societal understandings of the law/politics relation. Its findings cast light on the conditions under which judicial review drives a sustainable commitment to constitutionally limited government. • Proposes a new distinction between formal constitutional change and the ideational development of judicial review • Combines historical institutionalist literature on judicial review with the latest approaches in comparative historical analysis • Uses a comparative theoretical framework to examine judicial review in Australia, India, and Zimbabwe

An Ecological Approach Danielle Celermajer | University of Sydney

Institutional Bypasses

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-108-47381-1 Hardback £86.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-46258-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

A Comparative Analysis Theunis Roux | University of New South Wales, Sydney

The book will appeal to a diverse audience, including advocates and sceptics, academics and practitioners, transitional justice specialists and readers from other sectors (development, peace-building, human rights), and to a genuinely multi-disciplinary cohort of scholars. Its value lies in its contribution to both conceptual and practice-based thinking on transformative justice. • Debates the definition of transformative justice and its relationship with transitional justice • Develops a set of empirical case studies to support the concept of transformative justice • Appeals to a wide range of audiences, in sectors beyond transitional justice and in disciplines beyond law December 2018 228 x 152 mm 342pp 3 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-16093-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

Human Rights in Thick and Thin Societies

The Kenyan TJRC An Outsider’s View from the Inside Ronald C. Slye | Seattle University

Universality without Uniformity Seth D. Kaplan | The Johns Hopkins University

How can we pursue healthy pluralism in our diverse world? This book is for scholars, activists, and practitioners working on human rights, peacebuilding, and religious freedom. With a comprehensive look at the Universal Declaration, it unpacks the relationship between culture and rights, universalism versus relativism, and the impact of religion. • Proposes a new framework for advancing human rights • Offers a detailed re-examination of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) • Challenges existing concepts of universalism

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-47121-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Human Right to a Healthy Environment

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-42203-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43450-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Supported Decision-Making

Edited by John H. Knox | Wake Forest University, North Carolina

Issues concerning human rights and the environment are of enormous current significance. This book is a touchstone for all those interested in the intersection of human rights and the environment, and a potential international right to a healthy environment, including scholars, students, government officials, and representatives of civil society. • Readers will be brought up to speed in a rapidly developing field • Provides a historical summary of the relationship between human rights and the environment • Readers will have access in one volume to scholars, all of whom have been instrumental in defining the relationship between human rights and the environment June 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 table 978-1-108-42119-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-43158-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

This book will appeal to readers interested in Kenya, Africa, international criminal justice, and transitional justice. The Kenyan TJRC will also interest general readers curious about the internal workings and political dynamics of a truth commission that struggled to succeed in the face of continued questions about its legitimacy. • Will correct some misimpressions of what the commission did, and why it succeeded and failed the way that it did • Provides an assessment of the limitations of a truth commission, in particular the Kenyan truth commission • Provides an insider’s view of the TJRC

P P

Theory, Research, and Practice to Enhance Self-Determination and Quality of Life Karrie A. Shogren | University of Kansas

This volume integrates cutting-edge research, theory, and practice in supported decision-making. Emerging work from legal, psychology, education, and health fields are described, and applications for supports provision in the disability field are highlighted with a specific focus on promoting valued outcomes, including self-determination and quality of life. • Integrates theory, research, and practice across disciplines related to supported decision-making • Aligns supported decision-making with emerging research and practice in legal, health, disability, psychology, and education sectors • Integrates supported decision-making research and practices with social ecological-based understandings of disability Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47564-8 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

A Magna Carta for Children?

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Rethinking Children’s Rights Michael Freeman | University College London

Community Paralegals and the Pursuit of Justice Edited by Vivek Maru | Namati, Washington, DC

The United Nations estimates that four billion people worldwide lack access to justice. This book is essential for anyone who wants to change that: lawyers, researchers, policy-makers, and activists. Community paralegals demystify law and empower people to advocate for themselves. In the fight to bring justice everywhere, they are the frontline. This title is also available as Open Access. • The first full-length study of paralegal movements in the developing world • Covers South Africa, the Philippines, Indonesia, Kenya, Sierra Leone, and Liberia • Explains what it would take to deploy paralegals at scale to improve access to justice globally • This title is also available as Open Access July 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-15971-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Are the rights we currently afford to children enough? This book restates the importance of law, policy and rights in improving children’s lives. This book will appeal to an interdisciplinary audience who are interested in children’s rights, children’s studies, the history of childhood, international human rights, and comparative family law. • Provides a detailed examination of the development of children’s rights before the Convention on the Rights of the Child, including key legal and philosophical perspectives • Includes an in-depth critique of the Convention and its principles • Explores multiple facets of children’s rights and childhood, appealing to a broad audience of legal, sociological, psychological and social work scholars The Hamlyn Lectures

October 2018 216 x 138 mm 580pp 978-1-107-15282-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-60667-4 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Law

environmental law; 12. International trade law; 13. Use of force; 14. Enforcement of international law; 15. The peaceful settlement of international disputes.

Conversations on Justice from National, International, and Global Perspectives

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 832pp 3 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-44545-0 Paperback £78.99 / US$105.00

Dialogues with Leading Thinkers Edited by Jean-Marc Coicaud | Rutgers University, New Jersey

This unique volume is made up of conversations that feature key authors from around the world, and from a variety of disciplines, who discuss the central questions of justice at the national, international, and global levels. • Proposes an accessible approach to issues of justice • Addresses issues of justice from a plurality of perspectives • Fosters intellectual dialogue between intellectual and cultural traditions October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-316-51009-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

KEY REFERENCE

The Appeals Chamber of the International Criminal Court Commentary and Digest of Jurisprudence Fabricio Guariglia | International Criminal Court, The Hague

Appealing to lawyers, law students and scholars interested in discovering the most authoritative statements by the International Ciminal Court Appeals Chamber, handpicked for their relevance and focusing valuable research time. Complete with commentaries, it also includes practical insights by current and former Appeals Counsel of the Office of the Prosecutor. • A complete and up-to-date digest of the International Criminal Court Appeals Chamber cases drawing on the most relevant principles • Focuses on compiling and producing the most authoritative statements of the International Criminal Court’s appellate jurisprudence in a coherent manner saving valuable research time • Provides the reader with a short commentary written by current and previous Appeals Counsel of the Office of the Prosecutor of the International Criminal Court before every chapter • Includes excerpts of the cases which are grouped by topic, drawing attention to the most important developments in the jurisprudence September 2018 228 x 152 mm 784pp 978-1-107-02788-6 Hardback £195.00 / US$270.00

TEXTBOOK

International Law Cases and Materials with Australian Perspectives Third edition Donald R Rothwell | Australian National University, Canberra

With a strong focus on Australian practice and interpretation, the third edition of International Law: Cases and Materials with Australian Perspectives examines how international law is developed, implemented and interpreted within the international community and considers new and developing approaches within this field. • Balances coverage of international law as applied globally, with Australian perspectives • A single text covering principles and cases with a good balance between commentary and well-curated case extracts • Substantially rewritten, refreshed and modified to reflect recent developments and practice with a new chapter on international trade law and new content on international humanitarian law

Globalisation and Governance International Problems, European Solutions Edited by Robert Schütze | University of Durham

This edited collection evaluates international and regional solutions to issues in global governance that have emerged over the course of the twentieth century. Two alternative normative and decisional approaches to the ‘international’ problems of today’s globalised world are explored: the international and the supranational solution. • An edited collection that includes the most expert academics from the field of international and European law • Explores and compares the development of international law and European law • Aims to place the process of European integration into a broader ‘global’ perspective and contributes to the globalisation/government debate • Provides an insight into international and European perspectives on the changes to governance and law September 2018 228 x 152 mm 504pp 978-1-107-12990-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

The Process of International Legal Reproduction Inequality, Historiography, Resistance Rose Parfitt | Kent Law School, University of Kent

A radical history of the expansionary project of statehood and its role in constructing the vastly unequal global order we inhabit today. Using meticulously inter-layered case studies, including the canonical ‘Abyssinia Crisis’, this book will appeal to readers interested in the history and theory of international law and international relations. • Draws on radical historiographical, legal, linguistic and anti-colonial theory to create a new methodological framework that challenges some of the key assumptions underpinning the contemporary international order • Engages with some of the international order’s most pressing concerns, from escalating civil conflict to global warming to the struggle for indigenous self-determination on indigenous terms • Mobilises a new archive of primary materials gathered in Addis Ababa, Rome, Geneva and London to explore the legal dynamics of oppression and resistance, from the Ethiopian Empire’s efforts to resist fascist annexation to anticolonial struggles ongoing for more than four centuries Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 137

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-316-51519-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Contents: 1. The nature of international law; 2. Sources of international law; 3. Law of treaties; 4. International and municipal law; 5. International legal personality; 6. Sovereignty over territory; 7. Jurisdiction; 8. State responsibility; 9. Human rights; 10. Law of the sea; 11. International

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

The Analogy between States and International Organizations

International Law Reports

Fernando Lusa Bordin | University of Cambridge

The book will appeal to academics, practitioners and students specializing in international law and international relations. It takes a fresh perspective on how the law that applies to intergovernmental institutions has – and continues to be – developed by analogy with the law that applies to States. • Proposes and explores a new approach to how general international law applies to international organizations, appealing to those interested in the intersection between international law and legal theory • Discusses the position of international organizations under international law, and looks into what international organizations are legally speaking and how they compare to States when acting on the international plane • Revisits the work of the International Law Commission on treaties and responsibility of international organizations, and explores the history of the development of the law of international organizations Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 138

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-15555-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Volume 178 is devoted to the judgment of the UK Supreme Court in cases including Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No. 2), Al-Waheed v. Ministry of Defence, Belhaj and Boudchar v. Straw and Others and Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No. 1). • Includes reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No. 2); ‘The Iraqi Civilian Claimants’ v. Ministry of Defence and Foreign and Commonwealth Office and Mohammed (Serdar) and Others v. Ministry of Defence • Contains reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Al-Waheed v. Ministry of Defence and Mohammed (Serdar) v. Ministry of Defence • Reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Belhaj and Boudchar v. Straw and Others and Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No. 1) International Law Reports, 178

November 2018 219 x 146 mm 860pp 978-1-108-47327-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00

International Negotiation A Process of Relational Governance for International Common Interest Evangelos Raftopoulos | Panteion University of Athens

Challenging prescriptive models of international negotiation and examining international negotiations from a novel, relational international law perspective, this work should be read by academics and practitioners of international law and negotiations, officials of international organizations, and those interested in international law and relations. • Proposes a relational theory of international creative negotiation • Adopts a novel view of international negotiation as a relational, contextual, textual, three-phased and inter-subjective process of multilateral governance • Equips readers with the fundamental conceptual elements needed to understand international negotiation as a structured, multilateral process generating and constructing international common interest Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-19664-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Volume 178 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Sustainable Development, International Aviation, and Treaty Implementation Edited by Armand L. C. de Mestral | McGill University, Montréal

The international community has succeeded in developing rules to limit greenhouse gas emissions in the atmosphere from international civil aviation. This book examines the development of international law and policy in an area that has remained largely outside the general framework of international environmental law. • Takes a holistic approach to the different aspects of law-making • Allows readers to better understand the dynamics of international air law and the special institutions in which it is developed • Readers will also better understand the impact of the unilateral measures of the European Union and why they were replaced by multilateral solutions Treaty Implementation for Sustainable Development

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 2 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-15311-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Law

International Standardization and the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade

Protection of Legitimate Expectations in Investment Treaty Arbitration A Theory of Detrimental Reliance Teerawat Wongkaew | Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Thailand

Andrea Barrios Villarreal | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva

This work examines the international standardization system generally, with a specific focus on some of the bodies within this system. It also questions the lack of definition regarding several features related to the system, notably an international standardizing body and international standards in the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade. • Explores a topic (standardization) that has been barely studied from the law perspective • Explains World Trade Organization (WTO) law to regulators and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), and standardization activities to lawyers • Helps policymakers in developing countries to better understand their rights and obligations under WTO law October 2018 228 x 152 mm 342pp 5 tables 978-1-108-47436-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Consent and Trade Scholars studying trade from a range of disciplines, such as law, philosophy, business, economics, history, or politics, as well as their students, will benefit from this groundbreaking analysis. They will be invited to consider trade law from a perspective now unrepresented, yet intuitively familiar: trade’s relationship to consensual exchange. • Provides a new perspective on the nature of trade and the object of trade law • Explores dynamics such as consent, coercion, exploitation, and predation in selected trade agreements • Suggests new ways to think about global justice and its relationship to economic law P

The Future of International Economic Integration

International Governance and the Rule of Law in China under the Belt and Road Initiative This book will appeal to readers interested in Chinese law and policy, China studies, global development and international law. It focuses on how Chinese law relates to international law under the Belt and Road Initiative, mainly in trade, finance, investments, the environment, outer space, competition and dispute resolution. • Critically evaluates the changes the Belt and Road Initiative might bring to the field of international law and international governance • Explores possible approaches to deal with new legal issues that arise under the Belt and Road Initiative in China and countries along the Belt and Road • Examines China’s role in international governance and rule of law under the Belt and Road Initiative and discusses how national laws can be reformed to accommodate new demands in the new global and regional order October 2018 228 x 152 mm 322pp 3 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-42014-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00 C

The Embedded Liberalism Compromise Revisited Edited by Gillian Moon | University of New South Wales, Sydney

The Public International Law of Trade in Legal Services

World events such as the financial crisis, Brexit, and the election of President Trump have all brought new challenges to the existing trade regime and called into question fundamental assumptions. This book explains the context of current events and the renewed possibility for an inclusive trade and economic agenda. • Addresses current upheavals in the international economic integration project • Identifies the ongoing relevance and influence of the original goals and values of the global economic system • Discusses broader social issues such as labour, human rights, food security, and environmental protection September 2018 228 x 152 mm 266pp 1 table 978-1-316-51017-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-108-47428-3 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$120.00

Edited by Yun Zhao | The University of Hong Kong

Trading Freely in a Global Market Frank J. Garcia | Boston College, Massachusetts

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-47325-5 Hardback £28.99 / US$39.99

In this book, scholars and practitioners in the field of investment treaty arbitration will gain a deeper understanding of the fair and equitable treatment provision, namely the protection of legitimate expectations. It questions why the law should protect the investor’s legitimate expectations and looks at how to protect such expectations. • Aims to provide a deeper understanding into the doctrine of legitimate expectations through a philosophical perspective • Features a critical assessment of the current approaches to the doctrine of legitimate expectations • Uses philosophical principles to form a normative framework for resolving concrete cases

David Collins | City, University of London

This book examines how treaties regulate the delivery of legal services across international borders. The barriers to liberalization faced by legal services are investigated in the context of different legal systems. Collins also considers how the modernization of the legal profession will shape the regulation of legal services nationally and globally. • Addresses an under-explored area of international trade law that will help policy makers and treaty negotiators consider legal services in future arrangements • Explores changes in the legal profession and highlights the need to reconsider the way in which legal services are regulated in many countries • Examines major treaties which regulate how legal services are delivered across international borders and as such it will have a global appeal Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42352-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Industrial Policy and the World Trade Organization

Transnational Environmental Regulation and Governance

Between Legal Constraints and Flexibilities Sherzod Shadikhodjaev | KDI School of Public Policy and Management, South Korea

Purpose, Strategies and Principles Veerle Heyvaert | London School of Economics and Political Science

This book will appeal to government officials, researchers, scholars, students and others interested in public policy in the areas of industry and trade. The book explains, in accessible language, highly technical WTO rules and jurisprudence to point out and discuss restrictions and flexibility vis-à-vis industrial policy-makers. • Considers both economic and legal aspects of the industrial policy • Uses plain language and easy explanation of highly technical trade rules and issues, allowing readers with little knowledge of the area to understand the material • Explores various issues from the real practice of industrial policy, providing policy recommendations and implications where applicable • Looks at how industrial policies have been operated domestically and dealt with in international forums using real examples and global trends

This book offers a comprehensive and critical discussion of transnational environmental regulation. It examines international environmental agreements, regional and EU regulation, private environmental regulation, and governance networks. It also equips readers with an improved understanding of transnational governance and its contribution to sustainability. • Discusses key features of environmental regulation across a broad range of different environmental policy areas • Enables readers to understand and think critically about a form of regulation that is becoming increasingly prominent in society • Illustrates the value of interdisciplinary scholarship to understand environmental regulation November 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 1 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-41574-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00 C

Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-14508-5 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Implementation and Comparisons Edited by Gary F. Bell | National University of Singapore

State Responsibility for Breaches of Investment Contracts Jean Ho | National University of Singapore

This is a compact yet detailed study mapping out an underexplored subset of the law of state responsibility, dedicated to contractual protection. It will appeal to scholars, practitioners and students of international investment law, as well as public international lawyers generally. • Carves out the special law on investment contract protection from the general law of state responsibility, enabling participants and observers of international investment law to apply a bespoke body of rules to contractual disputes between foreign investors and host states • Explores unknown origins of contractual protection in international law through original archival research, showing how history exerts an important influence on the modern practice of investment contract protection • Discusses the future of investment contract protection from legal and political developments providing alternative perspectives on the legitimacy and longevity of international investment law Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 136

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-108-41584-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

The UNCITRAL Model Law and Asian Arbitration Laws

In the Asia-Pacific, thirty-eight jurisdictions have adopted the UNCITRAL Model Law on arbitration. This book looks at how the text or the principles of the Model Law have been implemented (or not) in key Asian jurisdictions. It is an essential book on the Model Law and on arbitration in Asia. • Provides an overview of the most relevant arbitration laws in Asia • Each chapter closely follows the structure of the Model Law, covering the same topics in the same order, allowing readers to compare different laws easily • Compares the domestic law of important jurisdictions that have not adopted the Model Law, following the same structure • Explores how the Model Law is implemented in each jurisdiction and how it is often interpreted very differently in some countries October 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-18397-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63531-5 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Transboundary Water Disputes State Conflict and the Assessment of their Adjudication Itzchak E. Kornfeld | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

In this book Kornfeld analyzes the effectiveness of North American international courts and ad hoc arbitral tribunals in adjudicating transboundary water disputes and allocating scarce water resources. He traces the historical development of water law, taking into account issues of sovereignty, jurisdiction and scientific evidence. • Examines a series of cases in water law with a particular focus on allocation of water in transboundary disputes • Develops five criteria for measuring the effectiveness of courts and tribunals in water law • Considers the role of states and of international courts and tribunals in adjudicating water disputes September 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-18660-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Corporate Governance in Asia A Comparative Approach Edited by Bruce Aronson | Hitotsubashi University, Tokyo

A comprehensive textbook that provides a comparative overview of corporate governance frameworks and practices in major Asian countries. Aimed at undergraduate and graduate students in law school, business school and international studies. Academics, analysts and practitioners will find the book an essential reference for their research/practice. • Provides a single source for learning both general theory and in-depth analysis of corporate governance systems in important jurisdictions in Asia • Features six foundational chapters focusing on general theory and widely-known corporate governance systems in the West, suitable for teaching a general course on comparative corporate governance • Contains eight country-specific chapters, authored by leading experts in important jurisdictions in Asia, which follow a common template and highlight innovations and developments in each jurisdiction October 2018 244 x 170 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-42077-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-108-43087-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99 P

Comparative Company Law Text and Cases on the Laws Governing Corporations in Germany, the UK and the USA Second edition Andreas Cahn | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

This text will appeal to students, lecturers and practitioners. Unlike any other, it combines comparative analyses of a broad range of topics in the company laws of Germany, the UK and the US with leading cases selected for their comparative value. It presents sophisticated comparative analysis in concise English. • Contains succinct summaries of the company laws of Germany, the UK and the US, allowing the reader to see at a glance what the law is in each jurisdiction • Examines leading cases selected for their comparative value, with many German cases made available for the first time in English translation • Draws comparative analysis from some of the most sophisticated scholarship, allowing readers to deepen both their understanding of the law and the state of comparative legal scholarship October 2018 228 x 152 mm 1138pp 13 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-18635-4 Hardback c. £125.00 / c. US$175.00 P 978-1-316-63715-9 Paperback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99 P

Global Securities Litigation and Enforcement Edited by Pierre-Henri Conac | Université du Luxembourg

This book provides a clear and exhaustive description of the national regime for the enforcement of securities legislation in case of misrepresentation on financial markets. It will be an invaluable resource for academics and students of securities litigation, as well as for lawyers, policy-makers and regulators. • Presents a decisive and unique debate on whether public or private enforcement is better in terms of development of securities markets • Includes a description of public and private enforcement of securities law for prospectus and secondary misrepresentation on securities markets from twenty-nine jurisdictions worldwide • Provides insights into the recent and numerous developments of securities litigation November 2018 228 x 152 mm 1154pp 16 b/w illus. 48 tables 978-1-107-10860-8 Hardback c. £195.00 / c. US$310.00 R

The Cambridge Handbook of Social Enterprise Law Edited by Benjamin Means | University of South Carolina School of Law

This Handbook offers an authoritative guide to social enterprise law and policy. The work, which takes stock of the field and charts a course for its development, should be read by anyone interested in how companies are evolving to address demands for capitalism with a conscience. • Provides a diverse set of legal perspectives in the emerging social enterprise field • Contains contributions from US and international scholars and practitioners which will appeal to readers in the US, UK, Europe, and elsewhere • The book will serve as a one-stop legal resource for scholars and practitioners working in social enterprise and corporate law October 2018 253 x 177 mm 600pp 4 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-18655-2 Hardback £140.00 / US$195.00

Corporate Reorganisations in China An Empirical Analysis Zinian Zhang | University of Leeds

An empirical study of China’s corporate reorganisation law and how the law is implemented. It will appeal to academics and practitioners of law and business specialising in corporate insolvency, particularly valuable for practitioners specialising on China-related corporate restructuring. • Explores China’s newly enacted corporate reorganisational law, revealing what works and what doesn’t work • Provides an objective analysis of the implementation of China’s corporate reorganisation law • Uses a unique approach to look at corporate reorganisation law which enables the reader to understand China’s judicial system • Enriches the global debate on the effectiveness of a corporate reorganisation law with ground-breaking findings that will help the reader form an in-depth view September 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 6 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-42500-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C TEXTBOOK

European Union Law Second edition Robert Schütze | University of Durham

Written with exceptional clarity, European Union Law examines all the core constitutional and substantive topics of EU law, and includes Brexit coverage. Learning is supported by numerous case extracts, suggestions for further reading and more than one hundred visual aids. A companion website features full ‘Lisbonised’ versions of the cited cases. • A Brexit chapter covers the negotiation process and the possible future relationships between the United Kingdom and the European Union • Features over one hundred figures and tables clarifying complex topics and illustrating relationships and processes • Combines straightforward explanation with scholarly analysis, highlighting theoretical approaches and key academic debates Contents: Part I. Constitutional Foundations: 1. Constitutional history: from Paris to Lisbon; 2. Constitutional nature: a federation of states; 3. European law I: nature – direct effect; 4. European law II: nature – supremacy/pre-emption; 5. Governmental structure: union institutions I; 6. Governmental structure: union institutions II; Part II. Governmental Powers: 7. Legislative powers: competences and procedures; 8. External powers: competences and procedures; 9. Executive powers: competences

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

and procedures; 10. Judicial powers I: (centralised) European procedures; 11. Judicial powers II: (decentralised) national procedures; 12. Judicial powers III: EU fundamental rights; Part III. Substantive Law: 13. Free movement of goods I: negative integration; 14. Free movement of goods II: positive integration; 15. Free movement of persons: workers and beyond; 16. Free movement of services and capital; 17. Competition law: private undertakings; 18. Internal policies: an overview; 19. Brexit and the Union: past, present, future; 20. Appendices: how to study European law. August 2018 247 x 174 mm 900pp 97 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47009-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$130.00 978-1-108-45520-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

X X

The Transformation of EU Treaty Making The Rise of Parliaments, Referendums and Courts since 1950 Dermot Hodson | Birkbeck, University of London

Exploring the rise of people, parliament and courts in EU treaty making since 1950, this will be relevant to students and scholars in fields such as EU law and politics, comparative constitutionalism, international law and relations. Its reform ideas are highly relevant for European policy-makers and Europe watchers worldwide. • Presents a major study of EU treaty making helping readers gain insights into the links between EU law and national constitutions in this domain and their relevance for contemporary debates about EU and international treaty making • Provides important new evidence on classic theoretical debates in international relations and international law with new insights on the interplay between trust, legitimacy and treaty making • Challenges the prevailing consensus that mechanisms of EU treaty making are too rigid and provides new evidence about the factors driving treaty amendment and ideas for reforming EU treaty making Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-11215-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$115.00

The Politics of Justice in European Private Law Social Justice, Access Justice, Societal Justice Hans-W Micklitz | European University Institute, Florence

This book highlights the differences between Member States’ concepts of social justice, which have developed historically, and the distinct European concept of access justice, and argues that a more positive and promising European concept of justice is developing. • Discusses the development of European access justice and advocates access justice in private law beyond the state • Demonstrates how the EU took over social private law regulation from the struggling Member States • Overcomes the conceptualisation of European private law in national private law thinking and explores European private law as a tripartite legal order, built around access justice, social justice and societal justice Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42412-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Transforming Gender Citizenship The Irresistible Rise of Gender Quotas in Europe Edited by Éléonore Lépinard | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

Gender quotas are a controversial policy measure but have increasingly become adopted in Europe. This book explores this phenomenon and how it has come to transform our conception of gender equality. It will appeal to researchers and students of European law and politics, gender studies, institutionalism and comparative constitutionalism. • Presents a comparative perspective on gender quotas’ adoption across thirteen European countries • Addresses political and legal struggles around the adoption of gender quotas in political parties, electoral politics, corporate boards and public administration • Documents transnational diffusion of gender quotas as well as the supranational influence of European institutions in this process Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 488pp 7 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-42922-1 Hardback £81.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-45335-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Legal Foundations of EU Economic Governance Antonio Estella | Universidad Carlos III de Madrid

An important contribution to the field which explores both the legal and economic dimensions of EU economic governance in a clear and comprehensive way. It is an essential resource for law and economics students focusing on European Union economic governance. • Explores both legal and economic aspects of EU economic governance in a clear manner, enabling students to understand the connections between them • Addresses issues posed by EU economic governance in a critical and innovative way, placing the law in a wider context • Presents economic aspects of EU economic governance without presupposing prior economic knowledge Law in Context

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 279pp 25 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-14101-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$74.99 978-1-316-50622-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

The Law of Failure A Tour through the Wilds of American Business Insolvency Law Stephen J. Lubben | Seton Hall University School of Law, New Jersey

The American insolvency system – or the law of failure – plays an important, and often unheralded role in the financial system, as well as in the broader economy. This book provides the first overview of all of the state and federal law dealing with business insolvency. • Provides a comprehensive view of American business insolvency law • Examines the motivations behind the two distinct types of laws hidden under the broad heading of ‘insolvency’ • Written in a light, readable style July 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-19029-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64041-8 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Law

Reflections on Crime and Culpability

Foreigners on America’s Death Rows

Problems and Puzzles Larry Alexander | University of San Diego

John Quigley | Ohio State University

This book is for students and scholars interested in criminal law theory. It undertakes questions that very few theorists have addressed, particularly about our understanding of culpability, and collects them in one monograph that offers a unified approach to addressing them. • Unites under-examined issues into one monograph • Takes a retributivist approach to criminal law • Offers avenues for future exploration November 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-15994-5 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61261-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Insider Trading

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42823-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law, Ethics, and Reform John P. Anderson | Mississippi College School of Law

This book summarizes the current state of the law of insider trading in the US and around the globe. It evaluates the practice of insider trading from the standpoints of economic efficiency, morality, and virtue theory. It then employs the lessons from this analysis to outline a clear path to reform in the US. • Offers a comprehensive history of the development of the law of insider trading inside the United States • Summarizes the global development of insider trading, and offers a comparative analysis of the law • Explains why the insider trading regime in the United States (the oldest in the world) is unjust, incoherent, irrational, and therefore in need of reform June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-14919-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-60340-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Model(ing) Justice Perfecting the Promise of International Criminal Law Kerstin Bree Carlson | The American University of Paris, France

This book is of interest to international law scholars and practitioners, students of transitional justice, and governance and development scholars. It can be used in undergraduate and graduate classes for students studying law and society, international relations, political science, sociology, international law, or human rights topics. • Proposes a new theoretical model for international courts as transitional justice mechanisms • Identifies structural paradoxes in international criminal law doctrine and institutions • Offers a summary and a wider ‘so-what’ of the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) practice October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41769-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

This book should outrage anyone concerned about human rights or about fair administration of justice. The United States is one of only a few countries that execute for crimes, and if the defendant is a foreigner the United States does not even follow accepted rules of due process of law. • Illustrates how the US government has given courts implausible arguments in order to allow state governments to execute foreigners in circumstances that violate the human rights of those foreigners and treaty obligations owed to foreign governments • Helps readers to understand why foreign governments are angry when their nationals are executed in the United States • Explains how the United States have become a pariah in the international community for failing to follow treaty rules that other countries follow

Children as ‘Risk’ Sexual Exploitation and Abuse by Children and Young People Anne-Marie McAlinden | Queen’s University Belfast

This book examines socio-political constructions of risk related to sexual offending behaviour by and among children and young people, combining theoretical analysis with primary research. The book will appeal to scholars, legal and other professionals, and schools and parents in helping children navigate today’s highly sexualised landscape. • Combines high-level theoretical analysis with original empirical research in the form of over thirty semi-structured interviews with professionals working with children and young people affected by harmful sexual or exploitative behaviour • Examines the principal factors underlying the emergence of harmful sexual or exploitative behaviour among children and adolescents and the myriad challenges within today’s highly sexualised cultural landscape • Examines ‘peer-to-peer’ forms of exploitation and abuse in a range of online and offline contexts Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 366pp 978-1-107-14484-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Fairness in Criminal Justice Golden Threads and Pragmatic Patches Sian Elias | The Supreme Court of New Zealand

Chief Justice of New Zealand, Dame Sian Elias examines whether the changes which many jurisdictions across the Commonwealth are currently making to the criminal justice system present a risk to the integrity of the system, fundamental human rights and the rule of law. • This volume is based on the prestigious Hamlyn Lectures • The book is written by one of the Commonwealth’s leading judges • Makes an important contribution to current thinking on how criminal justice should be developed in response to the challenges of the twenty-first century The Hamlyn Lectures

September 2018 216 x 138 mm 184pp 978-1-108-47435-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-46315-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

The Use of Armed Force in Occupied Territory

Framing Intellectual Property Law in the 21st Century

Marco Longobardo | University of Westminster

Integrating Incentives, Trade, Development, Culture, and Human Rights Edited by Rochelle Cooper Dreyfuss | New York University

Longobardo examines the conditions under which the use of armed force in occupied territory is lawful through the interplay of different rules of international law. The book will be of interest to foreign office officers, military legal advisors, practitioners, and scholars dealing with the use of armed force in occupied territory. • Provides the first detailed analysis of the ways in which armed force may be employed in occupied territory • Provides an accurate assessment of state practice and opinio juris beyond the usual examples of occupied territories • Offers a comprehensive analysis of an underexplored topic, taking into account all the relevant international law regimes October 2018 229 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47341-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

The United States Department of Defense Law of War Manual

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 328pp 4 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-13538-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C

Commentary and Critique Edited by Michael A. Newton | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

The Department of Defense Manual provides a consolidated compendium of the American approach to modern warfighting. This book dissects the 1193 pages and 7029 footnotes in a manner that permits readers and military practitioners to understand precisely the strengths and weaknesses of the US legal and policy pronouncements. • Highlights the dramatic changes between the 1956 US Army Manual and the 2016 Department of Defense Law of War Manual • Informs practitioners, military officers, international experts, and informed citizens about the most pressing and controversial issues of our day in light of modern legal principles • Contains expert perspectives from both academics and military practitioners from around the world November 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-42715-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-44769-0 Paperback £36.99 / US$49.99

The book provides a background on intellectual property (IP) protection (copyright, patent, trademark law) and examines how that law has been shaped when the justification for the law and its limits are seen from an economic perspective (IP as an incentive to invent), versus human rights, development, trade, and health perspectives. • Takes a comprehensive view of intellectual property (IP) that will help readers understand how different perspectives on IP affect policy and legal practice • Examines critically each frame in which intellectual property is viewed and looks at the arguments each makes about the costs, benefits, and scope of intellectual property protection • Features authors from many different legal traditions, thereby providing an internationalist view of the topics

P P

The Cambridge Handbook of Public-Private Partnerships, Intellectual Property Governance, and Sustainable Development Edited by Margaret Chon | Seattle University School of Law

The book explores the practical, policy, and conceptual dimensions of intellectual property and global knowledge governance within representative public-private partnerships involved in sustainable development, including health, education, and climate change. Valuable for policy-makers, academics, international organizations, and practitioners. • Explores the diversity of existing partnerships at the interface of intellectual property and sustainable development within a global knowledge governance framework • Focuses on the nexus between global knowledge governance and representative public-private partnerships (PPPs) involved in sustainable development, including health, education, and climate change • Features detailed analyses of current and best practices of PPPs with regard to innovation, access, and other policy goals of intellectual property September 2018 253 x 177 mm 600pp 14 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-17583-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$170.00 R

Exhausting Intellectual Property Rights A Comparative Law and Policy Analysis Shubha Ghosh | Syracuse University, New York

This book appeals to a broad range of researchers and practitioners whose work engages with intellectual property and international trade. Lawyers, economists, international relation specialists, and policymakers will find much of value in this book, especially those wanting to learn more about comparative and international law. • A comparative approach to exhaustion with a focus on approaches to doctrine in leading jurisdictions • Provides thorough discussion of policy debates arising from exhaustion doctrine • Includes current developments in doctrine and ongoing debates over restraints on alienation and digital rights September 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-11585-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Criminal Copyright Eldar Haber | University of Haifa, Israel

In this book, Eldar Haber analyzes the circumstances, justifications, and ramifications of the criminalization process and tells the story of how a legal right in the private enforcement realm has become over-criminalized. This work should be read by anyone concerned with the future of copyright and intellectual property. • Provides a unique exploration of the process of copyright criminalization and a full taxonomy of when to criminalize behavior • Offers insights on the future of criminal copyright in the digital age • Discusses how day-to-day online activities, in many instances, would constitute a criminal offence • Contributes to the legal history of copyright legislation in the US, UK, and the international community August 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 14 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-41651-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40391-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Law

Healthism

Creative Economies in a Social Media Age Hannibal Travis | Florida International University College of Law

Health-Status Discrimination and the Law Jessica L. Roberts | University of Houston Law Center

Employing the law and philosophy of economics, this book explores the legal controversies that emerge when authors, singers, and filmmakers leverage their rights into major paydays. It should be read by anyone interested in how copyright law – and its potential reform – shapes the ownership of ideas in the social media age. • Analyzes the law’s response to the evolution of the World Wide Web from relatively static pages into rich networks of creative users • Explores how economists, lawyers, and politicians seek to regulate social media content in the name of protecting employment and profits in copyright industries • Provides insights into a future of relatively unrestrained literary and audiovisual creativity on the Internet, and into how capital and labor may adapt to the possibilities unleashed August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-19363-5 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64503-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Cambridge Handbook of the Law of the Sharing Economy

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 252pp 1 table 978-1-107-16038-5 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61342-9 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Regulating Assisted Reproductive Technologies New Horizons Amel Alghrani | University of Liverpool

Edited by Nestor M. Davidson | Fordham Law School, New York

This Handbook addresses, conceptually and practically, what the sharing economy means for law and how law, in turn, is shaping the sharing economy. It will appeal to an interdisciplinary audience of scholars and students studying the burgeoning sharing economy, along with policy makers, legislators, and regulators across multiple jurisdictions. • Approaches issues in the regulation of the sharing economy from legal, sociological, economic, and business perspectives • Provides reader with a one-stop source for recent research on the sharing economy • Offers succinct chapters from leading experts October 2018 253 x 177 mm 650pp 12 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-41695-5 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00 R

Enhanced Beings Human Germline Modification and the Law Kerry Lynn Macintosh | Santa Clara University, California

Enhanced Beings discusses the biology, psychology, and law of human germline modification. It debunks common objections to the technology and explains the hidden psychology behind them. It also argues against legal bans. Readers interested in bioethics, health, psychology, and the law will value this book, as will policymakers and legislators. • Discusses psychological origins and consequences of objections to human germline modification • Debunks common objections to human germline modification • Describes current and future laws related to human germline modification August 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-47120-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45729-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

Roberts and Weeks analyze when and why discrimination based on health status – or ‘healthism’ – should be allowed, and when it should not. They provide a methodology to distinguish desirable health-based classifications from the undesirable, and propose law and policy solution to encourage the former and limit the latter. • Provides a workable framework for distinguishing between normatively ‘good’ health-status differentiations and normatively ‘bad’ healthism • Offers guidance and concrete examples of legal reforms that could address healthism • Gives a primer on important legal topics including employment law, health insurance, disability law, torts, and contracts

As new technologies continue to revolutionise the future of human reproduction, they challenge our legal and ethical assumptions surrounding parenting, family formation, gender roles, obstetrics and neonatology. This book informs about the legal regulation of assisted reproduction and the regulatory challenges emerging developments raise. • Explains why assisted reproductive technologies have warranted specialist legal regulation, providing essential context of the developments in law, science and ethics which are crucial for an informed assessment about regulating these technologies • Examines new and emerging reproductive technologies, such as the controversial topic of uterus transplants, which addresses both the collaboration of transplant medicine and assisted reproduction, whilst discussing the regulatory issues raised from this combination • Provides a discussion about new and emerging reproductive advances from a practical regulatory perspective, as opposed to sensational media coverage or literature focusing only on the ethics, offering a pragmatic and legal insight into how these advances would be governed and the regulatory issues they will raise if they become a reality Cambridge Bioethics and Law

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-16056-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

Euthanasia, Ethics and Public Policy

Religious Freedom, LGBT Rights, and the Prospects for Common Ground

An Argument against Legalisation Second edition John Keown | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Edited by William N. Eskridge, Jr | Yale University, Connecticut

The book explains to the reader (general or specialist) the powerful ‘slippery slope’ arguments against legalising ‘assisted dying’. Drawing on the experience of legalisation in the Netherlands, Belgium and Oregon, it shows that ‘assisted dying’ cannot be effectively controlled by law. • Argues against legalisation in an area where most books favour legalisation • Focuses on the two ‘slippery slope’ arguments against legalisation, the ‘practical’ and the ‘logical’ arguments • Documents the failure of the law in three key jurisdictions – the Netherlands, Belgium and Oregon – to ensure effective control • Provides an up-to-date account of international developments, and how they have done nothing to weaken the argument against legalisation Cambridge Bioethics and Law

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 547pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-04320-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-107-61833-6 Paperback £31.99 / US$44.99 P

Thinking about Statutes Interpretation, Interaction, Improvement Andrew Burrows | University of Oxford

This series of Hamlyn Lectures examines the topic of statute law from three distinct points of view: interpretation, interaction and improvement. It will appeal to law students, both undergraduate and graduate, political scientists, practising lawyers and readers with a general interest in law. • Presents the most recent lectures in the renowned Hamlyn Lecture series and discusses statute law from a unique perspective • Examines statutes in English law in a clear, accessible way that will be particularly useful to law students • Analyses some fundamental and important questions that all those interested in law need to think about The Hamlyn Lectures

August 2018 216 x 138 mm 142pp 978-1-108-47501-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-46578-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Procurement by International Organizations

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 546pp 978-1-108-47015-5 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

Judges and Generals in the Making of Modern Egypt How Institutions Sustain and Undermine Authoritarian Regimes Mahmoud Hamad | Cairo University

This cross-disciplinary book provides a historically grounded explanation for the rise and demise of authoritarianism. It is the first study of Egypt’s judicial institutions within a single analytical framework. It departs methodologically and epistemologically from previous studies and provides valuable insights into the future of politics in Egypt and beyond. • Provides a historically grounded explanation for the rise and demise of authoritarianism in Egypt • Readers can understand the material without background about Egypt or judicial politics • Beneficial for graduates and undergraduates of law, comparative judicial politics, democratization and Middle Eastern studies November 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 8 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-42552-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C

Race, Gender, Sexuality, and the Politics of the American Judiciary Edited by Samantha L. Hernandez | University of Texas, San Antonio

Designed for undergraduate and graduate students as well as anyone interested in the intersectionality of race, gender, sexuality, and the politics of the American judiciary, this accessible and engaging text provides an in depth look at the political trajectory of Asian, Black, Latino/a, and LGBT justices. • Presents new data on justices elected or appointed • Explores substantive representation in the judiciary • Examines the concept of diversity November 2018 228 x 152 mm 201pp 23 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-42988-7 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00 C

A Global Administrative Law Perspective Elisabetta Morlino | Università di Napoli

A comprehensive contribution on international organizations procurement that combines a sound theoretical framework with a wide empirical analysis. It will be useful to academics and practitioners dealing with international organizations, global governance issues, global administrative law, international institutional law and public procurement. • Proposes a major empirical analysis of public procurement by international organizations and explains the actual functioning of international organizations • Investigates to what extent international political dynamics shape the rules and practices of international organizations and their relationships with private subjects • Uses a combined approach and provides a wide empirical analysis linking it to a theoretical framework October 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 4 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-41575-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Can protections for LGBT people and faith communities be reconciled in the law? Impactful voices in the faith, LGBT advocacy, legal, and academic communities offer a 360-degree view of culture-war conflicts. The contributors offer roadmaps for resolving these conflicts and draw outer boundaries of what constitutes acceptable common ground. • Includes prominent voices and stakeholders in the faith community, leading proponents of LGBT rights, and equality and religious liberty scholars • Provides a comprehensive, interdisciplinary examination of religious liberty-non-discrimination conflicts • Includes the voices of those who believe accommodation is possible as well as the skeptics who don’t

Law

Institutional Constructivism in Social Sciences and Law

Copyrighting God Ownership of the Sacred in American Religion Andrew Ventimiglia | University of Queensland TC Beirne School of Law

Frames of Mind, Patterns of Change Dora Kostakopoulou | University of Warwick

This book proposes a new institutional constructivist model, for social scientific and legal enquiries, based on the interrelations within the social and political world and the application of change in EU laws and politics. It will be of interest to academics and university students of law, political science and sociology. • Proposes a new methodological model for social scientific and legal enquiries that will appeal to those who are seeking alternatives to monistic and dualistic approaches • Draws on constructivism in order to develop an institutional constructivist model based on the interrelations of agency, institutions, discourse, space and time, and applies it to EU law and politics • The model developed in this book will allow readers to develop and apply more sophisticated explanations about phenomena, human conduct, policy outputs, institutional designs, crises and changes October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47054-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

P P

The Performance of Legal Institutions in the US ‘War on Terror’ Richard L. Abel | University of California, Los Angeles

Norms, Modes, and Challenges Edited by Jaclyn L. Neo | National University of Singapore

This book examines how law regulates religion and explores the influence of world religions on the legal systems in Asia, including how religion responds to such regulations. It looks at underlying norms influencing state regulation of religion, and challenges emerging from such a regulation. • Explores the relationship between law, religion, and society from an Asian perspective that will expand and build on existing studies from the West • Provides theoretical perspectives as well as case studies focusing on Asian experiences • Provides insights from a wide range of contributors and presents a multi-disciplinary perspective on the topic C

All Americans should be deeply troubled by violations of fundamental freedoms in the US ‘war on terror’. This is the only comprehensive account of efforts during the Bush and Obama administrations to defend the rule-of-law in criminal prosecutions, courts martial, military commissions, habeas corpus petitions, civil damage actions and civil liberties cases. • Covers all the ways in which courts have dealt with threats to the rule of law during the sixteen years of the Bush and Obama administrations • Focuses on the defense of the rule of law during the US ‘war on terror’ • The book is social scientific rather than doctrinal Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 850pp 15 tables 978-1-108-42975-7 Hardback £42.99 / US$59.99

Law’s Wars

Weapon of Peace How Religious Liberty Combats Terrorism Nilay Saiya | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Weapon of Peace will be of much interest to policymakers, journalists, missionaries, human rights activists, people of faith and anyone interested in the intersection of religion and government. It will also appeal to those interested in terrorism, political violence, human rights, democratization, current affairs and international relations generally. • Contains policy recommendations • Offers a general theory of religious terrorism • The book is written for both academic and non-academic audiences August 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-47431-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42051-8 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-43037-1 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99

Law’s Trials

Regulating Religion in Asia

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-108-41617-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Copyrighting God provides the first detailed account of how American religious organizations – from Christian Science to the Church of Scientology – used copyright in sacred texts not simply for economic gain but also for social organization and control and, in doing so, sought to appropriate secular law for spiritual ends. • Provides socio-legal analysis of previously underexplored cases in copyright history • Uniquely focuses on legal challenges related to divinely-authored or prophetic texts and provides new understanding of the relationship between religion and law in the United States • Tracks details of legal processes and resulting legal decisions in accessible language to allow readers outside legal studies to understand the importance of the law without getting lost in complex technicalities

The Fate of the Rule of Law in the US ‘War on Terror’ Richard L. Abel | University of California, Los Angeles

All Americans should be deeply troubled by violations of fundamental freedoms in the US ‘war on terror’. This is the only comprehensive account of efforts during the Bush and Obama administrations to defend the rule-of-law against egregious wrongs committed in Abu Ghraib and Guantánamo Bay, torture, wiretapping, civilian casualties, and targeted killings. • Focuses on the defense of the rule of law during the US ‘war on terror’ • Permits comparisons between the Bush and Obama administrations • The book is social scientific rather than doctrinal Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 900pp 2 tables 978-1-108-42981-8 Hardback £53.99 / US$74.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law / Management

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Property Law in a Globalizing World

Constituting Religion

Amnon Lehavi | Radzyner Law School, Interdisciplinary Center in Herzliya, Israel

Islam, Liberal Rights, and the Malaysian State Tamir Moustafa | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

Constituting Religion examines how activists work to expand or challenge the reach of the shariah court system, and how these legal struggles shape popular understandings of Islam, liberal rights. This title is also available as Open Access. • Provides a context-rich study of Islamist/liberal litigation in contemporary Malaysia • Puts literatures of legal pluralism, legal consciousness, social movements, secularism, and political Islamism into conversation with one another • Makes connections between the courts and broader social movements • This title is also available as Open Access

Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 13 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42394-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-43917-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

Surveillance, Citizenship and the State Second edition John C. Torpey | City University of New York, Graduate Center

This book presents the definitive history of the passport and why it became so important for controlling movement in the modern world. It explores the history of passport laws, the parliamentary debates about those laws, and the social responses to their implementation. • Describes how states really govern their populations to advance a new perspective and challenge many abstract writings about states and government control • Illustrates how identification documents are the central actor in the way government works and calls into question the importance of ideas alone in understanding how states rule • Explores in detail how people argued about the role of passports in controlling population movements and makes clear how important passports have been held to be in governing populations Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

P G

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 295pp 978-1-108-42512-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Regulatory Integration across Borders This book examines public-private cooperation in transnational regulation and analyzes how and why different types of regulators interact in a global context. As a highly interdisciplinary work it combines international law scholarship with works on transnational private regulation and governance. • Examines cooperation between public international organizations and private actors in transnational regulation • Looks at the exchange of regulatory resources between different types of regulators in a fragmented transnational context • Proposes a network approach to an understanding of the transnational legal order • Contains two in-depth case studies to provide a detailed depiction of regulatory cooperation Cambridge Studies in Transnational Law

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 258pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42678-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Management The Art of Strategy Sun Tzu, Michael Porter, and Beyond Hwy-Chang Moon | Seoul National University

Atiyah’s Accidents, Compensation and the Law Ninth edition Peter Cane | Australian National University, Canberra

Atiyah’s Accidents, Compensation and the Law is the only book written in a Commonwealth jurisdiction that examines the accident compensation system in its broader social context. It provides the reader with a significantly richer understanding of the relevant law than they would obtain from books that concentrate on just the legal principles. • Explains the basic concepts of personal injury law • Takes account of the latest statistical and empirical data about the operation of accident compensation systems • Examines complaints that Britain is in the grip of a compensation culture and that the tort system is out of control Law in Context

June 2018 244 x 170 mm 500pp 4 tables 978-1-108-43174-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99

Global Law Series

Public-Private Cooperation in Transnational Regulation Rebecca Schmidt | Sutherland School of Law, University College Dublin

The Invention of the Passport

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-108-47390-3 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-46294-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

This book identifies the main challenges that processes of globalization pose for the study and practice of property law. It offers a clear analysis of legal scenarios implicating cross-border property rights, covering a range of resources, from land, goods, and intangible financial assets, to intellectual property, data, and digital assets. • Offers a clear and straightforward analysis of legal scenarios implicating cross-border property interests • Discusses the entire plethora of assets, from land, tangible goods, and intangible financial assets up to intellectual property, digital assets, and data • Includes a detailed account of current property law concepts, doctrines, and comparative law pointers, alongside a theoretical analysis

In The Art of Strategy, Moon provides a novel and systematic integration of the two dominant strategy frameworks of the East and West: Sun Tzu’s military strategy and Michael Porter’s business strategy. This will appeal to scholars, students, practitioners and general readers with an interest in strategy. • Integrates Sun Tzu and Michael Porter’s theories of strategy, whilst analyzing and extending both approaches • Combining Eastern and Western approaches to strategy, it provides a global foundational analysis with worldwide appeal • Written in an accessible manner that will appeal to scholars, students, practitioners and the general public July 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 15 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-47030-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-45580-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Management

Scenario Thinking

Stakeholder Theory

Infusing Planning with Foresight R. Bradley MacKay | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Concepts and Strategies R. Edward Freeman | University of Virginia

This Element infuses established scenario planning routines with an exploration of cognitive reasoning. It de-couples scenario thinking from scenario planning, elevating it as the essential ingredient in managerial foresight projects. New archival research also discovers early contributions in the UK around the development and use of scenario thinking in public policy.

The stakeholder perspective is an alternative way of understanding how companies and people create value and trade with each other. This Element discusses the foundation and implementation of stakeholder management as well as the advantages of this approach. It presents a number of tools that managers can use to implement stakeholder thinking.

Elements in Business Strategy

Elements in Organization Theory

June 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-46900-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Organization and Decision NIklas Luhmann

Translated into English for the first time, Luhmann’s classic text explores how organizations work; how they should be designed, steered, and controlled; and how they order and structure society. A must-read for scholars and graduate students in organizational theory and sociology. • A key European text in organizational studies, translated into English for the first time • Explains Luhmann’s key theories whilst developing his autopoietic perspective on organizations • The book will appeal to scholars and students across a broad range of disciplines, including organization studies, management, and sociology September 2018 228 x 152 mm 418pp 978-1-108-47207-4 Hardback c. £94.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-108-45896-2 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Leadership Regional and Global Perspectives Nuttawuth Muenjohn | Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology

Leadership: Regional and Global Perspectives provides a fresh approach to leading in contemporary business environments. The text’s discussion of creativity, innovation, power, ethics and diversity provides students with a strong foundational knowledge and skills base, and supports them to become dynamic modern leaders. • Introduces and explains new ideas, concepts, models and paradigms of leadership as well as providing a good coverage of the most important established leadership models • Balances the exposition of theory and ideas with demonstrations of real-world relevance • Covers a mix of SMEs and larger organisations, using fifty case studies with critical thinking questions and accompanied by a website for instructors

July 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-43928-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Comprehending the Incomprehensible

Organization Theory and Child Sexual Abuse in Organizations Donald Palmer | University of California, Davis

This Element describes child sexual abuse and the formal organizations in which it can occur, reviews extant perspectives on child abuse, and explains how an organization theory approach can advance understanding of this phenomenon. Elements in Organization Theory

June 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-43929-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Mexican Multinationals Building Multinationals in Emerging Markets Edited by Alvaro Cuervo-Cazurra | Northeastern University, Boston

A guide for executives, consultants, researchers, and students to a better understanding of the actions taken by firms from mid-sized emerging markets to upgrade their capabilities and become successful multinationals. The insights are based on forty-one detailed comparative case studies of Mexican multinationals written by local industry experts. • The first in-depth look at multinational firms based in a single midsized emerging economy • Contains case studies written by local industry experts, analyzing and comparing firms across twenty-two industries • Provides lessons that apply to firms in other emerging markets looking to upgrade capabilities and expand abroad October 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48061-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Theories of leadership; 3. Styles of leadership; 4. Ethics, values and responsible leadership; 5. Followership; 6. Crosscultural leadership; 7 Creating organisational culture; 8. Power, politics and influence; 9. Communication and conflict resolution; 10. Leading teams, coaching and mentoring; 11. Leading change; 12. Strategic leadership and succession planning; 13. Evaluating leadership performance and leadership development; 14. Creativity, innovation and leadership; 15. Leadership and decision making. November 2018 247 x 174 mm 456pp 36 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-45929-7 Paperback c. £65.00 / c. US$109.95 X

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Management

TEXTBOOK

International Management Behavior Global and Sustainable Leadership Eighth edition Harry W. Lane | Northeastern University, Boston

Extoling mindful global leadership and re-incorporating industry business cases, this eighth edition imparts competent and sustainable business practices for global leaders. Fully updated, the authors build on forty years of teaching, researching and working with managers worldwide to bring students the latest developments in global business practice. • Provides a thorough overview, including real-world examples, of how to be an international manager in the global business world • Emphasizes ethical business, corporate responsibility and mindful leadership to reveal the most effective and sustainable leadership qualities needed by successful leaders of international companies • Includes cases from the Ivey Business School, Harvard Business School and IMD in order to enrich understanding of business strategies from around the world Contents: Part I. The New Global Context: 1. Global leaders in the twenty-first century; 2. Mindful global leadership; 3. Understanding culture: through the looking glass; Part II. Leading People across Contexts: 4. Interpersonal skills for international management: map-bridge-integrate for effectiveness at the point of action; 5. Leading global teams; 6. Talent management: selection, preparation and mobility of global leaders; Part III. Executing Strategy and Performance: 7. Executing global strategy: foundations; 8. Executing global strategy: applications; 9. Leading change in global organizations; Part IV. Integrity and Sustainable Performance: 10. Competing with integrity: personal integrity; 11. Competing with integrity: corporate sustainability; 12. Conclusion. December 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47328-6 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-108-46114-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

X X

Value-Creating Boards Challenges for Future Practice and Research Morten Huse | BI Norwegian Business School

This Element shapes the discussion about corporate governance and boards of directors. It contributes to the literature around sustainable value creation in business and society. This Element brings an update of the content of Boards, Governance and Value Creation (Cambridge, 2007), and provides a resource for students and reflective practitioners. Elements in Corporate Governance

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46391-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Asian Corporate Governance Trends and Challenges Toru Yoshikawa | Singapore Management University

This Element explores key institutional characteristics of several Asian economies relevant to corporate governance practices. The book also reviews corporate governance codes in those economies, examining their requirements. It shows recent trends related to corporate governance such as executive compensation and independent directors on boards. Elements in Corporate Governance

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 55pp 978-1-108-45036-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Presenteeism at Work Edited by Cary L. Cooper | University of Manchester

Pioneers in the field of presenteeism explain how employees who come to work sick can harm wellbeing, disrupt team dynamism, damage productivity, and cost organizations more than absenteeism. Ideal for scholars and graduate students researching human resource management, organization studies, organizational health, and organizational psychology. • Promotes a compelling argument about the potentially negative effects of presenteeism in the workplace • The book is cross-disciplinary in approach • Global in scope, incorporating Western and Asian cultural norms Cambridge Companions to Management

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-107-18378-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99

The Divine Attributes Tim Mawson | University of Oxford

This book discusses the concept of God as the most perfect being and argues that the atemporalist conception of God is to be preferred over the temporalist’s on the grounds of perfect being theology. Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

September 2018 229 x 152 mm 74pp 978-1-108-46833-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

TEXTBOOK

Entrepreneurial Finance The Art and Science of Growing Ventures Edited by Luisa Alemany | ESADE Business School, Barcelona

A modern, practical, comprehensive overview on the financing of entrepreneurial ventures, this text takes a European perspective in preparing students to make sound financial decisions at every stage of a business’ life. For both graduate and undergraduate students in finance and management programs as well as aspiring entrepreneurs in any field. • Provides full coverage of entrepreneurial finance, from funding creative ideas to harvesting successful ventures • Focuses on European business practices which are illustrated by handson case studies and articles from the Financial Times • Chapters are written by academics and professionals from a wide range of leading institutions across Europe Contents: Part I. Funding Sources: 1. Introduction to entrepreneurial finance; 2. Early sources of funding (1): incubators, accelerators and crowdfunding; 3. Early sources of funding (2): business angels; 4. Venture capital, private equity and corporate venture capital; 5. Public sources of funding; Part II. Funding Process: 6. Deal sourcing and screening; 7. Preparing the financial plan: forecasting; 8. Valuation of new ventures; 9. The term sheet and negotiating with investors; Part III. Growing the Venture: 10. Monitoring tactics and key metrics; 11. Corporate governance; 12. Managing your intellectual property; Part IV. Alternative Routes to Entrepreneurship: 13. Entrepreneurship through acquisition (1): MBOs and MBIs; 14. Entrepreneurship through acquisition (2): ‘searchers’; 15. Turnarounds, workouts and other restructuring: reinventing value; 16. Impact investing: financing social entrepreneurs; Part V. Harvesting and the Future of Entrepreneurial Finance: 17. Harvesting: the exit; 18. The future of entrepreneurial finance; Appendix 1. Examples of public support for entrepreneurship in Europe; Appendix 2. Typical business angel term sheet clauses; Appendix 3. General term sheet; Appendix 4. Angel term sheet; Appendix 5. Measuring and managing impact. August 2018 253 x 177 mm 500pp 978-1-108-42135-5 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$119.00 978-1-108-43185-9 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$55.00

X X

Management / Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Hammer and Silicon The Soviet Diaspora in the US Innovation Economy - Immigration, Innovation, Institutions, Imprinting, and Identity Sheila M. Puffer | Northeastern University, Boston

The untold story, in their own words, of the contributions of Soviet and post-Soviet immigrants to the US innovation economy, revealed through in-depth interviews and analysis. It will appeal to academics, business practitioners, and policymakers interested in innovation, entrepreneurship, the tech industry, immigration, and cultural adaptation. • Includes in-depth interviews with more than 150 immigrants from the former Soviet Union working in the US innovation hubs of Silicon Valley and Boston/Cambridge • Analyzes the interviews through a framework of social science theories relating to institutions, imprinting, and identity • This book is highly relevant to ongoing discussions regarding US immigration policy June 2018 228 x 152 mm 410pp 1 map 978-1-107-19085-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64126-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Keegan Callanan | Middlebury College, Vermont

This book provides a fresh interpretation of Montesquieu’s political philosophy and its enduring significance. It demonstrates the coherence of the two core elements of Montesquieu’s project, his liberal constitutionalism and his critique of political universalism. • Offers a fresh, unifying account of Montesquieu’s political philosophy that explores the connections between Montesquieu’s politics of liberty and his extensive analysis of the relationship between place, culture, and political institutions • Considers the ancient and modern influences that shape Montesquieu’s particularist liberalism • Demonstrates the relevance of Montesquieu’s thought to problems and questions in contemporary liberal theory and practice September 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42817-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45023-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship Dick Whittington | University of York

This objective-focused textbook provides a comprehensive and practical grounding in business design and entrepreneurship in the digital economy. For students looking to leverage their STEM expertise into an innovative business, this textbook uses a variety of chapter features and online material to create a blueprint for any new business venture. • Aimed at STEM students and budding entrepreneurs in the digital economy, this book walks readers through the steps of designing a business, using examples and case studies of current digital businesses • Includes an abundance of figures and tables to clearly present business and entrepreneurship in a manner that students can easily understand and reproduce in their own projects • Contains a rolling case study of a hypothetical business that grows and evolves through each chapter with the addition of each new aspect of business design • Includes three appendices of business terms, including those relating to product licencing, customer service agreements and customer delivery contracts Contents: Foreword; Preface; 1. About innovation and entrepreneurship; 2. Framing the business; 3. Promotion and sales; 4. Delivery and operations; 5. Value capture; 6. Growth and scalability; 7. Intellectual property and protection; 8. Leadership and structure; 9. Key themes and summary points; Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. July 2018 247 x 174 mm 476pp 61 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-47050-6 Hardback £84.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-45494-0 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99

Montesquieu’s Liberalism and the Problem of Universal Politics

X X

P P

The Cambridge Handbook of Classical Liberal Thought Edited by M. Todd Henderson | University of Chicago School of Law

This illuminating Handbook brings together scholars from a range of fields and political perspectives to consider how classical liberal principles can help us understand and potentially address a variety of pressing social problems including immigration, climate change, and the growth of the prison population. • Provides a foundation to the meaning of ‘classical liberal’ and will serve as an introductory work for students, scholars, or policy makers interested in political theory or policy • Contains material from a variety of disciplines, with an interdisciplinary approach that will appeal to a wide-ranging audience • Explores many current policy debates using classical liberal ideas to form new solutions to old problems • Includes works from classical liberal thinkers as well as critics of classical liberalism September 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41693-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$150.00

Equality beyond Debate John Dewey’s Pragmatic Idea of Democracy Jeff Jackson | University of Chicago

This book is for students of politics who want to understand what democracy should mean in a structurally unequal society. Much current discussion of democracy focuses on encouraging individuals to debate more civilly and respectfully, but this book shows why combating social inequality should be seen as definitive of democracy. • Brings the process of fighting structural social inequality into the forefront of democratic thinking • Portrays social movement action as integral to democracy • Proposes the idea of seeing democracy as a continuously developing concept October 2018 228 x 152 mm 306pp 978-1-108-42857-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

TEXTBOOK

Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Old Institutions, New Challenges Glenn Kefford | Macquarie University, Sydney

Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century presents the many moving parts of Australia’s political system from an institutional perspective. It equips students with the requisite foundational knowledge, and encourages them to critically examine the complex interplay between a centuries’ old system and a diverse, modern Australian society. • Utilizes an institutional approach to introduce students to Australia’s political landscape while encouraging them to critically examine how these institutions have changed since Federation • Explores institutions not often considered but whose influence is increasing, including minor parties, the bureaucracy, the media and the citizenry • Extensive resources housed within the complementary VitalSource interactive eBook allow students to consolidate and extend their knowledge and understanding November 2018 255 x 190 mm 350pp 63 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-57756-4 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £69.99 / US$110.00 X

Machiavelli and the Orders of Violence Yves Winter | McGill University, Montréal

Machiavelli demystifies political violence by offering a political (rather than a moral or metaphysical) account of how it operates. His signal contribution involves conceptualizing violence as a political strategy that relies on theatrics: for violence to have political effects, it must be staged, perceived, experienced, remembered, and narrated. • Readers can understand how Machiavelli’s theory of violence relates to Roman and Renaissance political theory • Addresses both readers with an interest in Machiavelli and those concerned with contemporary debates about violence • Revises key assumptions about how political violence is thought to operate September 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-108-42670-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44544-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Ethics of Multiple Citizenship Ana Tanasoca | University of Canberra

Acquiring additional citizenships by birth, naturalization or investment is increasingly common, but is it morally problematic? Multiple citizenship compromises the coherence of collective decisions, the constitution of the demos, and global equality. Unbundling the rights of citizenship for separate allocation can solve many of those problems. • The first book to give a systematic moral analysis of multiple citizenship • Considers multiple citizenship within the context of normative political theory, including topics such as global justice, commodification, public justification, and public deliberation • Offers institutional design and policy proposals based on moral arguments Contemporary Political Theory

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 3 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42915-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Rousseau: The Social Contract and Other Later Political Writings Second edition Edited and translated by Victor Gourevitch | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

A comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s major later political writings in up-todate English translations. Featuring an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus, the new edition is designed to assist students at every level to access these seminal texts. • Offers the most comprehensive anthology of Rousseau’s political writings in up-to-date English translations, including the essay on Political Economy, The Social Contract, Considerations on the Government of Poland and The Right of War • The helpful introduction features extensive editorial notes, dates, names and places, along with guides to further reading, compiled by a renowned Rousseau scholar • The new edition features an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus Contents: Preface; Preface to the second edition; Introduction; Chronology of Jean-Jacques Rousseau; A brief guide to further reading; A note on the texts; A note on the translations; A note on the editorial notes and index; Discourse on Political Economy; Of the Social Contract; Book I; Book II; Book III; Book IV; From: Of the Social Contract or essay about the form of the Republic (known as the Geneva Manuscript): Book I, ch. 2 and Book II, ch. 4; Principles of the Right of War; Considerations on the Government of Poland; Selected Letters: Letter to D’Offreville; Letter to Usteri; Letter to Mirabeau; Letter to Franquières; List of abbreviations and textual conventions; Editorial notes; Index of editors, translators and annotators; General index. Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

October 2018 216 x 138 mm 440pp 978-1-107-15081-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$54.99 978-1-316-60544-8 Paperback £17.99 / US$21.99

X X

TEXTBOOK PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Rousseau: The Discourses and Other Early Political Writings Second edition Jean-Jacques Rousseau Edited by Victor Gourevitch | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

A comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s important early political writings in faithful English translations. Featuring an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus, this new edition is designed to assist students at every level access these seminal texts. • Offers the most comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s important early political writings in faithful English • Includes a helpful introduction featuring extensive editorial notes, dates, names and places, along with guides to further reading, compiled by a renowned Rousseau scholar • The new edition features an expanded introduction, up-to-date translations, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus Contents: Preface; Introduction; Chronology of Jean-Jacques Rousseau; A brief guide to further reading; A note on the texts; A note on the translations; A note on the editorial notes and index; Discourse on the Sciences and Arts or First Discourse; Preface; Part I; Part II; Replies to Critics; Letter to M. l’Abbé Raynal; Observations [to Stanislas, King of Poland]; Letter to Grimm; Last Reply; Letter about a New Refutation; Preface to Narcissus; Preface of a Second Letter to Bordes; Discourse on the Origin and Foundations of Inequality among Men or Second Discourse; Epistle Dedicatory; Preface; Exordium; Part I; Part II; Rousseau’s notes; Replies

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

to critics; Letter to Philopolis; Reply to Charles-Georges Le Roy; Letter to Voltaire; Essay on the Origin of Languages; Idea of the method in the composition of a book; Discourse on the Virtue a Hero Most Needs or On Heroic Virtue; List of abbreviations and textual conventions; Editorial notes; Index of editors, translators, and annotators; General index. Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

October 2018 216 x 138 mm 485pp 978-1-107-15124-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-60554-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

X X

The Power of Nonviolence Richard Bartlett Gregg Edited by James Tully | University of Victoria, British Columbia

Richard Bartlett Gregg’s The Power of Nonviolence (1959) is an influential defence of nonviolence as a viable alternative to armed struggle. This definitive new edition includes an introduction by leading political theorist, James Tully, that situates the work in its historical contexts and shows how it is still relevant today. • Explains how Gregg’s text is important both historically and still today • Connects the tradition of nonviolence from Gandhi to Martin Luther King, Jr • Presents nonviolence as a transformative and effective tool against the current era of global conflict, ecological disaster and mounting authoritarianism Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

November 2018 216 x 138 mm 380pp 978-1-107-15600-5 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-316-60944-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Disenfranchising Democracy Constructing the Electorate in the United States, the United Kingdom, and France David A. Bateman | Cornell University, New York

This book documents and explains the association between democratization and disenfranchisement. Through case studies of the USA, France, and the UK, it offers a new theoretical account rooted in the politics of coalition-building and the visions of political community advanced by coalitions in pursuit of their goals. • Examines democratization through the lens of disenfranchisement, developing a new theory that connects the two processes • Places American democratization in comparative perspective and sheds new light on democratization in France and the UK • Connects the study of democratization to the study of citizenship, nationalism, and social and cultural identities October 2018 228 x 152 mm 368pp 16 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47019-3 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45545-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

The Turnout Gap Race, Ethnicity, and Political Inequality in a Diversifying America Bernard L. Fraga | Indiana University

The Turnout Gap provides the most comprehensive analysis to date of race and voter turnout, examining America’s four largest racial and ethnic groups and voting patterns from the 1800s to the present. Fraga documents large and persistent racial/ethnic gaps in participation and explains the causes and consequences of these disparities. • Offers the most comprehensive analysis to date of race and voter turnout, considering each of America’s four largest racial and ethnic groups and voting data from the 1800s through to the 2016 election • Develops a new theory of race and voter turnout that applies across all racial/ethnic groups, including whites • Challenges the conventional wisdom that demographic change will lead to greater political equality September 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 46 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-47519-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-46592-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$26.99 G

What Justices Want Goals and Personality on the US Supreme Court Matthew E. K. Hall | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book proposes a new theory of Supreme Court behavior based on the assumption that justices’ choices depend on who they are and what they want. Hall shows that Supreme Court justices strategically pursue multiple goals and that their ‘big five’ personality traits determine the relative importance of those goals. • Challenges conventional wisdom regarding judicial decision-making and develops a new model of judicial behavior • Analyzes the justices’ behavior at each stage in the Supreme Court’s decision making process • Profiles justices who served on the US Supreme Court between 1946 and 2015 August 2018 228 x 152 mm c214pp 23 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-47274-6 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-108-46290-7 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99 P TEXTBOOK

American Government Enduring Principles and Critical Choices Fourth edition Marc Landy | Boston College, Massachusetts

This fourth edition prompts students to consider and understand the critical choices and enduring principles of the past that shape the present and future of American politics and government. The book is intended for introductory courses in American government. • Includes brand-new chapters focused on political behavior • Contains helpful chapter summaries at the end of each chapter so students can test their knowledge • Includes critical questions in each chapter which serve as the basis for engaging class discussion or essay assignments Contents: Part I. Formative Experiences: 1. Introduction; 2. Political culture; 3. Contesting the constitution; 4. Political development; Part II. Pivotal Relationships: 5. Federalism; 6. Political economy; Part III. Governing Institutions: 7. The congress; 8. The presidency; 9. The judiciary; 10. The bureaucracy; Part IV. Political Life: 11. Public opinion; 12. Political parties; 13. Campaigns, elections and media; 14. Political and civic participation: movements, lobbies, voluntary associations and the role of the media; 15. Concluding thoughts. December 2018 234 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-108-47136-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-45783-5 Paperback £35.99 / US$49.99

X X

Poor Representation Congress and the Politics of Poverty in the United States Kristina C. Miler | University of Maryland, College Park

This book is the first to systematically examine whether and how the poor are represented by Congress. Drawing on three decades of data, Miler shows that while poverty is politically salient and the poor are politically visible to legislators, the poor are grossly underrepresented relative to other subgroups. • Provides the first systematic and comprehensive study of whether and how the poor are represented by the US Congress • Draws on quantitative and qualitative evidence to track congressional activity on poverty-related issues and the changing dynamics of poverty across time and congressional districts since the 1980s • Examines three distinct approaches to representation: collective, dyadic, and surrogate October 2018 228 x 152 mm 247pp 978-1-108-47350-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-46181-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

The Six-Shooter State

Segregation by Design

Public and Private Violence in American Politics Jonathan Obert | Amherst College, Massachusetts

Local Politics and Inequality in American Cities Jessica Trounstine | University of California, Merced

Vigilantes and private security firms have not traditionally competed with police departments and other governmental forms of providing protection within the US; instead, using a series of historical cases, this book shows that a wide variety of public and private kinds of violence have instead developed together since the midnineteenth century. • Presents an integrated and cohesive account of American violence over time, while focused on particular moments or cases, and should appeal both to historians interested in developmental change and social scientists interested in the testing of particular mechanisms in case study form • Uses a variety of new analytic techniques but in an uncomplicated and straightforward way, built around narrative case studies, which allows general readers interested in the question of violence in American politics to appreciate some of the fundamental scholarly debates about the state • Provides an institutional account for America’s ‘violent exceptionalism’ and advances the debate past the study of law and culture by showing how key features of America’s institutional past have made private and public violence seem compatible

The first account of how local governments generate segregation, this book documents changing patterns of segregation, the political mechanisms that produce them, and the consequences. It will be read by scholars, students, and general readers interested in urban politics, inequality, segregation, race, public policy, history, and urban economics. • Explains the ways in which local governments fundamentally design race and class segregation, revealing that segregation is produced by political processes and is not simply the result of market mechanisms or individual choices • Develops a measure of segregation that accounts for different geographic patterns and changes over time, as the scale of segregation has expanded, with segregation now occurring as much between cities and within cities • Documents the ways in which local government policy and politics benefit white property owners at the expense of people of color and the poor, revealing underlying inequalities in the representative process

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 18 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-316-51514-3 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45414-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 G

Frenemies How Social Media Polarizes America Jaime E. Settle | College of William and Mary, Virginia

Using Facebook makes Americans psychologically polarized: negatively judging and stereotyping those people with whom they disagree about politics. The book is for graduates in political science, sociology, social psychology, and mass communication, as well as Americans who want to understand why they are repelled by politics today. • Creates an original theoretical framework to evaluate political interactions on social media • Situates political interaction on social media in the broader context of how people use the technology • Intends to steer the direction of future research of political communication on social media • Presents free from jargon and does not include overly technical explanations August 2018 228 x 152 mm 334pp 42 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-47253-1 Hardback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-42995-5 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45498-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P G

Politics with the People Building a Directly Representative Democracy Michael A. Neblo | Ohio State University

Ideal for scholars, graduate, and undergraduate students of democratic theory and political behavior, while engaging for policy makers and concerned citizens. Politics with the People develops and tests a new model of politics – ‘directly representative democracy’ – connecting citizens and officials to improve representative government. • Proposes reforms to democratic practices and develops a new democratic theory regarding citizen participation in representative government • Features a series of ground-breaking experiments in which Members of Congress were randomly assigned to samples of their constituents and participated in online town hall meetings about some of the most important and controversial issues of the day • The paper that motivated the core argument of this book won the Heinz Eulau Prize for the best paper published in the American Political Science Review – the highest paper award in Political Science Cambridge Studies in Public Opinion and Political Psychology, 555

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 7 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-11726-6 Hardback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Policy Success in an Age of Gridlock How the Toxic Substances Control Act Was Finally Reformed Lawrence S. Rothenberg | University of Rochester, New York

The Lautenberg Act was passed in 2016, winning support across businesses and environmental groups. Does that portend more progressive actions? This Element shows it as a function of the status quo changing due to regulatory efforts abroad, and in the United States, and from outside pressures on business. These processes may not be unique to toxics. Elements in American Politics

June 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46491-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Secular States, Religious Politics

How Dictatorships Work Power, Personalization, and Collapse Barbara Geddes | University of California, Los Angeles

India, Turkey, and the Future of Secularism Sumantra Bose | London School of Economics and Political Science

Secular States, Religious Politics is a pioneering comparative study of attempts of India and Turkey to build secular states – where the constitutional identity and fundamental character of the state are not based on or derived from any religious faith – in the non-Western world. • Discusses the democratic frameworks of both India and Turkey • Analyses the foundations of secularism in both the states • Written in a lucid and accessible language making it a riveting read May 2018 228 x 152 mm 388pp 978-1-108-47203-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45486-5 Paperback £29.99 / US$41.99

C C

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-11582-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-53595-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

TEXTBOOK

The Politics of the Environment

P G

Resilient Communities Non-Violence and Civilian Agency in Communal War Jana Krause | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Ideas, Activism, Policy Third edition Neil Carter | University of York

Environmental problems are firmly on the political agenda, and we cannot ignore issues such as climate change, biodiversity loss and pollution. Responding to these recent developments, this third edition has been revised to include new discussions on climate justice, the UK Climate Change Bill and environmental demonstrations against fracking. • Presents a comprehensive introduction to all three components of environmental politics: ideas, activism and policy • Theoretical content is balanced with practical examples • Provides a comparative coverage throughout the text – draws on examples from many industrialised countries, notably in Western Europe and North America, but also Australasia Contents: List of figures; List of tables; List of boxes; Preface to third edition; Glossary; Abbreviations; 1. Introduction; Part I. Theory: Thinking about the Environment: 2. Environmental philosophy; 3. Green political thought; Part II. Parties and Movements: Getting from Here to There: 4. Green parties; 5. Party politics and the environment; 6. Environmental groups; Part III. Environmental Policy: Achieving a Sustainable Society: 7. The environment as a policy problem; 8. Sustainable development, ecological modernisation and green growth; 9. Global environmental politics; 10. Globalisation, trade and the environment; 11. Greening government; 12. Policy instruments and implementation; Conclusion; References; Index. August 2018 247 x 174 mm 455pp 978-1-108-47230-2 Hardback £78.99 / US$115.00 978-1-108-45924-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$41.99

This book gives readers a better understanding of contemporary dictatorships and the policy implications of political struggles that occur in them. Its accessible, evidence-based insights into how dictatorships rise, survive, and fall will appeal to both experienced academic researchers and students of political science. • Sheds light on central aspects of how authoritarian politics works in practice • Leverages newly collected data about politics within two hundred dictatorial regimes to generate an evidence-based portrait of key features of the authoritarian landscape • Examines the central political processes that shape the policy choices of dictatorships and how they compel reaction from policy makers in the rest of the world

X X

Resilient Communities focuses on civilian agency and mobilization ‘from below’ and explains violence and non-violence in communal wars. Krause draws on extensive field research on ethno-religious conflict in Indonesia and Nigeria, and offers a comparative analysis of (un)successful local peace and resilience building in vulnerable mixed communities. • Offers an in-depth analysis of non-violent communities and resilience building during communal conflict in Indonesia and Nigeria • Develops a concept of communal war and offers a typology for analyzing its patterns of violence and its social processes of escalation • Will inform scholars and students in comparative politics and conflict studies working on communal conflict, civil war, and peacebuilding, as well as practitioners who work on atrocity prevention and civilian protection, about civilian coping strategies and social resilience September 2018 228 x 152 mm 292pp 6 b/w illus. 5 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-47111-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Claiming the State Active Citizenship and Social Welfare in Rural India Gabrielle Kruks-Wisner | University of Virginia

The book’s central questions – who makes claims on the state for social welfare, how, and why? – will be important to those interested in welfare provision, citizenship practice, and local governance. It is accessible not only to academic audiences in the social sciences but also to policymakers, NGO staff, and journalists. • Develops a theory of active citizenship that draws together distinct strands of literature, exploring how states influence citizens’ political activity and the social determinants of political participation, to highlight the ways claim-making is simultaneously state-induced and socially produced • Provides readers with a bottom-up view of citizen-state relations in rural India, documenting the increasing porousness – but also persistence – of traditional boundaries of caste, community, and village • Offers a framework for thinking about the kinds of policy and social interventions that enable greater citizen-state engagement August 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-19975-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-64900-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$29.99

C C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Clientelism, Capitalism, and Democracy

Cultural Backlash Trump, Brexit, and Authoritarian Populism Pippa Norris | Harvard University, Massachusetts

The Rise of Programmatic Politics in the United States and Britain Didi Kuo | Stanford University, California

How did political parties in the United States and Britain transition from clientelism to programmatic party organization? This book argues that changes in capitalism led businesses to oppose clientelism, and to demand effective governance. It traces the way businesses established political influence to bring about institutional reforms. • Proposes a new theory of business opposition to clientelism and capitalist demands for programmatic party competition • Presents historical case studies of American and British political development • Unites diffuse literatures on business history and organization with state-building and democratization July 2018 228 x 152 mm 178pp 13 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42608-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Life after Dictatorship Authoritarian Successor Parties Worldwide Edited by James Loxton | University of Sydney

This book examines authoritarian successor parties, or parties that emerge from authoritarian regimes but operate after a transition to democracy. They are major actors in Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America, and are frequently voted back into office. Why are they so common, and what do they mean for democracy? • Develops a new set of terms, definitions, and research questions about authoritarian successor parties • Presents new data on the prevalence of authoritarian successor parties and the frequency with which they are elected back into office • Addresses authoritarian successor parties in multiple world regions (Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin America) in a way that is accessible to a broad readership August 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 30 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42667-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-44541-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$36.99

P P

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Political Trials in Theory and History Jens Meierhenrich | London School of Economics and Political Science

From archival research to participant observation, and from linguistic anthropology to game theory, this volume offers a genuinely interdisciplinary set of approaches to a most salient phenomenon of our times. The heavily textured analyses substantially advance existing knowledge about what political trials are, how they work, and why they matter. • Offers an account of political trials that is both empirically rigorous and theoretically sophisticated • Advances an interdisciplinary approach to the study of political trials • Embraces diverse methodological approaches, from archival research to linguistic anthropology to game theory Comparative politics

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 449pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-43832-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-07946-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C C

What explains the rise of authoritarian populism in Europe and the US, including Trump and Brexit? The book argues that a backlash against cultural change by older generations triggered these disruptive forces. • Provides new insights and evidence into populism, one of the most topical issues in political science • Develops a new theoretical framework explaining authoritarianpopulism • Compares more than fifty parties across dozens of countries, focusing on the US and Europe December 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 75 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-108-42607-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-44442-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P

Hooked How Politics Captures People’s Interest Markus Prior | Princeton University, New Jersey

A must-read book for anyone wanting to understand one of the most important concepts in how ordinary people approach politics – whether or not they find politics interesting. Ideal reading for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as researchers in both American and comparative politics, political psychology and public opinion. • The first book in over thirty years to study political interest, and the first ever publication that explains why some people are more interested in politics than others • Provides the most thorough description available of political interest within the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and Switzerland • Statistical methods are explained informally and presented in a way that requires no statistical background for understanding • Uses methodological tools for panel analysis that can also be applied to many other areas of political behaviour and political psychology October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42067-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 978-1-108-43074-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$37.99

P P

Healthy or Sick? Coevolution of Health Care and Public Health in a Comparative Perspective Philipp Trein | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

This book analyses how policies to prevent diseases are related to policies aiming to cure illnesses by conducting a comparative historical analysis of Australia, Germany, Switzerland, the UK, and the US. It also demonstrates how the politicization of the medical profession contributes to the success of preventive health policy. • Conducts a comparative historical analysis of the relation between curative and preventive health policies in five countries • Examines how the relationship of curative and preventive health policies coevolved • Looks at institutional, organizational, and policy-related elements in different policy sectors Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42649-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Religion and Nationalism in Global Perspective

Global International Society

J. Christopher Soper | Pepperdine University, Malibu

This book explains the development of religion and nationalism in the United States, Israel, India, Greece, Uruguay, and Malaysia. It presents a new theoretical framework for understanding different models of church-state arrangements and their emergence and stability over time. • Develops a new typology of church-state arrangements, and a framework for understanding their emergence, development, and stability over time • Uses multiple methods to test theory, combining public opinion data and content analysis for six in-depth case studies • Case studies from different world regions and religions provide historical context on each country and analysis of present-day dynamics Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 14 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-18943-0 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$89.99 P 978-1-316-63912-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 P NEW IN PAPERBACK

Mobilising the Diaspora How Refugees Challenge Authoritarianism Alexander Betts | University of Oxford

International relations, international organisations

C C

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42788-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44835-2 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Investing in Global Governance Scott L. Kastner | University of Maryland, College Park

China sometimes shows leadership in organizing global challenges, but its role can be less constructive. This book engages students of international relations and China with a theory of how rising powers approach international cooperation strategically, illustrated with case studies of Central Asia, nuclear proliferation, international finance, and climate change. • Brings a detailed analysis of Chinese foreign policy to bear on current debates in political science and international relations • Makes the theory accessible to readers without specialized training in international relations theory or formal logic • Includes detailed explanations of the context of China’s rise and its actions on issues of contemporary concern October 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42950-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Praxis On Acting and Knowing Friedrich Kratochwil | European University Institute, Florence

On Resilience Genealogy, Logics, and World Politics Philippe Bourbeau | Université Laval, Québec

What does it mean to be resilient in an international context? This book provides a rich and unparalleled study of resilience as applied to world politics. For students, academics, specialists, and practitioners in the rapidly growing field of resilience, and more broadly security studies, migration, and political sociology. • Proposes an innovative definition of resilience • Presents a multidisciplinary genealogy of resilience • Provides a unique and detailed conceptualisation of the relationship among resilience, security, and migration September 2018 228 x 152 mm 176pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42523-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

A new and systematic view of how global international society (GIS) came into being and acquired its current structure and dynamics. Buzan and Schouenborg integrate states, intergovernmental and international nongovernmental organisations, and the diffusion of norms into a single theoretical framework for the study of GIS. • Makes the first systematic attempt to define criteria for assessing whether international society is becoming stronger or weaker • Provides a single framework for thinking about international and world society together, and for linking primary and secondary institutions • Sets out a history of global international society that shows how it produced diversity as well as likeness amongst the units • Uses differentiation theory to offer four ideal-type models to capture the full complexity of how global international society is composed and structured

China’s Strategic Multilateralism

Over half the world lives under authoritarian regimes. For these people, the opportunity to engage in politics moves outside the state’s borders. This book offers the first indepth examination of the internal politics of transnational mobilisation. Studying Rwandans and Zimbabweans, it exposes the power, interests, and unexpected agendas animating diaspora politics. • An original account of how diasporas become politically mobilised against authoritarian states • Gives a detailed narrative of the Rwandan and Zimbabwean diasporas • Provides a new analysis of how outsiders affect diasporas April 2018 229 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-316-61253-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-15992-1 Hardback £67.99 / US$105.00

A New Framework for Analysis Barry Buzan | London School of Economics and Political Science

This book presents a shift from the accepted international relations standard of theorizing, by analyzing policy decisions made in nonideal conditions within a broader framework of practical choices, emphasizing both historicity and contingency, as exemplified by changing practices in the international arena. • Provides a comprehensive and critical examination of the post-World War II debates in the social sciences, and international relations in particular, through a detailed account of how the actual political and social practices changed • Draws on a wide, interdisciplinary range of sources, including political theory, history, philosophy, sociology, social psychology and communications studies • Presents a follow-up study to Kratochwil’s earlier work, and one of the founding constructivist texts, Rules, Norms and Decisions (1989) August 2018 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-108-47125-1 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

The Rise and Fall of Political Orders

On Cultural Diversity International Theory in a World of Difference Christian Reus-Smit | University of Queensland

Richard Ned Lebow | King’s College London

A new theory by one of the world’s leading scholars of international politics, analysing the rise, evolution, decline, and collapse of political orders, and exploring the impact of late-modernity upon the survival of democratic and authoritarian regimes. For students and scholars of IR, political theory, history, sociology, and social psychology. • Presents a novel theory of political order that fuses normative and ethical components • Offers cases studies of the US, Georgian Britain, and China to demonstrate the utility of the theory • Provides a template for other case studies of political order and disorder September 2018 228 x 152 mm 418pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47286-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-46068-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

International Organisations and Global Problems

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-108-47385-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-46274-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Practice Theory and International Relations

Theories and Explanations Susan Park | University of Sydney

Silviya Lechner | King’s College London

This textbook equips students with the analytical tools required to assess the effectiveness of international organisations as problem solvers of key issues in global politics, using international relations theory and global empirical examples. It is an essential resource for courses on global governance and international relations. • Examines international organisations from a theoretical perspective and analyses their function and effectiveness when faced with different global issues • Includes the most up-to-date research and theory on international relations and international organisations, enriched by comprehensive further resources sections at the end of each chapter • Chapters are sorted by eight key issue areas: conflict (war), human rights, global health, financial governance, unions, international trade, development, and the environment • Features include chapter overviews and introductions, highlighted key terms, text boxes, questions, and examples from around the world Contents: Figure; List of boxes; Preface; Acknowledgements; List of abbreviations; 1. Introduction: IOs as problem solvers; 2. Using theory to evaluate IOs as problem solvers; 3. Minimising and halting conflict; 4. Protecting human rights; 5. Providing global health; 6. Providing financial governance; 7. Promoting international trade; 8. Creating regional IOs; 9. Furthering development; 10. Protecting the environment; 11. Conclusion: if global governance is the answer, what is the question?; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. July 2018 247 x 174 mm 324pp 978-1-107-07721-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-43422-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

This book critically evaluates the flawed understandings of culture that underpin current debates about the future of international order, and advances an original, sophisticated account of how diversity affects the nature and evolution of large-scale political orders. Essential reading for anyone seeking to understand this challenging contemporary issue. • Provides the first comprehensive and systematic examination of how international relations scholars have understood culture • Advances an entirely new theoretical account of the relationship between cultural diversity and international order • Draws on current understandings in anthropology, cultural studies, sociology, and history to enrich theoretical debates in international relations

X X

Lechner and Frost provide a new philosophical analysis of social practices in order to illuminate major issues in international relations. Following in the footsteps of Oakeshott, Wittgenstein and Hegel, this book forms an important contribution to international relations, philosophy and the social sciences. • Departs from the convention of Pierre Bourdieu’s ‘practice turn’, forming a truly original approach to international relations • Proposes a new theoretical understanding of social practices, incorporating the insights of the philosophers Michael Oakeshott, Ludwig Wittgenstein and G. W. F. Hegel • Makes an important interdisciplinary contribution to the fields of international relations, philosophy and the social sciences Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 148

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-47110-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Democracies in Peril Taxation and Redistribution in Globalizing Economies Ida Bastiaens | Fordham University, New York

Why are developing country democracies struggling to take advantage of globalization when free trade is supposed to benefit all participants? This book makes a significant contribution to political science by revealing how and why these democracies are struggling to generate muchneeded public revenues in the face of trade liberalization. • Explains how factors in international economics and domestic politics impact developing economies • Combines statistical regressions and case studies with extensive examples and historical illustrations • Proposes challenging new perspectives on both democracy and free trade July 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 113 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-47048-3 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45488-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

A Political Economy of Modernism

The Responsive Union National Elections and European Governance Christina J. Schneider | University of California, San Diego

Literature, Post-Classical Economics, and the Lower Middle-Class Ronald Schleifer | University of Oklahoma

This book examines the complex unity of modernist culture by focusing on literature and the arts; intellectual disciplines of post-classical economics; and institutional structures of corporate capitalism and the lower middle-class. It is for graduates, scholars, and researchers working in modernism. • Offers analyses of political economy and post-classical economics • Provides a sustained analysis of corporate capitalism in the time of cultural modernism • Proposes a method of ‘configurational’ analysis that examines structural ‘homologies’ (i.e. similarities in structure and differences in function) among social organizations, intellectual analyses, and everyday experience as an aspect of cultural modernism September 2018 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-108-47295-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Death of an Industry The Cultural Politics of Garment Manufacturing during the Maoist Revolution in Nepal Mallika Shakya | South Asian University, New Delhi

This book attempts to explain how the death of the garment industry in Nepal and the Maoist-led labour uprising that followed were embedded in a broader political upheaval that was essentially urban in nature. The author examines the future of rapid industrialization and its unsustainability. • Includes comprehensive literature reviews on industry and development and industry and society • Presents an in-depth analysis of the economic history of Nepal • Provides a detailed ethnography of garment manufacturing and trade July 2018 228 x 152 mm 176pp 978-1-107-19126-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Street Citizens Protest Politics and Social Movement Activism in the Age of Globalization Marco Giugni | Université de Genève

The first book-length analysis to explain the character of contemporary protest politics. Street Citizens analyzes original survey data on activists to explain the diverse motivations, social characteristics values and networks that draw them to engage politically to tackle the pressing social problems of our times. • Provides an evidence-based analysis of participants in street demonstrations across Europe based on a unique dataset • Examines variations in the features of street demonstrations that enables readers to go a step further in their research to understand who, why and how people demonstrate, compared to previous research • Each chapter builds on a specific research question, allowing them to be used selectively if required Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 235pp 2 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-47590-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-46926-5 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

Close to Home Local Ties and Voting Radical Right in Europe Jennifer Fitzgerald | University of Colorado Boulder

Defining and Understanding a Concept B. Guy Peters | University of Pittsburgh

This Element argues that the central goal of policy design is effectiveness. Effectiveness serves as the basic goal of any design, upon which other goals such as efficiency or equity are built. Elements in Public Policy

Explaining the European Union’s Foreign Policy A Practice Theory of Translocal Action Magnus Ekengren | Swedish Defence University

This book explores the minds and lives of regular people to explain why far right parties are increasingly popular in democracies. While other titles focus on macro trends, like immigration and globalization, this book investigates people’s dayto-day experiences and institutional contexts that connect their local ties to their electoral decisions. • Offers a locally-oriented explanation of electoral shifts in advanced democracies, particularly the rise of radical right parties in Europe • Develops the concept of localism as a motivation for voting for people’s electoral choice • Points out that devolution of authority can motivate radical right support Cambridge Studies in Public Opinion and Political Psychology

This theoretically ground-breaking yet accessible book is essential for understanding why the European Union interacts, influences and intervenes beyond its border. Its focus on what EU representatives do in practice around the globe makes it valuable for scholars, policymakers and journalists in the field. • Proposes a practice theory of EU foreign policy action • Connects and integrates the transnational (external) and local (internal) – translocal – driving forces behind EU foreign policy actions • Appeals to both academics and practitioners by bridging the gap between theory and practice in the field of EU foreign policy October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42230-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 346pp 978-1-108-47231-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Designing for Policy Effectiveness

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 64pp 978-1-108-45311-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

The EU’s perceived lack of responsiveness to ordinary citizens has created a serious crisis of democratic legitimacy that threatens its very survival. In this timely book, Schneider presents a comprehensive account of how EU governments signal responsiveness to the interests of their citizens over European policies. • Proposes a new view of responsive governance in the EU • Offers a theory-driven multi-methods approach • Presents a timely contribution to the topical debate over EU legitimacy and its response to crisis

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 175pp 39 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-108-42153-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

From Media Systems to Media Cultures

Palestinians in Israel The Politics of Faith after Oslo As’ad Ghanem | University of Haifa, Israel

Understanding Socialist Television Sabina Mihelj | Loughborough University

This book is aimed at media, communication and cultural studies scholars as well as readers interested in the cultural history of Eastern Europe. It develops an original framework for the comparative analysis of media cultures, and uses it to provide fascinating insights into the history of television under communist rule. • Proposes a new analytical and theoretical framework for comparative media research • Offers the first systematic comparative treatment of television under communist rule • Draws on a wealth of original data and uses a mix of qualitative and quantitative methods, as well as several appealing examples and case studies

The Palestinian minority in Israel are currently experiencing a new trend in their political development which Ghanem and Mustafa have here called ‘The Politics of Faith’. This book traces the emergence of a new generation of political leadership and studies the demographic, social and religious transformations in Palestinian society. • Presents a new and fresh look into the politics of Palestinian minority, using ‘The Politics of Faith’ as a key tool with which to understand recent developments • Uses comprehensive data to provide an up-to-date study on the latest developments among the Palestinian minority in Israel • Considers the ‘positive’ and promising developments concerning the future of the Israeli-Palestine conflict November 2018 228 x 152 mm 206pp 978-1-108-47656-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Communication, Society and Politics

Labor Politics in North Africa

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 362pp 10 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-42260-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

After the Uprisings in Egypt and Tunisia Ian M. Hartshorn | University of Nevada, Reno

Armenian Christians in Iran Ethnicity, Religion, and Identity in the Islamic Republic James Barry | Deakin University, Victoria

Since the 1979 revolution, Iran has promoted a Shi’a Islamic identity, aimed at transcending ethnic and national boundaries. In this book, James Barry highlights the situation of the Armenian community within this Islamic Republic, and asks whether Iran has failed or succeeded in fostering a cohesive identity which includes non-Muslims. • Shows how social relations are created through public performances designed either to demonstrate loyalty to the Iranian state or express feelings of distance from mainstream Iranian society • Grapples with the generational gap in identity • Utilises non-Western sources September 2018 228 x 152 mm 322pp 978-1-108-42904-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

The Justice and Development Party in Turkey Populism, Personalism, Organization Toygar Sinan Baykan | Kirklareli Űniversitesi, Rektőrlűğű, Turkey

Drawing on in-depth interviews with more than fifty participants, Baykan relates the intimate story of Turkey’s socio-cultural divides and the Justice Development Party’s (JDP) intraparty organisational dynamics. Shifting the focus away from structural factors, he also highlights the importance of the JDP’s agency and provides a fresh perspective on Turkish politics. • Focuses on agency-based factors in electoral and political processes in Turkey and offers a more complex picture of party-voter relationships • Reveals an in-depth, detailed portrait of Erdogan based on interviews, personal observations and critical sources available only in Turkish • Locates the Justice Development Party within the wider theoretical literature and applies an innovative understanding of populism to the case of Turkish politics November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 8 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-48087-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Prior to the Arab Uprisings of 2010–11, formerly quiescent trade unions became key sites of contention. Union politics across both Tunisia and Egypt were transformed. While Tunisia witnessed the apparent success of worker power, Egypt experienced economic crisis and repression. Drawing on extensive interviews, Hartshorn explains this phenomenon. • Proposes a new theory of ‘corporatist collapse’ to explain how labor gets drawn into revolutionary movements • Extends existing theories of how unions compete following elections, thereby explaining how the trade movement as a whole can succeed or fail • Explores the relationship between Islamists and trade unions December 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42602-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

LGBTI Rights in Turkey Sexuality and the State in the Middle East Fait Muedini | Butler University, Indiana

In Turkey, there still exists a real threat to the LGBTI community. In this important text, Fait Muedini conducts interviews with NGO leaders and political human rights activists to uncover the extent of the challenges facing those who are LGBTI and the strategies employed by LGBTI activists against the state. • Documents the history of LGBTI activism, government attitudes, legal conditions, and rights abuses in Turkey • Examines political, economic, social, cultural, domestic, and national issues for the Turkish LGBTI community • Reveals different activist strategies and the level of effectiveness of such approaches October 2018 228 x 138 mm 291pp 978-1-108-41724-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 978-1-108-40473-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

The Rule of Violence

Money, Markets, and Monarchies

Subjectivity, Memory and Government in Syria Salwa Ismail | University of London

Salwa Ismail provides an original analysis of the routine and spectacular violence witnessed in Syria under the rule of the Asad family over the last four decades. Ismail examines how the political prison and the massacre developed as apparatuses of rule, shaping Syrians’ political subjectivities and their relations with government. • An original perspective on modern and contemporary Syrian politics that sheds light on the patterns and practices of violence following the 2011 uprisings in Syria • Offers a detailed and textured examination of the formation of political subjects in an authoritarian polity • Broadens our understanding of the techniques of power and control, and their limits • Proposes an approach to the study of political violence as performative and emplotted Cambridge Middle East Studies, 50

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-03218-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-107-69860-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Women and Gender in Iraq

The Gulf Cooperation Council and the Political Economy of the Contemporary Middle East Adam Hanieh | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

Bridging debates across political economy, critical geography, and Middle East studies, this original perspective on the Gulf monarchies and their pivotal role in the Middle East will provide essential insights to anyone interested in understanding the contemporary region. • Proposes a new theoretical approach to understanding the Gulf’s role in the political economy of the Middle East • Situates the Gulf within the trajectories of the global political economy, including the emergence of the ‘BRICS’ • The book is solidly grounded in detailed empirical research and extensive fieldwork The Global Middle East, 4

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 5 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-42914-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45315-8 Paperback £23.99 / US$32.99

P P

Foreign Policy as Nation Making Turkey and Egypt in the Cold War Reem Abou-El-Fadl | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

Between Nation-Building and Fragmentation Zahra Ali | Rutgers University, New Jersey

In this book, Zahra Ali foregrounds a wide range of interviews with a variety of women involved in women’s rights activism. Using these life stories, Ali provides a nuanced understanding of the everyday lives of women, the production and reproduction of gender norms and relations, and the development of feminisms in Iraq. • Foregrounds Iraqi women’s voices, offering extraordinary accounts of women involved in women’s rights activism in the country • Applies a transnational and postcolonial feminist analysis to the contemporary Iraqi context • Analyses the impact of the US-led invasion and occupation, and the ways in which wars, authoritarianism and economic sanctions have shaped women’s lives

Turkey and Egypt’s foreign policies in the 1950s present a puzzle, with the Turkish Democratic Party pursuing NATO membership and sponsoring the pro-Western Baghdad Pact, while Egypt’s Free Officers promoted neutralism and pan-Arab alliances. Abou-El-Fadl argues that the answer to this lies in the two leaderships’ contrasting nation making projects. • Tackles the conventional wisdom on Turkey and Egypt’s alliances during the Cold War, while rethinking foreign policy as a site for nation making • Draws on previously unused Turkish and Arabic primary sources from state, media, and personal archives • Compares different nationalist responses to the legacies of European empire in the Middle East The Global Middle East, 6

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47504-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Cambridge Middle East Studies, 51

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 21 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-19109-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64162-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Inside Tunisia’s al-Nahda Between Politics and Preaching Rory McCarthy | University of Oxford

Drawing on extensive fieldwork with grassroots activists of Tunisia’s al-Nahda movement, Rory McCarthy offers a challenging new perspective on one of the Middle East’s most successful Islamist projects. He explains how an Islamic movement transforms over time as it struggles to adjust to a rapidly changing political environment. • Provides new evidence for the conflicting tensions between political and preaching ambitions within a religious social movement • Shows how grassroots activists in an Islamist movement understand their project • Explores the impact of the 2011 Arab uprisings on strategic and intellectual adaptations by Islamists

South Asian Governmentalities Michel Foucault and the Question of Postcolonial Orderings Edited by Stephen Legg | University of Nottingham

This volume analyses the ways in which the works of twentieth-century philosopher Michel Foucault have been received and re-worked by scholars of South Asia. It surveys the past, present, and future lives of the mutually constitutive disciplinary fields of governmentality and South Asian studies. • Includes an accessible Introduction to the influential but complex body of work on ‘governmentality’, a concept first coined and introduced by the influential postcolonial philosopher and theorist Michel Foucault • Contains contributions by leading scholars in the field of postcolonial studies, such as Partha Chatterjee – an authority on Foucault’s work within and beyond South Asia South Asia in the Social Sciences, 6

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42851-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Cambridge Middle East Studies, 53

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47251-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45993-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

The Evolution of the South Korea–United States Alliance

Hybrid Regimes within Democracies Fiscal Federalism and Subnational Rentier States Carlos Gervasoni | Universidad Torcuato Di Tella

Uk Heo | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

This engaging and comprehensive look at the role of history, economics, security, threat perception and domestic politics in the evolution of the South Korea–United States alliance will be read both as a major contribution to Korean studies and as a study of the impact these factors have on alliance politics and theory. • Examines how and why the South Korea–United States alliance has changed over time • Discusses all aspects of the alliance, including political, security and economic developments • Written by two leading scholars of South Korean politics

Scholars, applied researchers, and government officials interested in understanding and improving democracy, subnational governance, fiscal federalism, and the management of rent-like revenues will be interested in this book. It will particularly appeal to analysts of Argentina, and of subnational regimes in Australia, Canada, Germany, India, Mexico, and the USA. • Presents the first in-depth descriptive and explanatory study of democracy and authoritarianism in all the subnational units of a federation • Develops two original strategies to measure subnational regimes • Extends the rentier-state explanatory logic to other sources of state revenue such as federal transfers to subnational governments

August 2018 216 x 138 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10467-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-50713-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 28 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-316-51073-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

P P

Uneven Social Policies

Energy and Climate Policies in China and India

The Politics of Subnational Variation in Latin America Sara Niedzwiecki | University of California, Santa Cruz

A Two-Level Comparative Study Fuzuo Wu | Aalborg University, Denmark

The book argues that China and India’s policy measures to address energy insecurity and climate change have been shaped at two levels. Domestically, both countries pursued fast economic growth for wealth maximization. At the international level, both countries burnished their great power status through global energy and climate governance. • Creates a two-level pressure analytical framework by expanding the vision of Putnam’s two-level games and Neoclassical realism • Systematically compares China and India’s energy and climate change policies at two levels – domestic and international • Draws on rich primary and secondary sources in both Chinese and English to provide a nuanced perspective to readers August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42040-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Uneven Social Policies explains why some policies are implemented more effectively than others, why this variation is particularly relevant within countries, and why some policies deliver votes to incumbent governments while others do not. This book will appeal to readers interested in comparative politics, multilevel governance, the welfare state, and Latin American politics. • Focuses on social policy implementation as a vital aspect of poverty alleviation • Shifts the focus from national to subnational variation of welfare states • Includes variables at multiple territorial levels in a mixed methods research design August 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 18 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-47204-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Checking Presidential Power

State and Nation Making in Latin America and Spain

Executive Decrees and the Legislative Process in New Democracies Valeria Palanza | Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile

The Rise and Fall of the Developmental State Edited by Agustin E. Ferraro | Universidad de Salamanca, Spain

The first to offer an explanation of the levels of reliance on executive decrees in comparative perspective, this book intends to reach an audience of scholars and non-academics interested in the behavior of legislators, the struggles behind the concentration of power by presidents, and Latin American politics. • Proposes a new view of executive power, decree authority, and checks and balances • Provides a parsimonious explanation of levels of reliance on decrees • Offers empirical tests of the theory at different levels of analysis

This book presents a new theoretical understanding, based on institutions and political practices, of the relative failure of development policy in Latin America compared to success in Spain. It will appeal to experts in economics and social sciences, and the general public interested in Latin America, state building, and economic development. • Presents a new theoretical and empirical understanding of development as a historical process by employing a comprehensive social science approach to go beyond mere economic treatments • Dedicates separate sections to state institutions, bureaucracies, economic policies, and nation-building projects to provide readers with a better understanding of the close connections between national projects, national and political identities, and developmental strategies • Provides new insights and original hypotheses on the reasons and determinants for the success and failure of developmental institutions, considering diverse national cases with strong variations in their degree of economic and political achievement October 2018 228 x 152 mm 482pp 6 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-18982-9 Hardback £100.00 / US$140.00

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 252pp 26 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-42762-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

When Movements Become Parties

Distant Justice

The Bolivian MAS in Comparative Perspective Santiago Anria | Dickinson College, Pennsylvania

The Impact of the International Criminal Court on African Politics Phil Clark | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

The first rigorous comparative study of movement-based parties, this book shows not only how movements form parties but also how movements contribute to shaping parties’ internal politics and organizational models. Anria sheds new light on Latin America’s three most innovative leftist parties: Bolivia’s MAS, Brazil’s PT, and Uruguay’s FA. • Addresses a timely political phenomenon that has been insufficiently studied and theorized: the internal politics of parties formed by social movements • Proposes a thoughtful challenge to one of the most authoritative arguments in political science, Robert Michels’ Iron Law of Oligarchy • Offers the first in-depth empirical study of the Bolivian MAS, which is arguably the most important party to emerge in Latin America over the last three decades • Sheds new light on Latin America’s three most innovative leftist parties through a comparative examination of the origins and evolution of Bolivia’s MAS, Brazil’s PT, and Uruguay’s FA

The International Criminal Court’s (ICC) focus on African suspects and societies in its first sixteen years of operation has stirred widespread controversy. Based on 650 interviews over eleven years, this book analyses the ICC’s regional, national and community-level effects across Africa. • Offers a convincing critique of the International Criminal Court’s model of ‘distant justice’ • Covers a broad range of issues at both national and community levels • Combines two case studies in Uganda and the Democratic Republic of Congo with an analysis of Africa-wide trends

Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

This book is intended for academics studying African politics, ethnic conflict, democratization, and civil-military relations. Focusing on the military, it contributes important mechanisms for understanding when and why ethnic groups rebel. Comparative case studies include Benin, Cameroon, Ghana, Nigeria, Senegal, and Sierra Leone. • Proposes and evaluates a new mechanism for explaining why ethnic groups rebel • Introduces new data on ethnic recruitment practices into African militaries • Brings ethnic dynamics back into the study of military coups

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 13 b/w illus. 10 maps 12 tables 978-1-108-42757-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Homicidal Ecologies Illicit Economies and Complicit States in Latin America Deborah J. Yashar | Princeton University, New Jersey

For students and researchers in Latin American politics, with a focus on violence, post-civil war dynamics, state reform/capacity and illicit economies, this is the first comparative book to explain and analyze the striking and varied homicide rates in Latin America, alongside a systematic analysis of three post-civil war cases. • Provides an overview of homicide patterns in Latin America and three in-depth case studies from Nicaragua, Guatemala and El Salvador to explain why these countries followed such divergent post-civil war trajectories • Explores the topic with a multimethod approach, including original newspaper database, interviews and GIS mapping • Explains the empirical variation in specific civil war cases and addresses if these patterns speak to broader dynamics in the region Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 40 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-17847-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-62965-9 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Electoral Politics in Africa since 1990

P P

When Soldiers Rebel Ethnic Armies and Political Instability in Africa Kristen A. Harkness | University of St Andrews, Scotland

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 9 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-108-42247-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

How Autocrats Compete Parties, Patrons, and Unfair Elections in Africa Yonatan L. Morse | University of Connecticut

This book is for students, researchers, and policymakers interested in unfair elections and African politics. It argues that how autocrats compete depends on the kind of relationships they foster with supporters and external actors. How Autocrats Compete helps us understand the current state of democracy, and how modern authoritarianism operates. • Proposes a new theory of electoral authoritarian competition • Provides new insights into unfair elections in Africa • Uses in-depth case-based methods along with cross-national comparisons and within-case statistics December 2018 228 x 152 mm 370pp 23 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-47476-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00 C

Continuity in Change Jaimie Bleck | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of the evolution of electoral politics in Africa since a wave of democratization swept across the region in the early 1990s. It emphasizes both the persistence of long-standing anti-democratic dynamics and the striking emergence of new popular attitudes and initiatives. • The first region-wide comparative study of electoral politics in Africa • Offers a comprehensive theory about the recent process of political change in Africa to explain seemingly contradictory trends • Examines both broad institutional trends and individual attitudes and behavior, offering insight into how each influences the other September 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 31 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16208-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-61247-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-108-47409-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-46337-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Rwanda after Genocide Gender, Identity and Post-Traumatic Growth Caroline Williamson Sinalo | University College Cork

In the 1994 Rwanda genocide, around one million people were brutally murdered. Through analysing their testimonies, this book explores the ways Rwandans have rebuilt their lives, paying particular attention to the relationship between posttraumatic growth and gender, and examining it within the wider frames of colonialism and cultural practices. • Introduces a new approach to the study of trauma texts and first-hand accounts • Allows for a bottom-up understanding of post-traumatic growth in the specific context of post-genocide Rwanda • Provides an in-depth view of the gendered nature of post-traumatic experiences in Rwanda • Extends the scope of postcolonial studies September 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42613-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas / Psychology

Electoral Politics and Africa’s Urban Transition

Maximum Likelihood for Social Science

Class and Ethnicity in Ghana Noah L. Nathan | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Strategies for Analysis Michael D. Ward | Duke University, North Carolina

Despite the rapid urbanization of African societies, the socio-economic changes associated with urbanization are not having the political effects that many expected. This book contributes to understanding African urbanization, political behavior, and the ability of developing societies to transition away from clientelism. • Examines how urban contexts shape political behavior in the developing world • Provides some of the first systematic empirical evidence on the political effects of the growth of the African middle class • Challenges widespread conventional wisdom in journalist and policy-making circles, showing that modernization narratives about urbanization are insufficient

A new advanced text in applied statistics and methodology in the social sciences, aimed at Ph.D. students in political science, sociology, and related disciplines. The authors take an applied perspective here, emphasizing core statistical concepts, computation in R, and the tools for evaluating and interpreting statistical models. • Enables students to transform mathematical statements into executable computer code • Directly links theory and computation to actual research product and social science findings, while instilling norms of research transparency and replicability • Moves beyond stargazing for statistical inference and asks readers to think of their statistical models as descriptions of a social process that can and should be evaluated before conducting inference

Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 360pp 25 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47495-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00

Analytical Methods for Social Research TEXTBOOK

The Fundamentals of Political Science Research Third edition Paul M. Kellstedt | Texas A & M University

The third edition of the textbook is aimed at upper-level undergraduates and graduate students in political science. It provides the basic tools necessary for students to understand and craft scientific research on politics. The new edition contains a new pedagogical feature, ‘Your Turn’ boxes, which are included to engage students. • Uses examples from political science research that students will find interesting and engaging • Makes technical material accessible to students who might otherwise be intimidated by mathematical concepts • Includes a new pedagogical feature, ‘Your Turn’ boxes, meant to engage students and make them apply the chapter lessons to a new situation Contents: Preface to the third edition; Acknowledgements to the third edition; Acknowledgements to the second edition; Acknowledgements to the first edition; 1. The scientific study of politics; 2. The art of theory building; 3. Evaluating causal relationships; 4. Research design; 5. Measuring concepts of interest; 6. Getting to know your data; 7. Probability and statistical inference; 8. Bivariate hypothesis testing; 9. Two-variable regression models; 10. Multiple regression: the basics; 11. Multiple regression model specification; 12. Limited dependent variables and time-series data; Appendix A. Critical values of chi-square; Appendix B. Critical values of t; Appendix C. The link function for binomial logit models; Appendix D. The link function for binomial probit models; Bibliography; Index. August 2018 253 x 177 mm 365pp 21 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-316-64267-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99 X

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 49 b/w illus. 43 tables 978-1-107-18582-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-63682-4 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Psychology TEXTBOOK

Cognitive and Social Neuroscience of Aging Angela Gutchess | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

This book introduces readers to brain changes with age. It covers a breadth of abilities, from cognitive to social and emotional, and focuses on how research revealing the plasticity of the brain has changed thinking about aging. It does not assume an extensive background in neuroanatomy, and includes many images. • Written from a cognitive neuroscience perspective, incorporating findings about the brain with behavioral phenomena • Includes many figures which help to situate the reader in ‘brain space’ • Research incorporating a cognitive neuroscience perspective is integrated into one book Contents: 1. Introduction to the cognitive neuroscience of aging; 2. Brain mechanisms of aging; 3. Cognition and aging; 4. Memory and aging; 5. Emotion and aging; 6. Social cognition and aging; 7. Alzheimer’s disease and age-related disorders; 8. Current and future directions. Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 61 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08464-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-44655-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Psychology

TEXTBOOK

The Cambridge Handbook of Play

The Cambridge Handbook of the Psychology of Prejudice

Developmental and Disciplinary Perspectives Edited by Peter K. Smith | Goldsmiths, University of London

Play takes up much of the time budget of young children, and many animals, but its importance in development remains contested. This comprehensive collection brings together multidisciplinary and developmental perspectives on the forms and functions of play in animals, children in different societies, and through the lifespan. • Presents a lifespan developmental perspective by exploring how the forms and functions of play change from infancy, through childhood and adolescence, and into adulthood • Includes multidisciplinary perspectives from evolutionary biology, neuroscience, developmental psychology, education, anthropology, sociology and history • Features cross-cultural perspectives on play in humans as well as animal populations Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 700pp 978-1-107-19251-5 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00 978-1-316-64090-6 Paperback c. £76.00 / c. US$99.00

R P

The New Psychology of Love Second edition Edited by Robert J. Sternberg | Cornell University, New York

This is a much-needed update on the latest theory and research on love supplied by leading scientific experts. It is suitable for psychologists, neuroscientists, anthropologists, sociologists, and anyone with an interest in love and what has been learned from scientific studies of it. • Provides a balance between older scientific approaches that have stood the test of time and ideas that are on the forefront of research • Authored by the most eminent researchers in the field of love across the world • Readers will be uniquely rewarded with a better understanding of their own relationships and those of others December 2018 228 x 152 mm 335pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47568-6 Hardback c. £79.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-108-46877-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Contemporary Studies on Relationships, Health, and Wellness Edited by Jennifer A. Theiss | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Written for researchers, practitioners, and students interested in cutting-edge and cross-disciplinary research on the interplay between close relationships and health, this volume explores relationship processes that are significant in health contexts, including influence, information management, uncertainty, social support, and communication. • Showcases empirical studies on health and relationships that can be meaningfully applied to improve people’s health and relationships • Includes research from scholars in a variety of disciplines, which highlights different types of questions underlying research on health and relationships • Uses research with a diverse range of methodological approaches, including both qualitative and quantitative • Provides exemplars for conducting high-quality research on health and relationships from a variety of different orientations Advances in Personal Relationships

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 374pp 12 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-108-41986-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C

Concise Student Edition Edited by Fiona Kate Barlow | University of Queensland

Providing a comprehensive examination of the psychology of prejudice from its roots to its manifestations and consequences, this concise student edition of the award-winning Cambridge Handbook includes new pedagogical features such as learning objectives, key terms and definitions, summary points, discussion questions, and an instructor’s test bank. • Presents the essential topics in the psychology of prejudice, from its roots to its manifestations and consequences • New pedagogical features include learning objectives, core terms and definitions, summary points, discussion questions, recommended readings, and a test bank of multiple-choice questions • Features a new conclusion chapter that lays out eight ‘hard problems’ facing prejudice researchers and activists, prompting students to think critically about prejudice and their own role in maintaining or diminishing inequality Contents: Preface; 1. What is prejudice? An introduction; Part I. General Theoretical Perspectives: 2. Intergroup discrimination: ingroup love or outgroup hate?; 3. Evolutionary approaches to stereotyping and prejudice; 4. Understanding the nature, measurement, and utility of implicit intergroup biases; 5. Social dominance theory: explorations in the psychology of oppression; 6. The dual process motivational model of ideology and prejudice; 7. Is prejudice heritable? Evidence from twin studies; 8. Recent developments in intergroup contact research: affective processes, group status, and contact valence; 9. From prejudice reduction to collective action: two psychological models of social change (and how to reconcile them); 10. It’s all about ignorance: reflections from the blue-eyed/ brown-eyed exercise; Part II. Prejudice in Specific Domains: 11. Aversive racism and contemporary bias; 12. Stereotypicality biases in the criminal justice system; 13. Prejudice against immigrants in multicultural societies; 14. Ambivalent sexism in the twenty-first century; 15. Sexual prejudice: advances in conceptual and empirical models; 16. Where do we go from here? The eight hard problems facing the scientific study of prejudice and its reduction; Index. Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42600-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-44436-1 Paperback c. £31.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

The Cambridge Handbook of Group Interaction Analysis Edited by Elisabeth Brauner | Brooklyn College, City University of New York

This is an essential reference for studying communication in teams and groups. Combining the expertise of seventy-six leading scholars and practitioners, and applicable across different fields, including psychology, management studies, and education, this Handbook presents the complete methodology for coding and analyzing verbal and nonverbal interaction. • Combines the expertise of seventy-six leading researchers with rich theoretical and practical knowledge • Applicable to different areas across many disciplines of the behavioral sciences, including psychology, management studies, communication, and education • Presents a unique collection of coding schemes developed to study various constructs relevant to interaction research Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 626pp 73 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11333-6 Hardback £145.00 / US$185.00 978-1-107-53387-5 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99

R P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Psychology

The Cambridge Handbook of Personal Relationships Second edition Edited by Anita L. Vangelisti | University of Texas, Austin

With the field of personal relationships having grown dramatically in the past quarter century, The Cambridge Handbook of Personal Relationships serves as a benchmark of the current state of scholarship, synthesizing the extant theoretical and empirical literature, tracing its historical roots, and making recommendations for future directions. • Presents a comprehensive and multidisciplinary perspective on personal relationships • Features contributions from outstanding, distinguished scholars who are internationally known for their work • Includes balanced yet insightful perspectives on crucial issues Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

June 2018 279 x 216 mm 596pp 16 b/w illus. 1 map 18 tables 978-1-107-13026-5 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00 R 978-1-107-57120-4 Paperback £71.99 / US$99.99 P

Emotion and Narrative Perspectives in Autobiographical Storytelling Tilmann Habermas | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

This book introduces the forms of oral narratives concerning personal experiences, and demonstrates how the variety of viewpoints shown in stories strongly, yet unnoticeably, influence a listener’s emotions. It also shows how parents can help children, and psychotherapists can assist patients, to enrich their narratives with additional perspectives. • Proposes a narrative emotion theory • Expands upon the scientific understanding of emotion to include extended coping efforts, communication, and facilitation through talking to others • Demonstrates the role of narrative form in emotion, coping, and relationships • Brings together diverse fields of psychology, sociolinguistics, narratology, and psychoanalysis Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 384pp 1 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-03213-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C TEXTBOOK

Educational Foundations Philosophical and Historical Perspectives Brian W. Dotts | University of Georgia

This educational foundations book offers a comprehensive overview of American education history and a variety of classical, Enlightenment, and contemporary educational philosophers. The text is intended to provide educational foundations students with a solid grounding in philosophy and history as it relates to their academic discipline. • Pedagogical features include chapter objectives, sidebar questions, classroom activities, and suggested films and readings to ensure students are tracking their progress and knowledge • Photographs and timelines are featured throughout the text to illustrate people and events within the contexts of historical change • The text is divided into two sections, one philosophical and one historical, so that information is better streamlined for students to digest Contents: Part I. Selected Philosophers: 1. Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle; 2. John Locke; 3. Jean-Jacques Rousseau; 4. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels; 5. John Dewey; 6. Paulo Freire; 7. Mary Wollstonecraft, W. E. B. Du Bois, and Jane Addams; Part II. History of American Education: 8. Colonial America; 9. Revolutionary era; 10. National/Antebellum era; 11. Post-Civil War era; 12. Progressive era; 13. Post-World War II era; 14. 1980s and beyond; 15. The politics of privatization and textbook publishing. September 2018 276 x 216 mm 350pp 51 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-316-64889-6 Paperback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 X

Improving Learning Meta-analysis of Intervention Research in Education Steven Higgins | University of Durham

Improving Learning will benefit teachers and researchers who want to understand the benefits and limitations of evidence-informed teaching. It uses non-technical language and practical examples to provide an accessible overview of the history and development of meta-analysis and reveals the thinking behind the ‘Teaching and Learning Toolkit’. • Explains how to interpret and contextualise findings from metaanalysis in education • Uses examples from research areas of interest to practitioners, including the teaching of reading, effective feedback and the use of digital technology • Provides an overview of a range of findings from intervention research in education to set out the benefits and limitations of this kind of approach August 2018 228 x 152 mm 234pp 978-1-107-03332-0 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

The Cambridge Handbook of Instructional Feedback Edited by Anastasiya A. Lipnevich | Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York

This book showcases the best thinking and research on instructional feedback and is suitable for researchers, schoolteachers and professors. Educators at all levels and of all subject areas should consult this book if they want to learn about why, when, and where instructional feedback is effective, and how best to provide it. • Illustrates how providing feedback influences student achievement • Emphasizes the practical uses of assessment information for educators of all levels and subjects • Addresses most, if not all, subject areas and learners at different levels of development • Hosts a wide range of leading researchers from around the world and shows the contrasting goals of education from many different cultures Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

November 2018 253 x 177 mm 600pp 36 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-17939-4 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00 R 978-1-316-63131-7 Paperback c. £76.99 / c. US$99.99 P

The Cambridge Handbook of Motivation and Learning K. Ann Renninger | Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania

This superb collection of renowned experts in education, social psychology, learning science, and neuroscience presents insights into positive learning outcomes. Written for a wide academic readership, it provides definitions of terms related to motivation and learning alongside a developed explanation of key findings across multiple fields. • Chapters are written by leading researchers in neuroscience, educational and social psychology, and learning science • Offers insight into how motivation relates to engagement and positive learning outcomes • Allows researchers to expand their perspectives, and positions them to draw on a diverse range of fields in their own investigations • Includes definitions of key terms and developed explanations of significant findings for readers of varying backgrounds and interests Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

October 2018 253 x 177 mm 838pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17793-2 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00

Psychology

TEXTBOOK

Bodies and Other Objects

Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy

The Sensorimotor Foundations of Cognition Rob Ellis | University of Plymouth

This book is written for students, scholars and anyone with an interest in embodied cognition – the claim that the human mind cannot be understood without regard for the actions and capacities of the body. It offers a novel way of combining psychology, neuroscience and anthropology to yield a unified theory. • Proposes a unified theory of embodied cognition, drawing on several disciplines • Shows a way of reframing some hard problems in cognitive science • Has the potential to generate new research programmes November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06028-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

The Neuroscience of Creativity Anna Abraham | Leeds Beckett University

The Neuroscience of Creativity introduces readers to the fascinating study of creativity and the brain, providing both the tools for further study and an explanation of the latest neuroscientific findings. Directed at a wide readership, it is a helpful guide into creativity research for students, researchers and non-specialists alike. • Presents a clear introduction to a highly complex topic without technical jargon • Considers the issues of relevance to empiricists, theoreticians and practitioners on the subject of creativity • Illustrates similarities and differences across the many domains of creativity Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-17646-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-62961-1 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Components of Evidence-Based Treatments for Youth and their Parents Edited by Stephen Hupp | Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville

This graduate-level textbook presents the research-supported treatment packages for every major mental health issue facing infants, children, and adolescents. It also reviews the special roles of parents, assessment, and medication, among others. It is for courses in child psychotherapy, school psychology, and developmental psychopathology. • Presents all of the individual components and variables that influence treatment • The chapters are organized in the same order as they appear in the DSM-5 • Resources, including relevant books and websites, are offered for each chapter and treatment • The book will be a companion to pseudoscience in child and adolescent psychotherapy Contents: Preface; Foreword; 1. The science of psychotherapy with youth; 2. Intellectual and adaptive functioning; 3. Autism spectrum; 4. Inattention and hyperactivity; 5. Learning; 6. Tics; 7. Psychosis; 8. Bipolar spectrum; 9. Depression; 10. Anxiety; 11. Obsessions and compulsions; 12. Attachment and trauma; 13. Feeding; 14. Eating; 15. Toileting; 16. Sleep; 17. Disruptive behavior and conduct; 18. Substance use; 19. Therapy relationships and relational elements; 20. Closing the research to practice gap. September 2018 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-107-16881-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$150.00 978-1-316-61975-9 Paperback £53.99 / US$74.99

X X

The Neuroscience of Suicidal Behavior Kees van Heeringen | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

Innovations in CBT for Childhood Anxiety, OCD, and PTSD Improving Access and Outcomes Edited by Lara J. Farrell | Griffith University, Queensland

This book brings together the world’s leaders in treatment science to present innovations in CBT for child and adolescent anxiety disorders, OCD, and PTSD. Practicing clinical psychologists, social workers, and other mental health professionals, child and youth psychiatrists, students, and academics will benefit from reading this book. • Includes treatment advances from leaders in the field of child and youth anxiety, OCD, and PTSD clinical research • Provides step-by-step, clinical examples of how to deliver the latest approaches to treatment innovation in real-world contexts • Supplies empirical research outcomes on treatment efficacy for novel interventions including the predictors and moderators of treatment response December 2018 253 x 177 mm 500pp 978-1-108-41602-3 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$125.00 978-1-108-40132-6 Paperback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99

This book offers an accessible account of the neuroscience behind suicidal behavior and its potential for prevention. Neuroscience opens up opportunities to dispel myths that continue to hinder suicide prevention by helping people to understand suicide and providing effective prevention methods. • Provides effective strategies for preventing suicide • Explains divergent neuroscientific approaches to study complex behaviors • Uses evidence to refute far-reaching myths that hinder suicide prevention Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 286pp 29 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-14894-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-60290-4 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Psychology

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Handbook of Successful Aging

Cambridge Handbook of Psychology, Health and Medicine

Edited by Rocío Fernández-Ballesteros | Universidad Autónoma de Madrid

Third edition Edited by Carrie D. Llewellyn | Brighton and Sussex Medical School

This third edition of the acclaimed Handbook offers a fully up-to-date, comprehensive and accessible one-stop resource on health psychology, the study and application of psychological and behavioural processes in health, illness and healthcare. It is essential for doctors, health care professionals, mental health care professionals, academics, researchers and students. • The third edition of this highly regarded and indispensable Handbook • Includes fully updated chapters and reference lists as well as coverage of new topical issues • Benefits from a new clearer structure Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

September 2018 246 x 189 mm 900pp 978-1-108-47499-3 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$225.00 978-1-316-62587-3 Paperback c. £89.99 / c. US$145.00

P P

Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

August 2018 253 x 177 mm 600pp 37 b/w illus. 38 tables 978-1-107-16225-9 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00 R 978-1-316-61474-7 Paperback c. £76.99 / c. US$99.99 P

Values in Psychological Science

Schooling across the Globe

Lisa Osbeck | University of West Georgia

What We Have Learned from 60 Years of Mathematics and Science International Assessments William H. Schmidt | Michigan State University

A summary of what experienced professionals have learned about schooling through ‘The Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study’ (TIMSS) and ‘The Programme for International Student Assessment’ (PISA). Aimed at academics, policy-makers and those interested in large-scale assessments, this book lists findings signifying why schooling matters. • Spans more than seventeen international studies over more than sixty years • Presents an in-depth view of the evolution of the measurement of schooling and students’ opportunities to learn • Summarizes what has been learned as well as directions for the future November 2018 228 x 152 mm 326pp 26 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-17090-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C

The Cambridge Handbook of Organizational Community Engagement and Outreach Edited by Joseph A. Allen | University of Nebraska, Omaha

This is an ideal reference for those looking to understand, study, and practice community engagement. It discusses the different ways individuals – including faculty and management in organizations – engage in their communities. It also supplies case studies, best practices, and theoretical approaches to the study of community engagement. • Provides a comprehensive review of community engagement and outreach • Evaluates a wide variety of approaches to community engagement and outreach, and supplies case studies and best practices • Facilitates the application of organizational theory to community engagement Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

November 2018 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-108-41746-4 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00 978-1-108-40525-6 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99

This Handbook brings together leading scholars from various academic disciplines to further the discourse around the most topical issues of aging today – healthy, active, and productive aging, aging with satisfaction, and being treated with respect and dignity. It draws on a range of biomedical, psychological, and socio-demographic sciences. • Promotes successful and healthy aging for health professionals and general readers • Argues that disability in old age can be prevented • Shows how the negative consequences of aging are affected by behaviors and social conditions

R P

This book examines the role of values in psychology, beginning with an acknowledgment that values are an inevitable facet of science. The analysis places the researcher as the principal instrument of any science, while exploring the value of observing, imaginative sense-making, and perspective-taking as essential to both arts and sciences. • Moves beyond a critical evaluation of psychological science to consider new directions of potential impact • Relevant to both qualitative and quantitative researchers • Focuses on the need for innovative forms of thinking and interdisciplinary collaboration for wide-scale problem solving November 2018 228 x 152 mm 152pp 978-1-107-13490-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$109.99

KEY REFERENCE

New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology Volume 2: Modeling and Measurement Edited by William H. Batchelder | University of California, Irvine

The New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology explores the mathematical and computational foundations of new developments over the last half-century. The second volume focuses on areas of mathematics that are used in constructing models of cognitive phenomena and decision making, and on the role of measurement in psychology. • Demonstrates how standard advanced mathematics can play an essential role in the psychological sciences • Focuses on mathematical foundations rather than specific empirical studies • Aims to increase the sophistication of students and scholars in mathematical psychology and related fields in the behavioral and social sciences, mathematics, economics, and analytic philosophy Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 470pp 978-1-107-02907-1 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

Psychology / Social Science Research Methods

The Ape that Understood the Universe

Expertise in Transition Expansive Learning in Medical Work Yrjö Engeström | University of Helsinki

How the Mind and Culture Evolve Steve Stewart-Williams | University of Nottingham

The Ape that Understood the Universe is the story of the strangest animal in the world: the human. Looking at our species through the eyes of an alien scientist, the book is framed as an answer to the alien’s questions about how our minds and culture evolved. • Provides an accessible introduction to the evolutionary behavioral sciences that gives due attention to both evolution and culture • Explores Darwinian explanations for some of the most important elements of human life, including sex differences, romantic relationships, parental love, altruism, religion, and language • Discusses the latest and most influential ideas in cultural evolutionary theory, including cumulative cultural evolution, cultural group selection, Dawkins’ meme theory, and gene-culture coevolution September 2018 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-108-42504-9 Hardback £20.00 / US$27.95

Carl Martin Allwood | Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

The nature and challenges of the indigenous psychologies (IPs) are discussed from the perspectives of science studies and anthropology of knowledge. The Element describes general social conditions for the development of science and the IPs globally, and their development and form in some specific countries. Elements in Psychology and Culture

P P

Guide to Publishing in Psychology Journals This book is an indispensable guide to how to write articles, choose journals, and deal with revisions or rejection. It showcases parts of articles, discusses journal submission, outlines the resubmission process, and highlights systemic issues so that the reader is fully prepared for what lies ahead. • Written by current and former journal editors • Covers all aspects of the publishing experience • Explains new practices in journal submission and consideration that have been established only in the last year or so • Ideal for those seeking to improve their career prospects as journal publication remains the primary criteria for hiring, promotion, and advancement in academic circles December 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41991-8 Hardback c. £63.00 / c. US$79.00 978-1-108-41236-0 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$29.99

Measuring and Interpreting Subjective Wellbeing in Different Cultural Contexts A Review and Way Forward Robert A. Cummins | Deakin University, Victoria

This Element discusses cross-cultural differences in subjective wellbeing, proposing that the major barrier to creating such comparability of measurement is a pervasive response bias that differs between cultures. Cummins concludes that current instruments are inadequate to provide valid cross-cultural measures of subjective wellbeing. Elements in Psychology and Culture

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46169-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 46 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-0-521-40448-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-0-521-40785-4 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

Second edition Edited by Robert J. Sternberg | Cornell University, New York

The Nature and Challenges of Indigenous Psychologies

August 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46168-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

This book challenges standard notions of expertise. In today’s world, truly effective expertise is built on fluid collaboration between practitioners from multiple backgrounds. Expertise must be transformative, and must be able to tackle emerging new problems and changes in its organizational framework. • Presents an entirely new approach and theoretical framework for the understanding of expertise • In this book medical work and expertise are opened up to include the collaborative and transformative dimensions • Applies activity theory and the theory of expansive learning to the domain of medicine

P P

Social Science Research Methods TEXTBOOK

Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology Second edition Bernard C. Beins | Ithaca College, New York

This second edition is a comprehensive introduction to statistics and research methods. It will help students develop critical thinking skills about research they might encounter, and will help them evaluate claims based on research. The book is intended for students in statistics, research methods, and experimental psychology courses. • Presents the pitfalls of research so students can avoid them and understand the problem-solving aspect of research. • Includes ‘living’ research examples that are contemporary and interesting to capture student interest in the topic • Offers guidelines for creating APA-style papers, presentations, and posters Contents: Preface; 1. Psychology, science, and life; 2. Ethics in research; 3. Planning research; 4. Practical issues in planning your research; 5. Organizing data with descriptive statistics; 6. Conducting an experiment; 7. Experimental methods; 8. Basic inferential statistics; 9. Looking for differences between two treatments; 10. Looking for differences among

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Social Science Research Methods / Sociology

multiple treatments; 11. Multiple independent variables; 12. Principles of survey research; 13. Correlation, regression, and non-parametric tests; 14. People are different; Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; Index.

Sociology

November 2018 253 x 203 mm 520pp 978-1-108-42311-3 Hardback c. £107.00 / c. US$134.00 978-1-108-43624-3 Paperback c. £63.99 / c. US$79.99

How Violence Shapes Religion

X X

Exploratory Social Network Analysis with Pajek Revised and Expanded Edition for Updated Software Third edition Wouter De Nooy | Universiteit van Amsterdam

The textbook on analysis and visualization of social networks that integrates theory, applications, and professional software for performing network analysis. Pajek software and datasets for all examples are freely available, so that the reader can learn network analysis by doing it themselves. Each chapter offers case studies for practicing network analysis. • Offers an extensively revised and expanded edition of the successful textbook on analysis and visualization of social networks, integrating theory, applications, and professional software for performing network analysis (Pajek) • Introduces primary structural concepts and their applications in social research with practical exercises • Elaborates on new operations, such as community detection, generalized main paths searches, new network indices, and advanced visualization approaches Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences, 46

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-47414-6 Hardback £99.99 / US$140.00 978-1-108-46227-3 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Research Methods A Tool for Life Fourth edition Bernard C. Beins | Ithaca College, New York

This textbook is an introduction to the importance of scientific research in everyday life, and uses familiar examples to keep students engaged. It covers experimental research before other types of research, so students can learn about experiments early in the semester. The book is intended for undergraduate courses in research methods. • Presents controversies in psychology to stimulate student interest while explaining important methodological concepts • Analyzes the important effects of culture and society on research • Includes study and review questions which allow students to practice and master the material Contents: 1. Psychology science and life; 2. Ethics in research; 3. Planning research, generating a research question; 4. Practical issues in planning your research; 5. Measurement and sampling; 6. Conducting an experiment; 7. Experiments with one independent variable; 8. Experiments with multiple independent variables; 9. Expanding on experimental designs, repeated measures and quasi-experiments; 10. Principles of survey research; 11. Correlational research; 12. Studying patterns in the natural world, observational approaches; 13. Research in depth, longitudinal and single-case studies; 14. People are different, considering culture and individual differences in research; Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; References; Index. November 2018 247 x 174 mm 552pp 50 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-47084-1 Hardback £96.99 / US$134.00 X 978-1-108-45674-6 Paperback £57.99 / US$79.99 X

Belief and Conflict in the Middle East and Africa Ziya Meral

In today’s world, we are facing increasing reports of violent incidents involving religious actors. This engaging examination of one of the most serious problems facing us today reveals that the relationship between religion and violence runs deep, and it is violence that leads to and shapes religion. • An engaging analysis of religious violence in two key countries in Africa and the Middle East • Provides an empirical and theoretical basis to communicate how local conflicts are being impacted by global trends • Demonstrates how narratives of ‘clash of civilisation’ are worryingly becoming self-fulfilling prophecies September 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-108-42900-9 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45285-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P G

Farmers, Subalterns, and Activists Social Politics of Sustainable Agriculture in India Trent Brown | University of Melbourne

This book explores the sustainable farming movement through reference to three detailed case studies of organisations operating in rural India. • Develops a unique Gramscian theoretical perspective on the history of rural development in India • Engages in global debates on food sovereignty and agroecology, challenging dominant narratives • Provides in-depth empirical data on social and political aspects of sustainable farming organisations in India July 2018 228 x 152 mm 210pp 978-1-108-42510-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Fighting the US Youth Sex Trade Gender, Race, and Politics Carrie N. Baker | Smith College, Massachusetts

Spanning the late 1970s to 2015, this book tells the story of political collaboration among feminists, evangelical Christians, human rights advocates, and sex worker rights activists to shift perceptions and public policies on the prostitution of youth in the United States. • Accessible and interdisciplinary • Analyzes historical context, social movement organizations, legal and policy developments, representation, and discourse • Uses an intersectional, feminist analysis that centers considerations of gender, race, and class September 2018 228 x 152 mm 246pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51022-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-64961-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Sociology / Computer Science

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Islamic State in Britain

Scaling up Machine Learning

Radicalization and Resilience in an Activist Network Michael Kenney | University of Pittsburgh

This is the first ethnographic study of alMuhajiroun, a European activist network implicated in terrorist attacks and sending fighters to the Islamic State. Drawing on extensive field research, the author explores the motives of young Britons who joined al-Muhajiroun, how they radicalized, and the reasons many decided to leave. • Provides the first ethnographic study of a European jihadi network implicated in terrorist attacks in the West and sending fighters to the Islamic State • Uses the author’s own field research, including 148 interviews and hundreds of hours of direct observation, to provide readers with rare inside accounts of how this outlawed network recruits and radicalizes supporters • Analyzes the policy implications of the research for counter-terrorism practitioners and policy makers to offer an alternative approach to combating extremism

In many practical situations it is impossible to run existing machine learning methods on a single computer, because either the data is too large or the speed and throughput requirements are too demanding. Researchers and practitioners will find here a variety of machine learning methods developed specifically for parallel or distributed systems, covering algorithms, platforms and applications. • A comprehensive view of modern machine learning, covering most of the contemporary research on large-scale problems • Presents methods for scaling up a wide array of learning tasks, including classification, clustering, regression and feature selection • Shows how to run state-of-the-art machine learning algorithms, such as boosted decision trees and SVMs, on multiple parallel-computing platforms Pattern recognition and machine learning

March 2018 254 x 178 mm 491pp 144 b/w illus. 978-1-108-46174-0 Paperback £37.99 / US$54.99 Also available 978-0-521-19224-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99

Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 302pp 10 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-47080-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 C

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Computer Science

Algorithmic Aspects of Machine Learning

Geometric and Topological Inference

Ankur Moitra | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Jean-Daniel Boissonnat | INRIA Sophia Antipolis, France

This book offers a rigorous introduction to geometric and topological inference, a rapidly evolving field that intersects computational geometry, applied topology, and data analysis. It can serve as a textbook for graduate students or researchers in mathematics, computer science and engineering interested in a geometric approach to data science. • Establishes a trajectory from basic combinatorial and simplicial topology all the way to persistent homology • Illustrates numerous established techniques with thorough treatment • This book has been classroom tested, and is written by distinguished researchers of international stature

Machine learning is reshaping our everyday life. This book explores the theoretical underpinnings in an accessible way, offering theoretical computer scientists an introduction to important models and problems, and offering machine learning researchers a cutting-edge algorithmic toolkit. • Covers exciting recent developments in theoretical machine learning • Introduces sophisticated mathematical tools and demonstrates their use in designing and analyzing algorithms • Includes numerous exercises to challenge the reader’s understanding September 2018 228 x 152 mm 176pp 978-1-107-18458-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-63600-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 57

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41939-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-41089-2 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

Parallel and Distributed Approaches Ron Bekkerman | LinkedIn Corporation, Mountain View, California

P P

Machine Ethics Michael Anderson | University of Hartford, Connecticut

The subject of this book is a new field of research: developing ethics for machines, in contrast to developing ethics for human beings who use machines. The essays in this volume represent the first steps by philosophers and artificial intelligence researchers toward explaining why it is necessary to add an ethical dimension to machines that function autonomously. • Extensive introductions in each section of the book help the reader to understand the essays included and possible concerns with the perspectives presented • Presents a logical progression of the work that has been done in machine ethics Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

March 2018 234 x 156 mm 546pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-108-46175-7 Paperback £34.99 / US$54.99 Also available 978-0-521-11235-2 Hardback £119.00 / US$180.00

C C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Computer Science / Earth and Environmental Science

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Mechanics of Earthquakes and Faulting

Causality, Probability, and Time

Third edition Christopher H. Scholz | Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory, Columbia University

Samantha Kleinberg | Stevens Institute of Technology, New Jersey

This book presents a new approach to causal inference (finding relationships from a set of data) and explanation (assessing why a particular event occurred), addressing both the timing and complexity of relationships. The practical use of the method developed is illustrated through theoretical and experimental case studies, demonstrating its feasibility and success. • Provides practical methods for automated inference and explanation where the relationships can be more complex than one variable leading to another and can take place over windows of time • Offers the first method for causal inference where relationships are described using a temporal logic Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

March 2018 234 x 156 mm 267pp 33 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-68601-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-02648-3 Hardback £98.00 / US$144.00

C C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Artificial Intelligence and Social Work Edited by Milind Tambe | University of Southern California

For students, academic researchers, industry leaders, and practitioners, this introductory guide shows how social work and artificial intelligence can be combined for the greater good. Real-life examples of work with homeless youth, diabetes patients, and other interventions provide inspiration for readers to apply such methods to their own work. • Demonstrates the potential for artificial intelligence to be used for social good • Provides several real-life examples that represent a broad range of topics and populations • Includes a discussion on the ethical principles of using artificial intelligence for social work interventions Artificial Intelligence for Social Good

September 2018 228 x 152 mm c.280pp 978-1-108-42599-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Earth and Environmental Science Analytical Methods in Mantle Dynamics Neil Ribe | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

A comprehensive, mathematically advanced treatment of the continuum mechanics of the Earth’s mantle, focussing on the craft of formulating geodynamical model problems and the analytical methods required to solve them. Featuring abundant exercises with worked solutions, this will make a useful resource for geoscientists and applied mathematicians. • Exercises are included at the end of each chapter allowing readers to test their understanding, with worked solutions provided online • A diverse range of topics is covered, providing a comprehensive reference on mantle dynamics • Common themes (dimensional analysis, scaling analysis, self-similarity, asymptotic analysis) are emphasised throughout the chapters to give unity to the book October 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 53 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17446-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Scholz’s classic text provides a unified treatment of earthquakes and faulting. This major update presents a wealth of new topics, including slow earthquakes; friction of phyllosilicates; fault structures; seismogenic versus creeping faults; triggering of earthquakes; oceanic, megathrust and deep earthquakes; and earthquake precursory phenomena. • Demonstrates the underlying mechanical properties of rock that govern the behaviour of the brittle part of the lithosphere (schizosphere) • Introductory chapters on the physics of brittle fracture and friction of rock provide essential background for those with no prior knowledge of materials science or rock mechanics • Highlights cutting-edge research developments and includes key references for each topic, providing access to the relevant literature for more in-depth study • Electronic figures are provided online to facilitate class teaching November 2018 246 x 189 mm 552pp 978-1-107-16348-5 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$170.00 978-1-316-61523-2 Paperback c. £54.99 / c. US$74.99

P P

The Anthropocene as a Geological Time Unit A Guide to the Scientific Evidence and Current Debate Edited by Jan Zalasiewicz | University of Leicester

Reviews the evidence underpinning the Anthropocene as a geological epoch written by the Anthropocene Working Group investigating it. The book discusses ongoing changes to the Earth system within the context of deep geological time, allowing a comparison between the global transition taking place today with major transitions in Earth history. • Tackles a highly topical subject, providing rigorous and systematic coverage of the scientific evidence for an Anthropocene epoch • Provides an authoritative overview, written by the team tasked by the International Commission on Stratigraphy to investigate the case for the inclusion of an Anthropocene epoch in the geological time scale • Discusses where a ‘golden spike’ or clear boundary marker for the beginning of an Anthropocene epoch might be located November 2018 246 x 189 mm c.391pp 135 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47523-5 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$64.99

Evolution and Development of Fishes Edited by Zerina Johanson | Natural History Museum, London

Fish, or lower vertebrates, are crucial in interpreting almost every feature of more advanced vertebrates including amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. This book highlights recent research, combining evolutionary observations from the fish fossil record with developmental data from living fishes, to better interpret their evolutionary history. • Presents the latest state-of-the-art evo-devo research on fish, from leading palaeontologists and biologists • Highlights the importance of fish evo-devo research for wider vertebrate evolution • Features new technologies, including CT-scanning • Contains contributions from recent studies on both fossil and modern fish November 2018 276 x 219 mm 306pp 84 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17944-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Earth and Environmental Science

The Nile Basin

Copulas and their Applications in Water Resources Engineering

Quaternary Geology, Geomorphology and Prehistoric Environments Martin Williams | University of Adelaide

Lan Zhang | Texas A & M University

This book provides detailed reconstructions of past environmental changes in the Nile Basin and considers how prehistoric humans adapted or failed to adapt to these changes. It will greatly assist archaeologists, geographers and planners who need to understand how the Nile has responded to past climatic changes in its headwaters. • A thorough understanding of events in the Nile headwaters will allow the reader to interpret with greater clarity the work of marine geologists working on Nile deep-sea sediments • The book will enable archaeologists to integrate their work more effectively into a broader Nile Basin context November 2018 247 x 174 mm 420pp 49 b/w illus. 54 maps 9 tables 978-1-107-17919-6 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00 C

A Practical Guide to Rock Microstructure

December 2018 247 x 174 mm 422pp 177 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-47425-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00 C

Properties and Management of Soils in the Tropics

Second edition Ron H. Vernon | Macquarie University, Sydney

A comprehensive survey of the wide variety of rock microstructures found in igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. With over 250 colour photographs, this revised and updated edition discusses the latest methods, experiments and results, while highlighting potential pitfalls in the interpretation of the origin of rock microstructure. • Contains a very extensive list of references, ideal for students wishing to delve more deeply into problems of rock microstructure • Concentrates on basic interpretative concepts, providing a firm foundation for students undertaking research for the first time • Covers the full range of rock microstructures including those involving ore minerals, providing a comprehensive resource • A larger page format affords better connection between the many micrograph images and their discussion September 2018 276 x 219 mm 446pp 347 colour illus. 978-1-108-42724-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00

This book describes the basic concepts of copulas, and outlines current trends and developments in copula methodology and applications. Detailed case studies with real-world data illustrate the application of copulas to hydrology and water resources engineering, for researchers, professionals, and graduate students. • Promotes the copula method for multivariate frequency analysis, engineering design, and risk and uncertainty analysis • Various case studies are included, discussing how to apply the copula method in the fields of hydrology and water resources engineering • Provides an easy-to-follow discussion of the copula method • Presents the readers with detailed information on the current development and trends in copula methodology and applications in hydrology and water resources engineering

Second edition Pedro A. Sanchez | University of Florida

The long-awaited second edition of this classic textbook is brought completely up to date. New chapters focus on organic carbon, soil biology, soils related to livestock production and forestry, and agroforestry. This will once again be the go-to textbook for courses on tropical soils, and a reference for scientists and development professionals. • Provides a practical perspective for properties and management of soil • Highlights advances in research of tropical soils, bringing the topic completely up to date • Relates tropical soil science with the main challenges of sustainability and feeding the population • Pedro A. Sanchez is the world’s leading expert on tropical soils December 2018 253 x 203 mm 661pp 85 b/w illus. 12 maps 226 tables 978-1-107-17605-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 P

P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Numerical Methods of Exploration Seismology

Global Change and Future Earth

With Algorithms in MATLAB Gary F. Margrave | Devon Energy Corporation

The Geoscience Perspective Edited by Tom Beer | IUGG Commission on Climatic and Environmental Change (CCEC)

This technical guide presents the theory and practice of seismic data processing, illustrated with an extensive online library of MATLAB algorithms. Introducing essential tools for conducting research in seismic imaging, it is an ideal reference for advanced students and exploration geoscientists in the petroleum industry. • Focuses on the development of real algorithms and computational software, allowing the reader to develop new methods or extend existing ones to construct seismic images • MATLAB processing codes and algorithms contained in the book are part of a publicly available, online software library • Descriptions of functions in the toolbox are provided, together with code snippets chosen to illustrate key topics • Numerous computational exercises are given based on the MATLAB codes and datasets (real and synthetic) provided online December 2018 246 x 189 mm 470pp 191 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17014-8 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99

The volume brings together an international team of eminent researchers to provide authoritative reviews on the wide-ranging ramifications of climate change spanning eight key themes, including planetary issues; geodetic issues; the Earth’s fluid environment; regions of the Earth; urban environments; food security; and risk, safety and security. • Chapters are written by eminent scientists, which means that the information is authoritative and up to date with recent developments • Explores climate change and global change from a new perspective, making it accessible to those not traditionally involved in these fields • Includes inter-disciplinary and multi-disciplinary perspectives, showing how different disciplines can interact Special Publications of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, 3

October 2018 276 x 219 mm 426pp 139 b/w illus. 32 maps 978-1-107-17159-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Earth and Environmental Science / Engineering

The Urban Ocean

Graphene Photonics

The Interaction of Cities with Water Alan F. Blumberg | Jupiter, New Jersey

Jia-Ming Liu | University of California, Los Angeles

This book describes the physics of the coastal ocean, its interaction with the land, how it controls the weather, and its interaction with the humans who live along its shores. It will be invaluable for courses on urban oceanography and as a reference text for researchers, professionals, and environmental engineers. • Examines the various solution paths that can help support human populations in a changing climate • Provides comprehensive coverage of the urban coastal ocean and weather dynamics in an easy-to-understand fashion that draws on real-world examples • Forms the foundation of an emerging science of coastal cityenvironment interaction, including analysis, modeling, impact assessment, and risk mitigation • Provides the reader with the understanding and the tools to facilitate the impacts and solutions to various issues facing coastal communities October 2018 253 x 177 mm 266pp 136 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19199-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-64220-7 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Saturn in the 21st Century Edited by Kevin H. Baines | University of Wisconsin, Madison

A detailed overview of Saturn’s formation, evolution and structure, including the latest insights from the Cassini Orbiter mission. Specialised chapters discuss the planet’s seasonal variability, polar aurorae and the Great Storm of 2010–2011. Written by eminent planetary scientists, this is an essential reference for students and researchers. • Focuses on the plethora of new discoveries from the Cassini Orbiter mission over the last thirteen years, providing a fully up-to-date reference on Saturn • Written by the foremost Saturn researchers and specialists involved with the Cassini Orbiter mission, the book provides an authoritative overview of the latest science • Chapters discuss all aspects of Saturn, from its formation and evolution to the present day interior, atmosphere, ionosphere and beyond, making this a comprehensive treatment of the planet Cambridge Planetary Science, 20

September 2018 279 x 216 mm 485pp 189 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10677-2 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Engineering Applied Nanophotonics Sergey V. Gaponenko | National Academy of Sciences of Belarus

An accessible yet rigorous introduction to nanophotonics, covering basic principles, technology, and applications in lighting, lasers, and photovoltaics. Providing a wealth of information on materials and devices, and over 150 color figures, it is the ‘go-to’ guide for students in electrical engineering taking courses in nanophotonics. • Covers both basic nanophotonics principles and a more advanced discussion of their application in a range of different areas • Contains over 150 color figures, as well as examples showing the development of key ideas into real nanophotonic devices • Includes a wealth of reference data on nanophotonics materials and devices November 2018 246 x 189 mm 440pp 254 colour illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-14550-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 P

A self-contained text covering the basic concepts, theory, experimental results, and applications of graphene photonics. Systematically developing each theoretical model from the ground up, it is ideal for graduate students and researchers in photonics, optoelectronics, nanoscience and nanotechnology, and optical and solid-state physics. • Explains the fundamental concepts, theoretical background, and experimental observations of graphene photonics coherently and systematically • Includes the introductory material and theoretical explanations needed to understand advanced topics • Demonstrates the connections between theory, modeling, experiment, and device concepts November 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 95 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47668-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99

Flow Control Techniques and Applications Jinjun Wang | Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics

This is the first book to systematically describe different flow control techniques, with each chapter discussing a particular technique, its main characteristics, applications, and control mechanism. The history and development of flow control are also discussed, offering students, researchers, and engineers a solid background in the topic. • A comprehensive study of a topical subject matter which has broad applications across engineering • Introduces the most important flow control techniques, including the most up-to-date ones • Provides a history of flow control, and discusses its development as a subject Cambridge Aerospace Series, 46

December 2018 247 x 174 mm 255pp 298 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-16156-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$104.99 P TEXTBOOK

Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Third edition Yew-Chaye Loo | Griffith University, Queensland

Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete continues to be the most comprehensive text for engineering students, instructors and practising engineers. Theoretical and practical aspects of analysis and design are presented in a clear manner and are complemented by numerous illustrative and design examples to aid students’ comprehension of complex concepts. • Presents a comprehensive yet accessible treatment of reinforced and prestressed concrete for undergraduate students • Includes numerous worked examples supplemented by exercise problems • This third edition is updated to include the current AS3600 Australian Standards Contents: Part I. Reinforced Concrete: 1. Introduction; 2. Design properties of materials; 3. Analysis and design of rectangular beams for bending; 4. T-beams and irregular-shaped sections; 5. Deflection of beams and crack control; 6. Ultimate strength design for shear; 7. Ultimate strength design for torsion; 8. Bond and stress development; 9. Slabs; 10. Columns; 11. Walls; 12. Footings, pile caps and retaining walls; 13. Strut-andtie modelling of concrete structures; Part II. Prestressed Concrete: 14. Introduction to prestressed concrete; 15. Critical stress stat analysis of beams; 16. Critical stress state design of beams; 17. Ultimate strength analysis of beams; 18. End blocks for prestressing anchorages; Appendices. October 2018 255 x 189 mm 600pp 339 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-108-40564-5 Paperback £75.00 / US$119.95 X

Engineering

Seismic Risk Analysis of Nuclear Power Plants

The Soft–Hard Tissue Junction Structure, Mechanics, and Function Neil D. Broom | University of Auckland

Wei-Chau Xie | University of Waterloo, Ontario

This book presents a systematic and comprehensive introduction to the entire process of seismic risk analysis of critical engineering structures, focusing on nuclear power plants, from seismic hazard, demand, and fragility analyses to seismic risk quantification. • Presents the entire process of seismic risk analysis in a clear, logical, and concise manner • Provides a balanced presentation of both the necessary fundamental theory and practical applications • Offers detailed step-by-step analysis for each topic, ideal for self-study December 2018 253 x 177 mm 564pp 978-1-107-04046-5 Hardback £140.00 / US$195.00

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 424pp 978-1-107-13786-8 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

Continuous Biopharmaceutical Processes

Gas Turbines

Chromatography, Bioconjugation, and Protein Stability David Pfister | Ypso Facto, France

Internal Flow Systems Modeling Bijay Sultanian

Providing a balance between theoretical modelling and concrete examples, this book covers several topics involved in the continuous production of proteins for biopharmaceutical applications, focusing on multi-column counter-current chromatography, bioconjugation and protein aggregation. • Combines empirical and model-based approaches to design chromatographic processes • Presents practical case studies from both the academic and industrial literature • Clear and synthetic methodologies are provided and summarized in straightforward text Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 347pp 142 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 29 tables 978-1-108-42022-8 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00 C

Cybernetic Modeling for Bioreaction Engineering Doraiswami Ramkrishna | Purdue University, Indiana

This book offers dynamic models of varying detail, serving a spectrum of needs, ranging from optimization and control of bioprocesses to detailed treatment of metabolism for rational design of new strains. • Offers a dynamic look at metabolism, focusing on productivity as well as yield of metabolic products • Provides a comprehensive account of metabolic regulation, offering more reliable control and optimization of bioprocesses • Lays the groundwork for dynamic genome scale analysis Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 322pp 143 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00052-0 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

Discover how the detailed structures of musculoskeletal tissue junctions relate to their mechanical function. This pioneering book, richly illustrated with tissue images, offers a rigorous, biomechanical approach to understanding the soft-hard tissue interface across multiple scales of resolution. • Presents a novel experimental approach to studying the soft-hard tissue junction • Includes numerous images of musculoskeletal tissue systems • Provides a structural context for biomechanical modelling

This long-awaited, physics-first and design-oriented text describes and explains the underlying flow and heat transfer theory of secondary air systems while providing the corresponding mathematical modeling techniques of various components. • Provides a common physics-based language of communication between academic researchers and practicing design engineers • Allows readers to develop a wholesome understanding of modern gas turbine designs and of emerging concepts of the ‘Internet of Things (IoT)’ and ‘Digital Twins’ • Features a unique blend of 1-D modeling methods with 3-D computational fluid dynamics (CFD), providing readers with a better understanding of their computer-generated results Cambridge Aerospace Series, 44

August 2018 253 x 177 mm 400pp 978-1-107-17009-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00

Applied Nonsingular Astrodynamics Optimal Low-Thrust Orbit Transfer Jean Albert Kéchichian | The Aerospace Corporation, California

This unique book provides readers with a clear understanding of the mathematics of orbit transfer while allowing them to develop their own operational software to fly actual missions, and to use the contents as a research tool to carry out even more complex analyses. It also covers a number of practical, real-life applications. • Familiarizes the reader with the mathematics of orbit transfer using singularity-free formulations • Practical, real-life applications provide the reader with the tools to develop their own operational software • A useful resource in developing simulation software to carry out trade studies for vehicle and mission design Cambridge Aerospace Series, 45

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 316pp 181 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47236-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Engineering

Explorations in TimeFrequency Analysis Patrick Flandrin | École normale supérieure de Lyon

An authoritative interpretation of the methods at the heart of modern non-stationary signal processing from a recognised leader in the field. It describes basic concepts and recent advances, explores several example waveform families from bioacoustics, mathematics and physics, and includes numerous illustrative examples. • Combines fundamental topics with recent developments in the field • Uses numerous illustrative examples to guide readers from basic facts through to more advanced results • Explores example waveform families from bioacoustics, mathematics and physics

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 224pp 978-1-108-42102-7 Hardback £46.99 / US$64.99

Statistical Inference for Engineers and Data Scientists

Discover a modern approach to the analysis and design of high sensitivity phased arrays for radio astronomy, remote sensing, and satellite communications applications with this unique text. It covers the latest numerical methods and computational modeling tools, including beamforming, digital signal processing, and interferometric imaging. • Provides a modern treatment of high sensitivity phased array analysis and design that improves upon classical methods such as the array factor and the infinite array approximation • Combines the state-of-the-art in research with a pedagogical approach to the subject EuMA High Frequency Technologies Series

Foundations of Radio for Scientists and Technologists

Pierre Moulin | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

An up-to-date and mathematically accessible introduction to the tools needed to address modern inference problems in engineering and data science. Richly illustrated with examples and exercises connecting the theory with practice, it is the ‘go to’ guide for students studying the topic, and an excellent reference for researchers and practitioners. • Presents the core principles of statistical inference in a unified manner which were previously only available piecemeal, particularly those involving large sample sizes • The book is mathematically accessible, and provides plenty of examples to illustrate the concepts explained and to connect the theory with practical applications • Contains a wealth of illustrations to emphasize the key features of the theory, the implications of the assumptions made, and the subtleties that arise when applying the theory Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Hypothesis Testing: 2. Binary hypothesis testing; 3. Multiple hypothesis testing; 4. Composite hypothesis testing; 5. Signal detection; 6. Convex statistical distances; 7. Performance bounds for hypothesis testing; 8. Large deviations and error exponents for hypothesis testing; 9. Sequential and quickest change detection; 10. Detection of random processes; Part II. Estimation: 11. Bayesian parameter estimation; 12. Minimum variance unbiased estimation; 13. Information inequality and Cramer–Rao lower bound; 14. Maximum likelihood estimation; 15. Signal estimation. X

Robust Statistics for Signal Processing Abdelhak M. Zoubir | Technische Universität, Darmstadt, Germany

Moving from fundamental theory to cutting-edge advances in the field, gain a comprehensive understanding of the benefits that robust statistics bring to signal processing with this authoritative treatment of the subject. Real-world examples and a MATLAB Robust Signal Processing Toolbox allow for easy practical application of the methods described. • The first ever book on robust signal processing • Covers important new results and recent developments in robust signal processing • Includes real-world examples from the authors’ experience, demonstrating the relevance of the methods discussed • Includes the key algorithms in a MATLAB Robust Signal Processing Toolbox, allowing easy application of methods October 2018 247 x 174 mm 250pp 978-1-107-01741-2 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00

Karl F. Warnick | Brigham Young University, Utah

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 448pp 107 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-42392-2 Hardback £94.99 / US$130.00

TEXTBOOK

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-107-18592-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$75.99

Phased Arrays for Radio Astronomy, Remote Sensing, and Satellite Communications

Christopher John Coleman | University of Adelaide

The ‘go-to’ text for non-specialists requiring a serious introduction to radio, covering everything from electromagnetic waves to software radio. It provides a holistic, physics-based approach to the science and engineering of radio, making it ideal for graduate students, professionals and researchers working with radio systems. • Provides a deeper treatment of radio than is normally found in introductory texts • Ideal for those who don’t have a specialist background in the field • Places the theory of radio science and engineering in an historical context August 2018 247 x 174 mm 250pp 232 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47094-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Nonlinear Mechanics of Shells and Plates in Composite, Soft and Biological Materials Marco Amabili | McGill University, Montréal

This book guides the reader into the modelling of shell structures in applications where advanced composite materials or complex biological materials must be described with great accuracy. A valuable resource for researchers, professionals and graduate students, it presents a variety of practical concepts, diagrams and numerical results. • Readers will discover how to use shells in biomechanics; they will also find attractive introductions to nonlinear dynamics, hyperelasticity and viscoelasticity • Presents the nonlinear theories of shells ready for applications to model composite and FGM structures • Prepares users to model complex problems with accuracy by treating different aspects of nonlinear mechanics together September 2018 253 x 177 mm 392pp 978-1-107-12922-1 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

Engineering / General Science / Life Sciences

General Science

Impact Mechanics Second edition W. J. Stronge | University of Cambridge

Valuable for both professionals and advanced undergraduate and graduate students, this second edition builds upon foundation courses in dynamics and strength of materials, developing several different methodologies for analysing collisions between structures, new general methods of solving multibody impact, and including new chapters and examples. • Provides a clear description of the conditions where different analytical models are required • Offers new examples and end-of-chapter problem sets to illustrate analyses • Presents analytical methods for calculating response to impact of rigid bodies (with friction), deformable structures, multi-body systems and impact propagation in self-organising systems October 2018 253 x 177 mm 400pp 978-0-521-84188-7 Hardback c. £115.00 / c. US$160.00

The Spectrum of Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation Edited by David Blagden | University of Exeter

The essays from prominent public intellectuals collected in this volume reflect an array of perspectives and a wealth of expertise on how games manifest in the world, how they operate, and how social animals behave inside them. This is a must-read for anyone interested in the history, nature, and dynamics of games. • A multi-lens perspective allows readers to appreciate the ubiquity and sophistication of games in all aspects of life, e.g. politics, law, sports, war, and nature • Authors from varied disciplines provide an engaging and relevant view of the subject • Contains topical, accessible examples of the part games play in our world Darwin College Lectures, 30

TEXTBOOK

September 2018 247 x 174 mm c.174pp 2 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-1-108-44732-4 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$18.99 P

Introduction to Applied Linear Algebra Vectors, Matrices, and Least Squares Stephen Boyd | Stanford University, California

A groundbreaking introductory textbook covering the linear algebra methods needed for data science and engineering applications. It combines straightforward explanations with numerous practical examples and exercises from data science, machine learning and artificial intelligence, signal and image processing, navigation, control, and finance. • Shows students how a few fundamental linear algebra concepts and techniques underlie a wide variety of applications • Provides a revolutionary new approach to teaching linear algebra methods to aspiring data scientists • Includes numerous practical examples and exercises, allowing students to translate their knowledge of abstract linear algebra into real-world applications Contents: Part I. Vectors: 1. Vectors; 2. Linear functions; 3. Norm and distance; 4. Clustering; 5. Linear independence; Part II. Matrices: 6. Matrices; 7. Matrix examples; 8. Linear equations; 9. Linear dynamical systems; 10. Matrix multiplication; 11. Matrix inverses; Part III. Least Squares: 12. Least squares; 13. Least squares data fitting; 14. Least squares classification; 15. Multi-objective least squares; 16. Constrained least squares; 17. Constrained least squares; 18. Nonlinear least squares; 19. Constrained nonlinear least squares; Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; Appendix D; Index. June 2018 246 x 189 mm 474pp 978-1-316-51896-0 Hardback £35.99 / US$49.99

Games

Life Sciences AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Leading your Research Team in Science Ritsert C. Jansen | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This short and practical guide offers valuable recommendations, stories and exercises, to guide readers towards a really successful career as an independent investigator in science. A must-read for early-career researchers, as well as those advising them and anyone else serious about science. This title is available as Open Access via Cambridge Core. • The third part of a trilogy for early career researchers at work, providing a valuable guide to the business of running a research lab and how to build a career as an independent investigator • Covers all key topics relevant to an early-career scientist, including open access, open science, citizen science, reproducibility of research, codes of conduct for good research practices and preparing team members for a career inside or outside academia • This title is also available as Open Access via Cambridge Core November 2018 228 x 152 mm 238pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70186-0 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$24.99

Presentation Skills for Scientists A Practical Guide Second edition Edward Zanders | PharmaGuide Ltd

Provides a concise, practical guide to preparing and delivering scientific presentations with impact. With annotated video examples on an associated website, the material is specifically tailored to the needs of busy scientists, from students to researchers in both academia and industry. Includes practical exercises and solutions to overcome common problems. • Focuses on practical tips for preparation and delivery without dwelling on theory, giving the busy reader quick access to the most useful points • Based on the authors’ more than ten years of experience in delivering practical presentation skills training to scientists, it provides a succinct guide delivered in a fresh, friendly manner and with humour • Supplementary video clips illustrate exercises to control nerves and improve delivery, providing the reader with the tools to enhance their performance September 2018 228 x 138 mm 92pp 978-1-108-46942-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Life Sciences

Prokaryotic Metabolism and Physiology

Primates in Flooded Habitats Ecology and Conservation Edited by Katarzyna Nowak | Universiteit van die Vrystaat, South Africa

Second edition Byung Hong Kim | Korea Institute of Science and Technology, Seoul

Our biosphere is shaped by vast numbers of different prokaryotic microorganisms which show extremely diverse metabolic capabilities. This book provides an up-to-date overview of the metabolic processes that occur in bacteria and archaea, and the key processes that determine their roles in the environment, biotechnology and human health. • Relays significant new knowledge relating to the metabolism and physiology of prokaryotes under different conditions and environments, in a fully updated and expanded edition • Provides an overview of the key metabolic processes that determine the roles of bacteria and archaea in the environment, biotechnology and human health • Presents detailed accounts of topics ranging from metabolic stress responses and energy requirements for cell survival to bacterial immune systems and TCA cycles in cyanobacteria November 2018 246 x 189 mm 510pp 60 tables 978-1-107-17173-2 Hardback c. £125.00 / c. US$175.00 978-1-316-62291-9 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Introduction to Population Biology Second edition Dick Neal | University of Saskatchewan, Canada

The second edition of this unique textbook on population biology offers a comprehensive analysis of evolutionary theory, using mathematical models to develop the basic theory of population processes. Taking a quantitative and Darwinian perspective, this edition includes two new chapters, more recent examples, and online spreadsheet simulations. • Offers a quantitative and Darwinian perspective on population biology • Expressly links evolutionary processes with those of ecology • Packed full of worked examples and problem sets with solutions • Gives a broad treatment of the basic theory of natural selection, population genetics, population ecology, and behavioural ecology Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. Evolution by Natural Selection: 1. Darwin questions the fixity of species; 2. Darwin’s evolutionary theories; 3. Understanding natural selection; Part II. Population Growth Models: 4. Exponential growth; 5. Logistic growth; 6. Life tables; 7. Growth of age-structured and stage-structured populations; 8. Evolution of life histories; Part III. Population Genetics and Evolution; 9. The Hardy-Weinberg principle; 10. Mutation and the genetic variation of populations; 11. Genetic drift and effective population size; 12. Inbreeding; 13. Migration, gene flow, and differentiation of populations; 14. Haploid and zygotic selection; 15. Applying zygotic selection models to natural systems; 16. Polygenic inheritance and quantitative genetics; 17. Population genetics: summary and synthesis; Part IV. Interactions between Species; and Community Structure: 18. Interspecific competition; 19. Predatorprey interactions; 20. Species interactions and community structure; Part V. Animal Behaviour, Altruism, and Sexual Selection: 21. Animal behaviour, altruism, and limiting aggression; 22. Sexual selection and mating systems; 23. Epilogue; Glossary; Solutions to problems; References; Index. November 2018 246 x 189 mm 450pp 978-1-107-60512-1 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

This pioneering volume examines primates that live in flooded habitats – ecologically-rich and highly threatened areas that are often overlooked. Leading experts in the field cover these primates’ fossil history and current biology, and set out future research and conservation priorities. • Highlights the extent and complexity of primate associations with flooded habitats, and places current ecology and conservation needs in a broad context • Incorporates the broadest possible geographical coverage with research across the Americas, Africa, and Asia • Accompanied by a rich set of supplementary materials, including videos and additional photographs December 2018 276 x 219 mm 800pp 173 b/w illus. 76 tables 978-1-107-13431-7 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$155.00 C NEW IN PAPERBACK

Bird Song Biological Themes and Variations Second edition C. K. Catchpole | Royal Holloway, University of London

Written in straightforward language, and highly illustrated throughout, the authors explain the beauty and complexity of bird song. Extensively updated from the first edition, this second edition of Bird Song is primarily written for students and researchers, but also holds appeal for amateur ornithologists with some knowledge of biology. • New topics include interactive playback, new pathways and gene expression in the brain and chorusing • Includes a wealth of clearly explained and illustrated examples, that are useful for both teaching and research • Offers a modern evolutionary and functional interpretation that will enable the reader to understand why bird song is a good model for scientific study Animal behaviour

August 2018 254 x 178 mm 347pp 978-1-108-46922-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99 Also available 978-0-521-87242-3 Hardback £53.99 / US$85.99

P P

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Cooperative Breeding in Vertebrates Studies of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior Walter D. Koenig | Cornell University, New York

This book brings together long-term studies of cooperatively breeding birds, mammals, and fish. The chapters focus not only on describing the behavior and ecology of particular species but also on testing evolutionary hypotheses for the form and function of the diverse cooperative breeding lifestyles that have been discovered. • Features contributions from leaders in the field to provide the definitive synthesis of current studies of cooperative breeding • The chapters describe the behavior and ecology of a range of species as well as testing evolutionary hypotheses for the form and function of diverse and fascinating cooperative breeding lifestyles • A much-needed update to earlier volumes focused on cooperative breeding, providing readers with studies involving a range of taxa and taking advantage of modern genetic techniques Animal behaviour

June 2018 246 x 189 mm 401pp 181 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-64212-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99 C Also available 978-1-107-04343-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Life Sciences

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Backbone of Europe

The Mandrill

Health, Diet, Work and Violence over Two Millennia Edited by Richard Steckel | Ohio State University

A Case of Extreme Sexual Selection Alan F. Dixson | Victoria University of Wellington

Living in the remote forests of western central Africa, mandrills are notoriously elusive and have evaded scientific scrutiny for decades. Recent research, synthesised here for the first time, sheds light on mandrill behaviour, reproductive biology and evolution, and allows for explanation of its extreme sexual dimorphism. • The first detailed account of the natural history of the world’s largest and most spectacular monkey species, synthesising the results of more than twenty-five years of research • Explores in detail the role that sexual selection has played in shaping the mandrill’s evolution, covering mechanisms of mate choice, intrasexual competition, sperm competition and cryptic female choice • Sheds new light on the evolutionary biology of the mandrill by bringing to life its communicatory biology and the functions of its brightly coloured adornments Biological anthropology and primatology

June 2018 244 x 170 mm 276pp 124 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-53512-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 P Also available 978-1-107-11461-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99 P NEW IN PAPERBACK

Primate Tourism A Tool for Conservation? Anne E. Russon | Glendon College, York University

Presenting assessments on the impact of tourism to primates, this book weighs its conservation costs and benefits, offering suggestions for improving its conservation benefits in view of the many primates facing extinction and tourism growth. Written for conservationists and scientists, it is also relevant to tourists and tourism professionals. • Weighs the benefits of and risks posed by wildlife tourism to the conservation of primates, looking at case studies of individual sites and groups as well as examining the overarching trends affecting all primate species • Gives recommendations for enhancing the contribution of tourism to conservation alongside best-practice guidelines for minimizing and controlling potential harm caused by visiting parties on primate habitats and health • With balanced assessments by experts from around the world, this text is of benefit and interest to not only researchers and conservationists but also tourists and tour organizers Biological anthropology and primatology

July 2018 244 x 170 mm 351pp 50 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-46467-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 Also available 978-1-107-01812-9 Hardback £75.99 / US$119.00

P P

The first of its kind collection and analysis of human health data recorded from the skeletal remains of 15,119 individuals at 101 localities across the continent of Europe. The book will interest a wide range of scholars and students across the medical and the social sciences. • Presents the broadest bioarchaeological analysis, which makes a comparison possible between various localities in Europe and with the Western Hemisphere portion of the Global History of Health project • Uses skeletal remains to write a history of health, violence and workload across regions of Europe over two millennia • Provides a multifaceted picture of human health in Europe documented against many explanatory variables Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 80

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 430pp 978-1-108-42195-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99

Hunter-Gatherer Adaptation and Resilience A Bioarchaeological Perspective Edited by Daniel H. Temple | George Mason University, Virginia

Readers will appreciate how hunter-gatherer societies have changed through time in ways that actively resist the notion of an evolutionary drive toward food production. This work creates a theoretically grounded ‘bioarchaeology of hunter-gatherers’ that advances our knowledge of lifestyles that dominated the human experience for most of prehistory. • Theorizes hunter-gatherers in bioarchaeological research as more than just a baseline stage in the evolution of human social complexity • Sees hunter-gatherers as complex humans with agency and distinct pasts • Provides a global perspective on hunter-gatherer lifestyles Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 81

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 437pp 978-1-107-18735-1 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$104.99

Human Evolution beyond Biology and Culture Evolutionary Social, Environmental and Policy Sciences Jeroen C. J. M. van den Bergh | Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona

Offers a close to complete view on topics that have been addressed from an evolutionary angle, with a focus on social science. A broad readership, including academics from natural to social sciences, and a general audience, are guaranteed to find a lot to their taste in the book. • Addresses the concerns of the sceptics and critics of evolutionary social-science approaches and clarifies that genetic and non-genetic evolution share many similarities – justifying the term evolution – while they also differ in important ways • Presents the material in accessible, in a not overly technical way, using a ‘box format’ to address specific topics and allow detailed explanations • Offers concise accounts of generalised evolutionary thinking and evolutionary biology, including non-technical treatments of advanced topics October 2018 228 x 152 mm 560pp 33 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47097-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-45688-3 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Life Sciences / Mathematics

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Trace Metals in the Environment and Living Organisms

Modern Analysis of Automorphic Forms By Example

The British Isles as a Case Study Philip S. Rainbow | Natural History Museum, London

A book on the natural history of trace metals, using Britain as a case study, while the principles explored are relevant worldwide. Aimed at the general scientific reader, students, regulators and researchers, this book takes an accessible multidisciplinary approach to explain the environmental effects of trace metals, historically and today. • Shows how an understanding of history ancient and modern is key to interpreting life in metal-contaminated habitats today • Offers to ecologists and natural historians an informed new perspective on the role of trace metals as key determinants of the physiological and ecological functioning of biota • Proposes a new awareness of the importance of the natural history of organisms in the interactions of trace metals and living organisms August 2018 246 x 189 mm 770pp 96 b/w illus. 48 colour illus. 130 tables 978-1-108-47093-3 Hardback £135.00 / US$190.00 C

Volume 1 Paul Garrett | University of Minnesota

This is Volume 1 of a two-volume book that provides a self-contained introduction to the analytical aspects of automorphic forms by proving several critical results carefully and in detail. Volume 1 features discrete decomposition of cuspforms, meromorphic continuation of Eisenstein series, spectral decomposition of pseudo-Eisenstein series, and automorphic Plancheral theorem. • An extensive and self-contained treatment of analytical aspects of automorphic forms • Provides a deep exploration of three different examples with varying degrees of complexity and generality, allowing a gradual approach to multi-faceted and highly technical issues • Collects the most important analytical ideas and proofs in the theory of automorphic forms Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 173

Mathematics

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-15400-1 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

Slenderness

Modern Analysis of Automorphic Forms By Example

Volume 1: Abelian Categories Radoslav Dimitric | University of California, Berkeley

Slenderness is a concept relevant to the fields of algebra, set theory, and topology. This first book on the subject is systematically presented and largely self-contained, making it ideal for researchers and graduate students. It provides over 350 exercises as well as many open problems to inspire further research. • Changes the field from a collection of disparate results into a coherent body of knowledge • Over 350 exercises help the reader gain a deeper understanding of the concepts • Presents more than one hundred open questions suitable for dissertation topics or further research Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 215

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 323pp 355 exercises 978-1-108-47442-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Volume 2 Paul Garrett | University of Minnesota

This is Volume 2 of a two-volume book that provides a self-contained introduction to the analytical aspects of automorphic forms by proving several critical results carefully and in detail. Volume 2 features critical results, which are proven carefully and in detail, including automorphic Green’s functions, metrics and topologies on natural function spaces, unbounded operators, vectorvalued holomorphic functions, and asymptotics. • An extensive and self-contained treatment of analytical aspects of automorphic forms • Provides a deep exploration of three different examples with varying degrees of complexity and generality, allowing a gradual approach to multi-faceted and highly technical issues • Collects the most important analytical ideas and proofs in the theory of automorphic forms Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 174

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-108-47384-2 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

A Gentle Course in Local Class Field Theory Local Number Fields, Brauer Groups, Galois Cohomology Pierre Guillot | Université de Strasbourg

This book offers a self-contained exposition of local class field theory, serving as a second course on Galois theory. Written for beginning graduate students and advanced undergraduates, the material will find use across disciplines including number theory, representation theory, algebraic geometry, and algebraic topology. • Written for students rather than experts by integrating exposition and results • Takes a coherent, self-contained path to the fundamental theorem of class field theory • Teaches skills that are applicable in multiple contexts November 2018 247 x 174 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42177-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43224-5 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Mathematics

TEXTBOOK

Formal Geometry and Bordism Operations

Complex Analysis Second edition Ian Stewart | University of Warwick

Eric Peterson | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This new edition of a classic textbook develops complex analysis using simple topological ideas to translate visual intuition into formal arguments. With numerous examples and exercises, clear and direct proofs, and three new chapters including a view to the future of the subject, this is an invaluable companion for any complex analysis course. • Using simple topological ideas of continuity and connectivity, this textbook explains the differences between real and complex analysis as a consequence of the richer geometry of the complex plane and teaches students to translate visual intuition into rigorous proof • Introduces a simple formal definition of an extension field containing infinitesimal quantities to show the connection between pure and applied approaches, allowing students to grasp the continuing evolution of mathematical ideas • Includes supplementary material showing in more detail the changes between this and the previous edition Contents: Preface to the first edition; Preface to the second edition; The origins of complex analysis, and its challenge to intuition; 1. Algebra of the complex plane; 2. Topology of the complex plane; 3. Power series; 4. Differentiation; 5. The exponential function; 6. Integration; 7. Angles, logarithms, and the winding number; 8. Cauchy’s theorem; 9. Homotopy versions of Cauchy’s theorem; 10. Taylor series; 11. Laurent series; 12. Residues; 13. Conformal transformations; 14. Analytic continuation; 15. Infinitesimals in real and complex analysis; 16. Homology version of Cauchy’s theorem; 17. The road goes ever on; References; Index. July 2018 247 x 174 mm 330pp 195 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-43679-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$41.99

A First Course in Differential Geometry Surfaces in Euclidean Space John Bolton | University of Durham

This textbook covers the classical topics of differential geometry of surfaces as studied by Gauss: the definition and geometric meaning of Gaussian curvature, the Theorema Egregium, geodesics, and the Gauss–Bonnet Theorem. It is suitable for upper-level undergraduates and contains plentiful examples and exercises, with solutions to selected problems. • Explains some of the main classical highlights of the geometry of surfaces (Theorema Egregium, geodesics, Gauss-Bonnet Theorem) using a minimal amount of theory, while presenting some advanced material suitable for self-study at the end • Builds up geometric intuition by providing many examples to illustrate definitions and concepts, and drawing analogies with real-life experiences • Includes many exercises at the end of each chapter, enabling students to challenge their understanding of the contents through problem solving, and brief solutions are given on the exercises December 2018 246 x 189 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42493-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-108-44102-5 Paperback c. £30.00 / c. US$40.00

X X

This is the first book to provide a broad, conceptual introduction to the field of chromatic homotopy, an active area of current research. It will be useful for graduate students interested in modern developments in algebraic topology and their links to other fields, including algebraic geometry and mathematical physics. • Gives graduate students the necessary information to conduct their own research without having to search through the literature • Covers a broad range of material, presented in a way that makes crossreferencing easy for readers • Prepares readers for cross-disciplinary work by bringing together many different fields of mathematics Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 177

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 421pp 15 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 978-1-108-42803-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Lectures on Logarithmic Algebraic Geometry Arthur Ogus | University of California, Berkeley

This textbook offers a self-contained introduction to logarithmic geometry, a key tool for analyzing compactification and degeneration in algebraic geometry and number theory. It will be of use to graduate students and researchers interested in exploring the subject’s techniques and applications across a wide range of fields. • Brings together numerous results across the field into a single, comprehensive reference • Accessible to readers from a wide variety of backgrounds • Includes detailed proofs and careful definitions of the main results and concepts Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 178

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 558pp 978-1-107-18773-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99

Topological Methods in Group Theory Edited by N. Broaddus | Ohio State University

This volume collects eleven peer-reviewed papers on recent developments at the interface of topology and geometric group theory. The authors have given particular attention to clear exposition, making the book especially useful for graduate students and mathematicians in other areas interested in gaining a taste of this rich and active field. • Brings the reader right up to date with the latest developments at the interface between geometric group theory and topology • Contains eleven fully peer-reviewed papers • Careful exposition throughout makes this volume particularly useful for graduate students and mathematicians working in other areas London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 451

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 217pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-108-43762-2 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Mathematics

Global Homotopy Theory Stefan Schwede | Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn

Global equivariant homotopy theory is presented in this self-contained book, ideal for graduate students and researchers in algebraic topology. It is a comprehensive research monograph at the forefront of current research, written by a leading expert. The book’s many examples and sample calculations make it suitable for an advanced graduate class. • Contains full proofs of many fundamental properties that are hard to find in the literature • Readers will gain a deeper understanding by working through the many examples • Suitable as a complete reference and as a standard textbook on the subject New Mathematical Monographs, 34

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 846pp 978-1-108-42581-0 Hardback £140.00 / US$195.00

Michael D. Graham | University of Wisconsin, Madison

Flows of complex fluids and other soft materials are ubiquitous in nature and technology, from blood flow to advanced manufacturing. Understanding them requires knowledge from a number of areas. This book brings these topics together in a unique, self-contained and integrated treatment, allowing the reader to see them in context. • Provides the necessary foundation for research into the dynamics of flowing complex fluids, all in one place • Ideal for students, with exercises at the end of each chapter • Structured to provide the basis for a one-semester course Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 58

September 2018 247 x 174 mm 280pp 57 b/w illus. 75 exercises 978-1-107-02464-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-69593-1 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 P

Data-Driven Science and Engineering

Partial Differential Equations arising from Physics and Geometry

Machine Learning, Dynamical Systems, and Control Steven L. Brunton | University of Washington

Edited by Mohamed Ben Ayed | Université de Sfax, Tunisia

In this edited volume leaders in the field of partial differential equations (PDEs) present recent work and current open problems on topics in PDEs arising from geometry and physics. It will serve as a useful reference for researchers and is written in a manner that is accessible to graduate students. • Covers the state of the art in partial differential equations (PDEs) • Presents an excellent graduate-level overview covering a variety of topics related to PDEs • Authored by leading specialists in the field London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 450

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 486pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-43163-7 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00

Microhydrodynamics, Brownian Motion, and Complex Fluids

Data-driven discovery is revolutionizing the modeling, prediction, and control of complex systems. Aimed at advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students, this textbook provides an integrated viewpoint that shows how to apply emerging methods from data science, data mining, and machine learning to engineering and the physical sciences. • Provides in-depth examples paired with comprehensive, open-source code • Features concise, digestible explanations of complex concepts and their applications • Includes extensive online supplements with homeworks, case studies, and supplementary code December 2018 — USA size only: 500pp 978-1-108-42209-3 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

Theory and Computation in Hydrodynamic Stability Second edition W. O. Criminale | University of Washington

Covering both classical and modern techniques for the stability of fluid motion, this second edition is enriched with many exercises with solutions, illustrations and an extensive bibliography. The result is a book that can be used with courses on hydrodynamic stability or as an authoritative reference for researchers. • Includes exercise solutions to help the reader fully understand the material • Provides both classical and modern techniques, giving insight into historical as well as state-of-the-art approaches • Contains many numerical examples, which can be used by the reader to create their own code Cambridge Monographs on Mechanics

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 563pp 151 b/w illus. 5 colour illus. 17 tables 80 exercises 978-1-108-47533-4 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$125.00 P 978-1-108-46672-1 Paperback c. £45.00 / c. US$60.00 P

Data-Driven Computational Methods Parameter and Operator Estimations John Harlim | Pennsylvania State University

The mathematics behind, and the practice of, computational methods that leverage data for modelling dynamical systems are described in this book. It will teach readers how to fit data on the assumed model and how to use data to determine the underlying model. Suitable for graduate students in applied mathematics, statistics, and engineering. • Grants quick access to techniques, but provides a solid theoretical understanding for those who want to go further • Gives an overview of various topics usually scattered across disciplines • Background material is provided in several short appendices July 2018 247 x 174 mm 169pp 35 b/w illus. 7 colour illus. 978-1-108-47247-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99 P

Mathematics / Medicine

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Psychological Care in Severe Obesity

The Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy

A Practical and Integrated Approach Edited by Stephanie Cassin | Ryerson University, Toronto

An Annotated Translation of Newton’s Principia Isaac Newton Edited and translated by C. R. Leedham-Green | Queen Mary University of London

This heavily annotated translation of the third and final edition (1726) of Newton’s Principia will enable any reader with a good understanding of elementary mathematics to grasp easily the meaning of the text, either from the translation itself or from the notes, and to appreciate some of its significance. • A translation of Newton’s Principia, designed to be more readable than earlier translations which follow the Latin text verbally • Copious notes discuss the meaning, context, and significance of the text, and explore its ambiguities • The first translation into English that is based on an attempt to understand Newton’s arguments December 2018 253 x 203 mm 800pp 270 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-02065-8 Hardback c. £199.00 / c. US$299.00 R

Mathematical Constants II Steven R. Finch | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

The author continues his outstanding scholarly attempt to bring together all significant mathematical constants in one place. Using this book, students and professionals will discover hidden links between apparently disconnected fields of inquiry. Unsolved problems – the lifeblood of mathematics – appear virtually everywhere as well. • Focuses on concrete and computable results, so that any reader who enjoys numbers will enjoy this book • Gathers together previously disparate ideas, giving concise summaries and extensive references • Provides many numerical examples paying careful attention to expository clarity, ideal for those who learn best by actively performing calculations Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 169

October 2018 234 x 156 mm 830pp 79 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-1-108-47059-9 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00 C

June 2018 234 x 156 mm 332pp 978-1-108-40404-4 Paperback £46.99 / US$64.99

A Transdiagnostic Approach to Obsessions, Compulsions and Related Phenomena Edited by Leonardo Fontenelle | Federal University of Rio de Janeiro

Written for psychiatrists, psychologists, neurologists, and neuroscientists, this book integrates current knowledge about OCD and related disorders, and unveils areas that are worthy of future research. The book uses a transdiagnostic framework to review the key issues to understanding the diagnosis and evaluation of OCD and related disorders. • Responds to the need for a single authoritative reference on the transdiagnostic approach to Obsessive-Compulsive and related disorders • Includes conditions that are not captured by the DSM-5 criteria, minimizing diagnostic constraints that are unlikely to reflect discrete or disorder-specific pathophysiological events • Includes authors from a variety of continents, adding a global perspective to the literature November 2018 246 x 189 mm 430pp 978-1-107-19577-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99

Medicine

Alexithymia

Trauma and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder

Advances in Research, Theory, and Clinical Practice Edited by Olivier Luminet | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

Global Perspectives from the WHO World Mental Health Surveys Edited by Evelyn Bromet | State University of New York, Stony Brook

Trauma and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) have devastating consequences for population health. This book presents the first systematic findings from a unique study of over seventy thousand participants on the magnitude, variability, personal and public health burden that trauma and PTSD cause in a variety of high, middle and low income settings from across the globe. • Provides an analysis of thirty unique trauma exposures across twentysix sites around the globe • Sheds light on the factors associated with the onset of PTSD, and the psychological consequences that follow in its wake • Provides psychologists and clinicians with recommendations from the DSM-5 and ICD-11 August 2018 246 x 189 mm 400pp 978-1-107-05969-6 Hardback £84.99 / US$120.00

This is a practical guide to evidence-based and emerging psychological interventions in the treatment of severe obesity and related comorbidities. Case vignettes and clinical dialogues show how core skills and treatment principles can be integrated into daily clinical encounters. • The first resource of its kind to provide a detailed and integrated approach to using psychological treatments for obesity and its related psychological comorbidities • The use of case vignettes and clinical dialogues allow the reader to apply treatment strategies to their clinical practice • Analyses a wide variety of evidence-based and emerging psychological interventions for severe obesity

This important book provides comprehensive coverage of the research, theory and clinical issues around alexithymia, examining the psychological, biological and social aspects of the construct, and related outcomes. Chapters cover genetics, neuroscience, emotion regulation, trauma, psychopathology of psychiatric disorders, and therapeutic issues. • Discusses the state-of-the-art alexithymia research- there has not been a comprehensive book on the topic for more than twenty years • Demonstrates the relationship between alexithymia and various medical and psychiatric disorders, and offers therapeutic interventions for reducing this personality trait • The book will help to develop more integrative research and interventions in the future October 2018 246 x 189 mm 352pp 2 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-41664-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 G

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Medicine

Bipolar II Disorder

Prescriber’s Guide: Antipsychotics

Third edition Modelling, Measuring and Managing Edited by Gordon Parker | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Now in its third edition, this book is the only academic and clinical management review focusing entirely on bipolar II, scrutinizing history, epidemiology, burden and neurobiology, and including an extensive clinical debate by international experts about effective management strategies. • Covers both drug and non-drug based management strategies • Clinically-weighted for clinicians but also informative for patients and their families • Features a diverse and opinionated debate from subject experts as to the management and treatment of bipolar II

100

November 2018 234 x 156 mm 320pp 978-1-108-41411-1 Paperback £46.99 / US$64.99

Justice for Children and Families Using a child-development perspective to explore the values, ideas and structures that promote justice for children and families under the headings of fairness, protection and autonomy, this book seeks to stimulate interdisciplinary interest, debate and collaboration, from psychiatry to law to public health, in pursuit of important questions and attainable solutions. • Stimulates interdisciplinary interest and debate from leading practitioners and scholars of philosophy, social science, law and public health • Offers short, concise chapters focussing on important questions, solvable problems and solutions, for practitioners in contact with child and adolescent psychiatry • The book is written from the perspective of child development and under the headings of fairness, protection and autonomy, for a clear, structured understanding at all levels G

Prescriber’s Guide – Children and Adolescents

Nidotherapy Harmonising the Environment with the Patient Second edition Peter J. Tyrer | Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, London

We all think about the environment when treating mental illness, but we regard it as secondary to helping symptoms and behaviour. Nidotherapy shows how concentrating on changing the environment in a collaborative and systematic way can lead to benefit without the need for direct treatment on behaviour or complaints. • The only available book on the subject, this is a vital guide to the subject of nidotherapy • Presents an excellent example of integrated health and social care, where there is excellent evidence that nidotherapy saves money for health services • Both a treatment and a set of principles, nidotherapy can be used in practice and as a general principle October 2018 234 x 152 mm 128pp 7 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-911623-05-2 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$25.99

Primary Care Mental Health Second edition Edited by Linda Gask | University of Manchester

Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology Volume 1 Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego

As the range of psychotropic medications in child and adolescent mental health continues to expand and change, this book provides an indispensable formulary in the field. With an easy-to-use, full-color, template-driven navigation system, it combines evidence-based data with clinically informed advice to support all psychiatric prescribers. • Provides the most complete and up-to-date summary of the practical use of psychotropic drugs in children and adolescents • Presented in a templated format, fully indexed and cross-referenced for ease of navigation • Reviewed by experts in the field and written with the authority of evidence and the guidance of clinical wisdom October 2018 228 x 138 mm 492pp 978-1-108-44656-3 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$55.00

In response to rapid developments in psychopharmacology, this is a spin-off from Stephen M. Stahl’s new, completely revised, and fully updated sixth edition of his much-acclaimed Prescriber’s Guide covering the most important drugs in use today for treating patients suffering from psychotic illness. • Provides the most complete and up-to-date summary of the practical use of antipsychotics • This book is presented in a templated format, fully indexed and crossreferenced for ease of navigation • Icons appear next to key categories for each drug so that the prescriber can go easily and instantly to the information needed • Written with the authority of evidence and the guidance of clinical wisdom June 2018 228 x 138 mm 247pp 978-1-108-46297-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

A Developmental Perspective Edited by Mike Shaw | Tavistock Clinic, London

September 2018 234 x 156 mm 208pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-45769-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology Sixth edition Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego

The great majority of people with mental health problems are seen and supported in primary care. This book provides a comprehensive guide for general practitioners and other primary care clinicians, including advice on diagnosis, treatment, multidisciplinary management, designing services, and developing and supporting the workforce. • Offers a multidisciplinary approach for the field, ensuring broad-based understanding and reflective practice • Provides a patient-orientated perspective, considering what it feels like to navigate services, and wide-ranging clinical guidance for common scenarios • Critically analyses key policy areas in the field, relevant for designing and implementing evidence-based primary care mental health services Royal College of Psychiatrists

August 2018 234 x 156 mm 464pp 19 b/w illus. 38 tables 978-1-911623-02-1 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99 G

Medicine

Principles of Geriatric Critical Care

BASIC Essentials A Comprehensive Review for the Anesthesiology BASIC Exam Edited by Alopi M. Patel | Mount Sinai St Luke’s, New York

Edited by Shamsuddin Akhtar | Yale University School of Medicine

The proportion of the population of octogenarians and elderly patients presenting for intensive care is rapidly increasing thus exacerbating the need to modify our critical care management based on new technologies and knowledge. This comprehensive book addresses the issues surrounding geriatric critical care. • The book has no direct competition, making it a one of a kind reference text for the market • Responds to a timely need for a specialised guide to the care of the elderly • Will educate clinicians in the benefits of newer technologies and management concepts to advance the care of the elderly September 2018 234 x 156 mm 232pp 978-1-316-61389-4 Paperback £32.99 / US$44.99

August 2018 276 x 219 mm 350pp 978-1-108-40261-3 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99

Core Topics in Anaesthesia and Perioperative Care of the Morbidly Obese Surgical Patient This book provides practical guidance on specific aspects of physiology, pharmacology and anaesthetic technique in the care of the obese patient. An essential read for healthcare providers across all disciplines, it is a comprehensive guide to the perioperative management of the obese patient. • Covers all aspects of care for patients with obesity • A text for healthcare providers of all disciplines to increase understanding as to how to look after these individuals safely • Addresses the need for a definitive book on the subject given the ever increasing presentation of obese patients in surgical settings P

Operating Room Leadership and Management

Diagnosis, Investigation and Treatment Second edition Gary K. K. Lau | University of Oxford

Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke, 2nd edition covers the clinical background and management of the full spectrum of cerebrovascular disease, from transient ischemic attack to vascular dementia, in a compact but evidence-based way making it a comprehensive primer in stroke medicine, including recent developments in prevention, acute treatment, and rehabilitation. • A portable yet comprehensive ‘handbook’ that can be used as a practical reference text during every day practice • Covers recent research, clinical trials, and clinical guidelines in transient ischemic attack and stroke medicine succinctly, offering an evidencebased primer on the subject • Uniquely offers comprehensive information on the epidemiology and management on minor acute cerebrovascular events June 2018 234 x 156 mm 502pp 978-1-107-48535-8 Paperback £59.99 / US$77.99

Second edition Edited by Alan D. Kaye | Louisiana State University

Management of the operating room is critical to ensuring that policies, systems and teams are efficient, safe and cost-effective. This book details the techniques of effective leadership, using real-life operating room examples, and covering the aspects of successful management, from medical issues through to administration and policy. • This book supports and enables efficient leadership of the OR, at a time when hospital revenue is highly dependent on perioperative services and management teams face pressure to increase productivity • Illustrated throughout with real-life clinical cases, the book is laid out in an easy and clinically relevant format, with each chapter featuring a series of subtopic questions and answers to assist learning • Chapters are written by foremost leaders in the field of pain management, many of which are Pain Program Directors in the United States October 2018 246 x 189 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19736-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99

Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke

Edited by Christopher Bouch | Leicester Royal Infirmary

August 2018 246 x 189 mm 292pp 5 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-16328-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99

Written by residents familiar with the exam, this board review title covers everything that residents need to know when preparing for the BASIC exam. Using a concise and focused style, the book includes numerous bullet points, illustrations and margin space for annotations thereby enabling efficient, comprehensive and ‘high-yield’ preparation. • A review study guide focused on ‘high-yield’ information, helping residents to study effectively and efficiently for the board exam • Uses bullet points, figures, illustrations and short paragraphs to enable rapid learning and understanding • Works as a notebook-style, ‘one-stop’ review guide, with space in margins to annotate and add further notes, including from question banks – ensuring that residents can keep all exam preparation in one place

Neurorehabilitation Therapy and Therapeutics Edited by Krishanan Padmakumari Sivaraman Nair | Royal Hallamshire Hospital, Sheffield

This reference will inform clinicians practicing neurological rehabilitation about pharmacological therapeutics and non-pharmacological therapies. This pocketbook provides a practical and holistic approach to the management of a range of neurological impairments and will be a useful tool to have on ward rounds as well as in out-patient clinics. • Presents a holistic, practical, multi-disciplinary approach, from leading global experts in neurology, health services and clinical rehabilitation • Provides a quick-reference for busy practitioners, whether during ward rounds or within out-patient clinics • Combines pharmacological, physical, cognitive and psychological strategies in supporting individuals living with long-term neurological disorders October 2018 246 x 189 mm 258pp 15 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-18469-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99 G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101

Medicine

102

The Epilepsy Prescriber’s Guide to Antiepileptic Drugs

Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy

Third edition Philip N. Patsalos | Institute of Neurology, University College London

Causes, Diagnosis and Management Edited by Jeff Victoroff | Department of Neurology, University of Southern California, Torrance

This fully updated book is an authoritative reference guide for the spectrum of diverse clinicians and allied health professionals who prescribe antiepileptic drugs in contemporary clinical practice. It includes clear information on thrity-five antiepileptic drugs, including newlyapproved drug brivaracetam, and is essential for quick reference reading. • This widely-used and successful prescriber’s guide has been extensively revised to reflect changes in the field, including the new antiepileptic drug brivaracetam and expanding knowledge concerning antiepileptic drug applications, indications, adverse effects, and pharmacokinetic interactions • Designed to provide broad yet concise and authoritative information, this guide is able to support the diversity of antiepileptic drug prescribers in contemporary clinical practice from adult and pediatric epileptologists to neurosurgeons to family physicians • In full colour, the book covers thirty-five antiepileptic drugs in alphabetic order, with colour coded information within each section, to support quick reference use and effective guidance

This ground-breaking text, informed by twentyfirst-century advances, updates the definition, pathophysiology, late effects, and therapies for concussion. Readers will gain a state-of-the-art understanding of the acute neurobiological changes after a concussive brain injury, and an explanation for the high frequency of long-term neurobehavioral changes. • Provides the first evidence-based reconceptualization of concussion in a century • The volume comprehensively updates the neurobiology, epidemiology, pathophysiology, and management of concussive brain injury • Clarifies the reasons for and risks of late effects after one or more concussive brain injuries • Explores the underestimated impact of concussion on human society

June 2018 186 x 123 mm 376pp 978-1-108-45320-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

September 2018 276 x 219 mm 848pp 263 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07395-1 Hardback £135.00 / US$190.00

Case Studies in Neurological Infections of Adults and Children Edited by Tom Solomon | University of Liverpool

The National Hospital Queen Square 1859–1997 Simon Shorvon | Institute of Neurology, University College London

This book provides a detailed history of the first hospital dedicated to neurology and neurosurgery in the world: the National Hospital, Queen Square, and the Institute of Neurology. Placed within the context of British neurology, this book features much unpublished material and over one hundred images taken from archival sources. • This book is a detailed reference work which interprets history from a number of medical and societal perspectives • Provides a significant contribution to the modern history of neurology and related disciplines in Britain and to the British hospital system • Contains more than 120 historical images and much previously unpublished material from the rich hospital archive and other archival sources • Includes biographical detail and analyses of a series of key figures at the hospital and Institute, alongside shorter biographies of all the medical and surgical staff members October 2018 246 x 189 mm 550pp 126 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10082-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99

Delays or missed diagnoses can have devastating consequences for patients with neurological infectious and inflammatory diseases. These adult and pediatric case studies of both common and rare causes lead the reader through the history and examination to the diagnosis and treatment, with detailed discussion of the key issues. • The engaging case-based approach takes the reader through the diagnostic and therapeutic pathway in a format which reflects clinical practice • Cases begin with no context or category and then walk the reader through the presentation of the patient, the diagnostic work-up, then targeted investigation leading to the final diagnosis • Many cases are supported by a certified online post-case quiz, allowing the reader to test themselves Case Studies in Neurology

April 2018 246 x 189 mm 342pp 11 b/w illus. 138 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-63491-6 Paperback £39.99 / US$55.00 G TEXTBOOK

Acute Care Nursing Edited by Julia Gilbert | Federation University Australia

This text equips students with foundational knowledge of the pathophysiology, treatment and legal and ethical issues associated with common acute conditions. Through the personcentred, collaborative care approach, students will also learn effective communication and cultural competency skills that are essential for nurses in any practice context. • Provides a structured overview of the role of the nurse in the care of clients in the acute setting • Presents a narrative-style, person-centred approach to nursing in the acute context • Contextualises acute care nursing for Australian and New Zealand students by including local statistics, frameworks, policies and content written by respected Australian academics and practising nurses Contents: 1. The Australian and New Zealand healthcare systems; 2. Admitting and assessing medical and surgical clients; 3. The acute surgical patient; 4. The acute medical client; 5. Acute respiratory conditions; 6. Acute cardiovascular conditions; 7. Acute renal conditions; 8. Acute

Medicine

neurological conditions; 9. Acute gastrointestinal conditions; 10. Acute endocrine conditions; 11. Acute reproductive disorders; 12. Health emergencies. October 2018 255 x 190 mm 284pp 23 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-41303-9 Paperback £55.00 / US$79.95 X PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Practical Problems in Assisted Conception Edited by Ying Cheong | University of Southampton

Addressing difficult clinical and laboratory issues, this book provides solutions for IVF doctors of all levels. Practical and effective, with unequivocal, didactic advice, and including ‘must-have’ protocols, it provides the perfect companion for practitioners in reproductive medicine, approaching clinical situations in day-to-day practice. • Offers a practical, go-to guide for clinicians experiencing laboratory issues, at all stages of their career • Provides experienced clinicians with fresh perspectives of problemsolving with must-have protocols in commonly-occurring but difficult scenarios • Includes case studies, patient information sheets and suggested equipment for quick reference • Contains illustrations and graphs throughout, providing extra support August 2018 246 x 189 mm 256pp 42 b/w illus. 978-1-316-64518-5 Paperback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99

A Practical Manual to Labor and Delivery Second edition Shad Deering | Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Maryland

This guide provides straightforward, simple, evidence-based treatment algorithms for the most common issues faced on the labor and delivery ward. Using, with illustrated examples, sample notes, orders, and dictations it engages knowledge gaps with the most up-to-date literature for best practice recommendations for labor management. • Details common obstetric procedures and examinations, ideal for any level provider working on a labor and delivery ward, especially medical students and residents on obstetric rotations • Provides practical, evidence-based practice recommendations for labor management • Includes high-quality illustrations and treatment algorithms, to clarify the details of situations that practitioners are most likely to encounter • Detailed sample notes, orders, and dictations for users to learn how to document key information in a concise format October 2018 234 x 156 mm 270pp 113 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-40783-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99 G

Reproductive Surgery The Society for Reproductive Surgeons’ Manual Edited by Jeffrey M. Goldberg | Cleveland Clinic

Fertilization The Beginning of Life Brian Dale | Villa del Sole Clinic, Naples

Charts the cascade of physiological events and mechanical processes involved in fertilization using examples from across the animal kingdom. Provides readers with an underpinning of the mechanisms of fertilization that inform assisted reproduction in medicine and agriculture. Also applicable to students of biology, veterinary medicine and medicine. • Takes a comparative look at the fertilization process across the animal kingdom • Tackles fertilization from a dynamic viewpoint: transmitting a multitude of changes that occur in gametes during fertilization • Describes the first moments of a new life, indicating the complex transformation from an oocyte into an embryo September 2018 246 x 189 mm 168pp 99 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 978-1-316-60789-3 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99 G

Authored by experts in operative gynecology and urology, and developed with the Society of Reproductive Surgeons, this is a key guide to understanding modern surgical procedures for female and male infertility. Featuring step-by-step instructions and videos, practitioners will be able to provide comprehensive support for infertile patients. • Developed in collaboration with The Society of Reproductive Surgeons, promoting excellence in gynecologic and urologic reproductive surgery • Easy to follow, with step-by-step instructions, illustrations and videos • Written by leading experts in operative gynecology and urology, providing ‘tricks of the trade’, for practitioners of all levels October 2018 276 x 219 mm 170pp 978-1-107-19396-3 Hardback £96.99 / US$135.00

In-Vitro Fertilization The Pioneers’ History Edited by Gabor Kovacs | Monash University, Victoria

With thousands of IVF babies born every year, this science-based memoir records the early history and pioneering spirit of in-vitro fertilization. Chapters by internationally-recognized specialists in the field record their personal views on the developments made in their countries, chartering this unique and often controversial field of medicine. • Timely publication in connection with the fortieth anniversary of the birth of Louise Brown (the world’s first ‘test-tube baby’) on 25 July 2018 • Fulfils the need for a record of the early days of in-vitro fertilization and assisted reproduction technologies • Explores the memories and first-hand experiences of global pioneers of IVF, written by those remaining from the early days of the specialty June 2018 246 x 189 mm 264pp 978-1-108-42785-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$82.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103

Medicine

Professional Development Skills for Obstetricians and Gynaecologists

Soft Tissue Sarcomas A Pattern-Based Approach to Diagnosis Angelo Paolo Dei Tos | University of Padua School of Medicine, Italy

Edited by Tahir Mahmood | Forth Park Hospital, Kirkcaldy

104

Professional development skills encompass nonclinical attributes that contribute towards career development, research and high-quality clinical practice, essential for junior doctors and newly appointed consultants in today’s health service. This book offers a didactic review of professional development skills, illustrated by cases from obstetrics and gynaecology. • Professionalism and non-technical skills are brought together in one text • Addresses the curricular requirements of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) and other professional bodies • Will aid trainees from outside Europe to understand principles of professional development within the UK and to prepare for the Membership of the Royal College of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (MRCOG) examination September 2018 234 x 156 mm 168pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-316-63113-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$41.99

Deutschsprachige Ausgabe Adaptation by C. S. von Kaisenberg | Hannover Medical School

Der PROMPT Kurs (Praktisches Geburtshilfliches Multi-Professionelles Training) handelt das Management geburtshilflicher Notfallsituationen ab. Die deutschsprachige Ausgabe des KursHandbuches wurde an die lokale Praxis und klinische Leitlinien angepasst. Jeder Teilnehmer eines PROMPT Training Kurses sollte zuvor das Kurs-Handbuch gelesen haben. • Es handelt sich um eine umfassend upgedatete deutschsprachige Ausgabe, die die jüngste Forschung und gegenwärtige klinische Praxis wiedergibt • Das Buch wurde auf Deutsch übersetzt und gegen die gültigen AWMF Leitlinien und das wichtigste Lehrbuch, Die Geburtshilfe, gegengelesen • Es liefert umfangreiche Informationen für Angehörige von Medizinberufen, die ein effektives und sicheres Management geburtshilflicher Notfälle besser verstehen möchten G

Cognitive Rehabilitation for Pediatric Neurological Disorders Edited by Gianna Locascio | New York University

An innovative and comprehensive guide to the evidence-based cognitive rehabilitation of children and adolescents, recovering from a wide range of neurological conditions. Suitable for professionals of all disciplines, this book provides guidance on best clinical practice for effective management based on key evidence. • Provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the evidencebased literature on cognitive rehabilitation in children and adolescents, and interprets the existing literature on adults for pediatric providers • Offers guidance on best clinical practices for effective management and enhancement of cognitive recovery from neurological injury in children and adolescents • Generates recommendations and real-life examples through case studies on the practical application of research findings to daily clinical practice August 2018 234 x 156 mm 300pp 978-1-316-63311-3 Paperback £59.99 / US$84.99

November 2018 276 x 219 mm 588pp 33 b/w illus. 858 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-04080-9 Hardback with Online Resource c. £150.00 / c. US$195.00 G

Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology Meera Mahalingam | VA Consolidated Laboratories, New England

PROMPT Kurs-Handbuch

May 2018 246 x 189 mm 292pp 978-1-108-43032-6 Paperback £32.99 / c. US$44.99

Soft tissue sarcomas represent one of the greatest diagnostic challenges for practising surgical pathologists. Featuring key diagnostic clues, this valuable resource reflects on the thought processes of a practising pathologist, from evaluation of the tumour cell, shape and background, to enable users to improve diagnostic efficiency and accuracy. • Focuses on key, real-life diagnostic challenges, faced by practitioners every day • Readers will benefit from an approach in which chapters are organized by morphology to replicate the typical, daily approach to diagnosis • Includes access to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, where all of the plentiful high quality illustrations can be viewed and zoomed in on accordingly

A perfect examination resource for those sitting their primary or maintenance of certification examinations in dermatology, pathology or dermatopathology. Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology is a remarkable self-teaching resource with a comprehensive summary of all entities, primary and secondary, involving the skin. • Unique in the field, this book is an essential resource for trainees across continents • Uses histopathology as a tool to trigger key clinical, syndromic and genetic associations • Provides a self-teaching review that offers an in-depth knowledge of all entities involving the skin September 2018 276 x 219 mm 347pp 500 colour illus. 60 tables 978-1-316-62287-2 Paperback c. £74.99 / c. US$99.99 G

Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology Similarities, Differences and Challenges Edited by Maria Rosaria Raspollini | University Hospital Careggi, Florence, Italy

Due to common early development, the pathology of the urogenital tract in males and females presents many similarities which can challenge a pathologist for an appropriate diagnosis. The aim of this textbook is to bridge the gap between urological and gynecological pathologists who handle these types of diseases. • Colour-coded images highlight traits present in male and female organs, as well as features present in both • Bridges the gap between urologic and gynaecologic pathology specialities to highlight key common similarities to aid with diagnoses • Includes access to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, providing high-resolution access to the large number of high-quality color figures December 2018 276 x 219 mm 256pp 131 colour illus. 55 tables 978-1-107-17045-2 Hardback with Online Resource c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00 P

Medicine / Physics and Astronomy

Placental and Gestational Pathology

Quantum Gravity and the Functional Renormalization Group

Raymond W. Redline | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

This book summarises current diagnostic criteria, underlying biology and clinical consequences of placental lesions. Concise and well-illustrated, it enables accurate, timely and clinically useful diagnoses for placentas, products of conception, and gravid hysterectomies. • Features latest Amsterdam international consensus classification criteria with cross references to previous terminology – allowing pathologists to quickly implement up-to-date diagnostic approaches • Summarizes the clinical context, pathogenesis, gross and microscopic features, differential diagnosis, ancillary diagnostic testing, prognostic implications, and gaps in existing knowledge for each diagnostic lesion • The high quality images and standardized measurement tables, which can be expanded in the bundled online HTML version, assist pathologists in making real-time diagnoses Diagnostic Pediatric Pathology

July 2018 246 x 189 mm 350pp 978-1-316-63253-6 Hardback with Online Resource £140.00 / US$195.00 G

Physics and Astronomy Berry Phases in Electronic Structure Theory Electric Polarization, Orbital Magnetization and Topological Insulators David Vanderbilt | Rutgers University, New Jersey

A pedagogical introduction to a set of mathematical ideas associated with Berry phases that have revolutionized understanding of key aspects of the behavior of electrons in solids. Including practical examples and exercises throughout to test understanding, this book covers electric polarization, orbital magnetization and topological insulators. • Online resources include a PythTB code package which is used for computational examples and exercises • Explores in detail the methods that lie at the heart of modern notions about topological insulators • The self-contained approach enables less experienced students to learn the essential concepts October 2018 247 x 174 mm 421pp 100 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15765-1 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99

Fundamentals and Applications of Heavy Ion Collisions

The Road towards Asymptotic Safety Martin Reuter | Johannes Gutenberg Universität Mainz, Germany

This volume provides a unique introduction to the gravitational asymptotic safety scenario within quantum gravity research. Aimed at graduate students and experienced researchers alike, it guides readers from the foundations to the state of the art in the field, including applications to black holes and the cosmology near the Big Bang. • Accessible for students and researchers interested in contributing to the research area as it provides a clear and pedagogical introduction to the asymptotic safety program • A seminal book to focus on quantum field theory beyond the realm of perturbation theory, providing a standard reference in the field and clarifying many of the common misconceptions that are typically encountered • Contains both technical background material needed for carrying out research related to asymptotic safety, and appendices of important computational techniques, allowing the reader access to this information in one place • Provides a major expansion of one of the most cited review articles in the field by including the rapid developments that the field has undergone in the last five years Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

October 2018 247 x 174 mm 358pp 978-1-107-10732-8 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

Atomic-Molecular Ionization by Electron Scattering Theory and Applications K. N. Joshipura | Sardar Patel University, Gujarat, India

Useful for graduate students and academicians, the text comprehensively discusses fundamentals and new theories in the field of electron scattering. It covers results and cross section data on various atomic/ molecular targets. • Integrates fundamental concepts and experimental aspects of atomicmolecular ionization • A comprehensive discussion of atomic/molecular targets and metastable species • Presents data compilation and discussion on more than twenty atoms and over eighty-five small and large molecules • Includes a separate chapter highlighting applications of electron scattering June 2018 244 x 170 mm 300pp 978-1-108-49890-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Below 10 MeV/ Nucleon Energies R. Prasad | Aligarh Muslim University, India

A comprehensive text in the field of experimental accelerator physics covering necessary details for performing experiments with accelerated HI beams. It contains a detailed analysis of results which leads to a better understanding of incomplete fusion (ICF) reactions at low energies. • Provides detailed discussion on experiments using accelerated heavy ion (HI) beams • Important models including Harp Miller and Berne (HMB) model, promptly emitted particles (PEPs) model and breakup fusion (BUF) model are discussed in depth • Presents applications including study of highly rotating neutron deficient nuclei, production of super heavy nuclei and heavy ion reactions of Astro physics • Studies the ICF and PE-emission in heavy ion reactions at low energies using off-beam and in-beam experimental set up May 2018 244 x 170 mm 318pp 978-1-108-49911-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105

Physics and Astronomy

Vibrations

Theory and Experiment in Gravitational Physics

Third edition Balakumar Balachandran | University of Maryland, College Park

106

An introduction to the modeling, analysis, design, and measurement of vibrations, and their realworld applications. With examples and homework problems throughout, and lecture slides, a solutions manual, and unique interactive graphics available online, this is an essential text for undergraduate and graduate courses in vibration analysis. • Contains numerous examples with practical real-world applications • Includes design guidelines that can be applied to a range of vibratory systems • Presents thirteen new tables summarise key characteristics and results, acting as a quick reference for self-study • Over forty online interactive graphics (referred to throughout the book) provide a visual summary of system behaviors November 2018 246 x 189 mm 815pp 240 b/w illus. 31 tables 218 exercises 978-1-108-42731-9 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$120.00 X

A review of experimental gravity providing a detailed survey of the testing of Einstein’s theory of gravity and discussing the theoretical and mathematical framework needed to analyse gravitational theories and interpret experiments. Including a variety of alternative theories, it is a comprehensive reference for researchers and graduate students. • Covers up-to-date experimental results including gravity-wave detections • Includes detailed theoretical frameworks for testing gravitation theories which readers can apply to future research • Provides a unified treatment of calculations in general relativity which can be extended and applied to a range of alternative theories of gravity • Gives engaging historical accounts of many classic tests October 2018 246 x 189 mm 378pp 16 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-11744-0 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99 P

Extensions of f(R) Gravity

TEXTBOOK

Curvature-Matter Couplings and Hybrid MetricPalatini Theory Tiberiu Harko | University College London

Modern General Relativity Black Holes, Gravitational Waves, and Cosmology Mike Guidry | University of Tennessee, Knoxville

This book introduces undergraduate and graduate students to the topic of general relativity, stressing the connection to modern topics such as gammaray bursts, black holes, and gravitational waves. Mathematically self-contained and with hundreds of examples and problems throughout, it is suitable for learning in a classroom setting or through self-study. • Assumes only undergraduate-level preparation in mathematics and physics, and requires minimal prior knowledge of astronomy and astrophysics • Introduces the core mathematical framework in the first half of the book so that students without a background in differential geometry can gain a solid understanding of the key concepts behind general relativity from the outset • Provides clear explanations of astronomical applications and observations, giving students insight into their wider implications in gravitational physics Contents: Part I. General Relativity: 1. Introduction; 2. Coordinate systems and transformations; 3. Tensors and covariance; 4. Lorentz covariance and special relativity; 5. Lorentz-invariant dynamics; 6. The principle of equivalence; 7. Curved spacetime and general covariance; 8. The general theory of relativity; 9. The Schwarzschild spacetime; 10. Neutron stars and pulsars; Part II. Black Holes: 11. Spherical black holes; 12. Quantum black holes; 13. Rotating black holes; 14. Observational evidence for black holes; 15. Black holes as central engines; Part III. Cosmology: 16. The Hubble expansion; 17. Energy and matter in the Universe; 18. Friedmann cosmologies; 19. Evolution of the Universe; 20. The Big Bang; 21. Extending classical Big Bang theory; Part IV. Gravitational Wave Astronomy: 22. Gravitational waves; 23. Weak sources of gravitational waves; 24. Strong sources of gravitational waves; Part V. General Relativity and Beyond: 25. Tests of general relativity; 26. Beyond standard models. November 2018 246 x 189 mm 650pp 500 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19789-3 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99

Second edition Clifford M. Will | University of Florida

This book provides analysis of the leading, modified theories of gravity. It summarises the motivations behind the theories, their development, mathematical structure, and cosmological implications. Discussion of outstanding challenges highlights future research areas for graduate students and researchers. • Discusses outstanding challenges in the field, highlighting future research directions • Provides a self-contained and accessible introduction to an important and rapidly developing topic in gravitational physics • Emphasises astrophysical and cosmological applications which allows readers with minimal knowledge of general relativity to easily observe the broader relevance of the topic Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics, 1

November 2018 247 x 174 mm 473pp 24 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42874-3 Hardback £130.00 / US$180.00 C

Peering towards Cosmic Dawn (IAU S333) Edited by Vibor Jelić | Ruđer Bošković Institute, Zagreb, Croatia

Detecting the weak cosmological radiation emitted billions of years ago, from the time of the first ‘stars’, is difficult as emission from our Galaxy and other extragalactic sources intervenes. To get a clear view towards the early Universe, we therefore need to study the foreground emission in great detail. • Provides the latest results of the Epoch of Reionization experiments and observations • Gives a holistic overview, including the state-of-the art foreground science • Addresses the challenges of 21-cm cosmological experiments Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 314pp 978-1-107-19246-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Physics and Astronomy

A Student’s Guide to General Relativity

The Exoplanet Handbook Second edition Michael Perryman | University College Dublin

Norman Gray | University of Glasgow

This compact guide presents key features of general relativity to help students understand its core ideas and the basics of differential geometry. It describes how general covariance and the equivalence principle motivate Einstein’s theory of gravitation and introduces the mathematical technology which allows us to understand Einstein’s equations. • The essential simplicity of the main physical arguments are clearly distinguished from the mathematical technicalities • Ideally used as a supplementary text, either to navigate through a larger textbook, or to provide a complementary approach • The book’s presentation is complementary to any general relativity textbook Student’s Guides

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 173pp 29 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-18346-9 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99 978-1-316-63479-0 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics Ajit Kumar | Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi

Covers modern algebraic language of quantum mechanics, wherein the fundamental concepts and methods of solutions are translated into the algebraic formalism and compared with the earlier simpler approach. • Covers mathematical tools that will help readers in the understanding of experimental results • Comprehensively discusses topics including symmetry of the Hamiltonian, infinitesimal translations in time and space, Kramer’s theorem and Kramer’s degeneracy • Step-by-step derivation of mathematical theorems, including Ehrenfest’s theorem and Bloch theorem, is provided • Includes detailed discussion on simple magnetic field effects and quantum mechanics of many particle systems May 2018 244 x 170 mm 442pp 978-1-107-18558-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

The Handbook of Medical Image Perception and Techniques Second edition Edited by Ehsan Samei | Duke University Medical Center, Durham

A state-of-the-art review of key topics in medical image perception science and practice, including techniques and examples across clinical disciplines. Written by key figures in the field, this edition contains extensive updates and substantial new content, providing a comprehensive resource for experienced researchers, clinicians and newcomers. • An overview of key techniques allows the reader to adopt these in their own studies • A summary of the future of medical image perception enables identification of new areas of research • Examples and applications demonstrate the role of information perception in multiple clinical disciplines November 2018 276 x 219 mm 556pp 279 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19488-5 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$180.00

An in-depth review of the discovery methods, physics and theoretical background across the broad range of exoplanet science, including planet formation, their interiors and atmospheres, habitability and the search for life. This new edition includes extensive references and detailed appendices covering individual exoplanet discoveries. • The first edition (2011) won the Association of American Publishers’ PROSE Award for Cosmology and Astronomy • The book is illustrated with more than four hundred figures of important physics and phenomena at work • An in-depth bibliography provides an entry point to detailed research literature • Includes concise appendices with hyperlinks which provide scientific notes on each confirmed exoplanet August 2018 246 x 189 mm 974pp 978-1-108-41977-2 Hardback £62.99 / US$84.99

Mercury The View after MESSENGER Edited by Sean C. Solomon | Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory, Columbia University, New York

An authoritative synthesis of knowledge of the planet Mercury after the MESSENGER mission, providing topical coverage that is balanced, comprehensive and at a level accessible to graduate students and advanced undergraduates. It is the reference against which future observations of Mercury from Earth or spacecraft will be benchmarked. • Provides a thorough synthesis of our knowledge of the planet Mercury following the recent completion of the MESSENGER mission, summarizing for the first time everything we have learned about the planet Mercury and how our view of the formation and evolution of rocky planets has changed as a consequence • Written by members of the MESSENGER science team and selected additional experts who collectively span all fields of planetary science to ensure that every aspect of the planet is treated in a balanced and cohesive fashion • The reference against which future observations of Mercury from Earth or spacecraft will be benchmarked; it will not be superseded by new spacecraft observations for many years Cambridge Planetary Science, 21

October 2018 276 x 219 mm 690pp 978-1-107-15445-2 Hardback £42.99 / US$59.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107

Physics and Astronomy

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Astrochemistry VII (IAU S332)

The Meaning of the Wave Function

Through the Cosmos from Galaxies to Planets Edited by Maria Cunningham | University of New South Wales, Sydney

In Search of the Ontology of Quantum Mechanics Shan Gao | Shanxi University

108

Covering much of the recent debate, this ambitious text for students and researchers provides new, decisive proof of the reality of the wave function, improving the PBR theorem and reviewing competing views in this field, which has been a hot topic of debate since the early days of quantum mechanics. • Presents a concise introduction to quantum mechanics, including the concept of protective measurements • Includes the latest developments in the field, bringing readers right up-to-date with current advances • Analyses the competing perspectives on the wave function in a way which has not yet been done in the existing literature History and philosophy of physics and astronomy

June 2018 254 x 178 mm 199pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-46423-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99 Also available 978-1-107-12435-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

C C

Bing Zhang | University of Nevada, Las Vegas

This textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to the physics of gamma-ray bursts (GRBs), at a level suitable for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, and experienced researchers. The essential concepts and key equations in the field of GRBs and highenergy astrophysics in general are derived and explained in great detail. • Provides the most complete coverage on the subject of gamma-ray bursts within a single volume, including their latest multi-messenger characteristics • Describes gamma-ray burst physics from scratch (starting from the principles of relativity), benefiting a broad readership from beginners to experienced researchers • Valuable as a reference work for students and researchers, as much of the physics described applies to other phenomena within high-energy astrophysics and cosmology P

Processes and Forecasts Edited by Claire Foullon | University of Exeter

The Sun is an active and variable star; its activity, ‘space weather’, affects interplanetary space and planetary environments. IAU S335 gives an overview of the advances in space weather, linking research in solar, heliospheric and planetary physics, and emphasizing cross-disciplinary developments for the international space weather community. • Links various aspects of research in solar, heliospheric and planetary physics, emphasizing cross-disciplinary developments and stimulating readers to think across boundaries • The first strongly international IAU Symposium organized on the topic of space weather, which provides a balanced overview of the general advances, and gives a timely reference to the international space weather community • Aims to identify the research questions that have to be answered in order to improve forecasts in light of modern society’s technological and economical developments Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

March 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19240-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$130.00

Rediscovering our Galaxy (IAU S334)

Astrophysical Masers (IAU S336)

Edited by Cristina Chiappini | Leibniz-Institut für Astrophysik Potsdam

While observations of distant galaxies allow us to probe the cosmic past, only our own Galaxy provides a detailed fossil record that reveals its complete formation history. IAU S334 presents a summary of the astrometric, spectroscopic and photometric surveys that will unveil Milky Way’s inner- and outermost regions. • Provides an overview of the state-of-the-art work on the subject of galactic archaeology, as presented at IAU Symposium 334 • Explores and clarifies the still open questions and the concepts emerging from the analysis of new large and complex datasets • Timely in light of ongoing and future missions, such as Gaia, PLATO, WEAVE and 4MOST Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19234-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

March 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19257-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Space Weather of the Heliosphere (IAU S335)

The Physics of GammaRay Bursts

December 2018 246 x 189 mm 652pp 978-1-107-02761-9 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99

Since the discovery of ammonia in the interstellar medium of the Milky Way in 1968, we have identified around 160 complex organic molecules, which help us understand how stars and planets form. IAU S332 describes how such observations, combined with numerical modelling and laboratory astrochemistry, are used to study how the Universe has evolved. • Provides an excellent graduate-level introduction to the molecular universe • Brings together astronomical observations with laboratory astrochemistry, helping to forge links between these formerly disparate disciplines • Covers many broad and active areas of research, such as star and planet formation, interstellar dust grains, the interstellar medium in galaxies, and protogalaxies in the early Universe

Unlocking the Mysteries of the Universe Edited by Andrea Tarchi | Istituto Nazionale di Astrofisica, Rome

Masers are the microwave analogue of lasers. Astronomical sources of natural maser emission include the gas around forming and dying stars, and around supermassive black holes. These bright sources of microwaves are fascinating in their own right and provide unique abilities to probe details of astronomical sources and their environments. • IAU Symposium 336 is the fifth in a series of international conferences, going back to 1992, dedicated to astrophysical masers • Astronomical masers touch on a very broad range of astrophysical phenomena, from massive star forming regions and evolved stars, to accretion disks around super-massive black holes • Masers provide invaluable tools to estimate fundamental astronomical quantities, such as gas motions, distances, and black hole masses Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19245-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00

Physics and Astronomy

Pulsar Astrophysics (IAU S337)

Analytical Mechanics

The Next 50 Years Edited by Patrick Weltevrede | University of Manchester

Nivaldo A. Lemos | Universidade Federal Fluminense, Brazil

Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

An introduction to the basic principles and methods of analytical mechanics, including a number of advanced topics. Providing worked examples, end-of-chapter problems, and discussion of ongoing research in the field, it is suitable for advanced undergraduate students and graduate students studying analytical mechanics. • Includes fully-worked examples making the topic accessible and showing theory in practise • Provides end-of-chapter problems to test understanding and enhance the reader’s problem solving abilities • Describes ongoing research and provides an extensive bibliography for further research

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 468pp 978-1-107-19253-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

August 2018 246 x 189 mm 473pp 84 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41658-0 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99

Since their discovery in 1967, pulsars have provided an unprecedented opportunity to study the extremes of physics. IAU S337 marks the fiftieth anniversary of their discovery by reflecting on our understanding of these remarkable physical laboratories and looking forward to the exciting opportunities they offer in the coming decades. • Explains the current state of the art in research into neutron stars and pulsars • Reflects on what we have learned in this field over the last fifty years • Provides a look forward as to how the field might develop in the future

A Student’s Guide to Analytical Mechanics

Time: From Earth Rotation to Atomic Physics

John L. Bohn | University of Colorado Boulder

Second edition Dennis D. McCarthy | United States Naval Observatory

This accessible reference presents the evolution of concepts of time and methods of time keeping, for historians, scientists, engineers, and educators. The second edition has been updated throughout to describe twentieth- and twenty-first-century advances, progress in devices, time and cosmology, the redefinition of SI units, and the future of UTC. • Explains the history of the developments from Earth rotation to atomic physics for time measurement and the wide spread applications of time • Details, theory, and equations are provided of Earth orientation sciences and the use of relativity in time scales • Gives the latest progress in accurate time-keeping and explains the techniques used in atomic and optical clocks September 2018 247 x 174 mm 412pp 978-1-107-19728-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99

An accessible guide to analytical mechanics, clearly explaining the mathematical theory to help students formulate, solve and interpret problems in mechanics. Each chapter includes easily-visualised examples to provide context and reinforcement of important theory, and concludes with a set of exercises to test understanding. • Includes frequent examples throughout, placing abstract mathematical concepts in a more intuitive context • Presents exercises of varying difficulty at the end of each chapter to test understanding • Online solutions for exercises are available to allow students to check their answers Student’s Guides

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 226pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14576-4 Hardback £35.99 / US$49.99 978-1-316-50907-4 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

Turn Left at Orion

High Time-Resolution Astrophysics Edited by Tariq Shahbaz | Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias, Tenerife

High time-resolution astrophysics (HTRA) involves measuring and studying astronomical phenomena on timescales of seconds to milliseconds. This volume contains lectures by eminent scientists on active research projects at the forefront of this developing field, offering young researchers an overview of the analytical tools required to pursue this frontier research. • Appeals to a broad range of experimental and theoretical astrophysicists by encompassing observational properties, theoretical aspects and analysis techniques of high time-resolution astrophysics (HTRA) • Provides a comprehensive overview of the current understanding of HTRA, giving both young researchers and senior scientists a reference work • Covers an extensive review of current and future HTRA instrumentation, giving a thorough understanding of the context and implications of HTRA at different wavelengths

Hundreds of Night Sky Objects to See in a Home Telescope – and How to Find Them Fifth edition Guy Consolmagno | Vatican Observatory, Vatican City

This unique and best-selling guidebook to the night sky shows amateur astronomers how to observe a host of celestial wonders. Its distinct format of object-by-object spreads illustrates how deep-sky objects and planets will actually look in a small telescope, with large pages and spiral binding for ease of use outside. • This is a new and updated edition of the Press’s best-selling astronomy book, with over 150,000 copies sold since it was first published • The book’s large format, spiral binding and clear internal design make it easy to use at the telescope • The chapter on planets has been rewritten to include pages for Uranus, Neptune, asteroids and comets; plus there is a new section on observing solar eclipses July 2018 310 x 245 mm 256pp 978-1-108-45756-9 Spiral bound c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99

Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics, 27

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 220pp 978-1-107-18109-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

109

Physics and Astronomy / Statistics and Probability

Statistics and probability

Digital SLR Astrophotography Second edition Michael A. Covington

110

Digital SLR cameras have made it easier than ever before to photograph the night sky. This definitive handbook includes simple projects for beginners as well as guides for choosing and testing equipment, and advanced information for enthusiasts, discussing telescope photography, image processing software and opportunities for astronomical research. • Amateurs with affordable, easily portable equipment now get better pictures of the sky than professional observatories did half a century ago • A comprehensive yet accessible handbook providing guidelines for both beginners and experienced astrophotographers • Includes simple projects which can be carried out with just a camera and tripod, as well as more advanced material up to introductory research-level, for example, variable-star photometry September 2018 246 x 189 mm 400pp 978-1-316-63993-1 Paperback £27.99 / US$39.95

HIGHLIGHT

interstellarum Deep Sky Guide The interstellarum Deep Sky Guide, is an innovative illustrated guide to accompany the well-received interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas. Taking an intuitive visual approach, for each spread of the Atlas, the Guide focuses on carefully selected objects, either as colored composite POSS plates or through the authors’ own eyepiece sketches. • Around 2,500 deep-sky objects shown, with catalog number, object type, constellation, nickname, short descriptions, and observational hints, for example filter and magnification recommendations • More than 1,000 color finder charts, using red and blue channels of Palomar Observatory Sky Survey II plates • Hundreds of detailed pencil drawings made by the authors provide the best approximation of what may be seen visually • Page numbers are identical to the charts in the interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas for easy and quick navigation P

Geometry and Statistics for Studies of Organismal Form Fred L. Bookstein | University of Washington

This book teaches not only the ‘how’ for statistical analysis of organismal size and shape, but also the ‘when’ and the ‘why’. Aimed at graduate students and researchers, it covers the whole range of today’s best techniques while always emphasizing the ways that arithmetic leads to biological understanding. • Introduces modern morphometric methods through historical context and demonstrates their applications • Builds a single, common toolkit for the conversion of arithmetic into biological understanding • Demonstrates analyses of morphometric data, from the simplest to the most complicated, under a consistent philosophy of quantitative bioscientific inference P

High-Dimensional Probability An Introduction with Applications in Data Science Roman Vershynin | University of California, Irvine

The data sciences are moving fast, and probabilistic methods are both the foundation and a driver. This highly motivated text brings beginners up to speed quickly and provides working data scientists with powerful new tools. Ideal for a basic second course in probability with a view to data science applications, it is also suitable for self-study. • Closes the gap between the standard probability curriculum and what mathematical data scientists need to know • Selects the core ideas and methods and presents them systematically with modern motivating applications to bring readers quickly up to speed • Features integrated exercises that invite readers to sharpen their skills and build practical intuition Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 47

HIGHLIGHT

September 2018 253 x 177 mm 296pp 978-1-108-41519-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99

interstellarum Deep Sky Guide Field Edition Ronald Stoyan | Oculum-Verlag GmbH

The interstellarum Deep Sky Guide, is an innovative illustrated guide to accompany the well-received interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas. Taking an intuitive visual approach, for each spread of the Atlas, the Guide focuses on carefully selected objects, either as colored composite POSS plates or through the authors’ own eyepiece sketches. • Around 2,500 deep-sky objects shown, with catalog number, object type, constellation, nickname, short descriptions, and observational hints, for example filter and magnification recommendations • More than 1,000 color finder charts, using red and blue channels of Palomar Observatory Sky Survey II plates • Hundreds of detailed pencil drawings made by the authors provide the best approximation of what may be seen visually • Page numbers are identical to the charts in the interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas for easy and quick navigation August 2018 280 x 265 mm 264pp 978-1-108-45385-1 Field Edition c. £155.00 / c. US$190.00

A Course in Morphometrics for Biologists

September 2018 228 x 152 mm 556pp 978-1-107-19094-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99

Desk Edition Ronald Stoyan | Oculum-Verlag GmbH

August 2018 280 x 265 mm 264pp 978-1-108-45313-4 Desk Edition c. £75.00 / c. US$95.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Introduction to Malliavin Calculus David Nualart | University of Kansas

This textbook offers a compact introduction to Malliavin calculus. It covers recent applications, and includes a self-contained presentation of preliminary material on Brownian motion and stochastic calculus. Accessible to non-experts, graduate students and researchers can use this book to master the core techniques necessary for further study. • Features an up-to-date treatment of the theory, including recent applications • Includes basic preliminary material, making the material accessible to non-experts • Presents a wide overview from different perspectives, providing strong preparation for further study Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 9

October 2018 228 x 152 mm 246pp 978-1-107-03912-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-107-61198-6 Paperback £27.99 / US$38.99

P P

Statistics and Probability

Applied Stochastic Differential Equations Simo Särkkä | Aalto University, Finland

This intuitive hands-on text introduces stochastic differential equations (SDEs) as motivated by applications in target tracking and medical technology, and covers their use in methodologies such as filtering, parameter estimation, and machine learning. Examples include applications of SDEs arising in physics and electrical engineering. • Contains worked examples and numerical simulation studies in each chapter which make ideas concrete • Includes downloadable MATLAB/Octave source code supports application and adaptation • The gentle learning curve focuses on understanding and use rather than technical details Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 10

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-316-51008-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-64946-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

111

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Index

112

Abadir, Karim M...........................................42 Abdel-Latif, Ahmed.......................................60 Abel, Richard L.............................................63 Abou-El-Fadl, Reem......................................77 Abraham, Anna............................................83 Abraham’s Luggage.....................................16 Abrahamian, Ervand.....................................16 Acocella, Nicola...........................................40 Acute Care Nursing....................................102 Adamson, H. D.............................................47 Adelman, Richard.........................................25 Administrative Law in Hong Kong.................49 African Americans and the Pacific War, 1941–1945.................................................9 After Foucault..............................................22 After Lacan..................................................22 Ahlquist, John S............................................80 Ahmad, Md. Tanveer.....................................54 Ahmed, Arif..................................................33 Aikawa, Yuri...............................................108 Akhtar-Khavari, Afshin..................................53 Akhtar, Shamsuddin...................................101 Alemany, Luisa.............................................66 Alexander, Larry...........................................59 Alexithymia..................................................99 Alghrani, Amel.............................................61 Algorithmic Aspects of Machine Learning......87 Ali, Zahra.....................................................77 Aligica, Paul Dragos.....................................41 Allard, Francis................................................2 Allen, Joseph A.............................................84 Allwood, Carl Martin....................................85 Almeida, Michael.........................................39 Almost Citizens..............................................9 Alston, Eric...................................................20 Alston, Lee J.................................................20 Alverson, Keith.............................................89 Amabili, Marco.............................................92 Ambury, James M.........................................36 American Government..................................69 American Literature in Transition, 1930–1940...............................................21 American Literature in Transition, 1960–1970...............................................21 American Presidents, Deportations, and Human Rights Violations............................50 Analogy between States and International Organizations, The.....................................54 Analytical Mechanics..................................109 Analytical Methods in Mantle Dynamics........88 Anderson, Brian J.......................................107 Anderson, John P..........................................59 Anderson, Michael.......................................87 Anderson, Susan Leigh.................................87 Andreoli, Job................................................66 Anenson, T. Leigh.........................................48 Animals, Animality, and Literature.................28 Anria, Santiago............................................79 Anthropocene as a Geological Time Unit, The.......................................................... 88 Antiochus and Peripatetic Ethics.....................5 Antoniou, Giorgos........................................12 Ape that Understood the Universe, The.........85 Appeals Chamber of the International Criminal Court, The....................................53 Applied Nanophotonics................................90 Applied Nonsingular Astrodynamics..............91 Applied Stochastic Differential Equations....111

Archaeology and Urban Settlement in Late Roman and Byzantine Anatolia....................2 Archaeology of the English Atlantic World, 1600–1700, An...........................................2 Armenian Christians in Iran..........................76 Aronson, Bruce............................................57 Art of Strategy, The.......................................64 Artificial Intelligence and Social Work...........88 Asian Corporate Governance........................66 Assembling the Tropics.................................20 Astrochemistry VII (IAU S332).....................108 Astrophysical Masers (IAU S336)................108 Atheism and Agnosticism.............................39 Athenian Democracy at War...........................7 Atiyah’s Accidents, Compensation and the Law...........................................................64 Atomic-Molecular Ionization by Electron Scattering................................................105 Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century.................................................... 68 Authors and Authorities in Ancient Philosophy ................................................5 Ayers, Susan.................................................84

B Bacin, Stefano..............................................35 Backbone of Europe, The..............................95 Baecker, Dirk................................................65 Baetens, Jan.................................................27 Bagby, R. Michael.........................................99 Bailey, Sue.................................................100 Baines, Kevin H.............................................90 Baker, Carrie N.............................................86 Baker, Robert B.............................................31 Balachandran, Balakumar...........................106 Bannister, Judith...........................................48 Barlow, Fiona Kate.......................................81 Barnett, Adrian A..........................................94 Barrett, Rhodes............................................65 Barrios Villarreal, Andrea..............................55 Barrow, R. J....................................................3 Barry, James.................................................76 Bartha, Paul.................................................33 BASIC Essentials........................................101 Basinger, David............................................39 Baskin, Jason M...........................................27 Bastiaens, Ida...............................................74 Batagelj, Vladimir.........................................86 Batchelder, William H....................................84 Bateman, David A.........................................69 Baten, Joerg.................................................95 Batros, Ben..................................................53 Baykan, Toygar Sinan...................................76 Bednarek, Monika........................................45 Beer, Tom.....................................................89 Beins, Bernard C.....................................85, 86 Bekkerman, Ron...........................................87 Bell, Gary F...................................................56 Ben Ayed, Mohamed....................................98 Bénatouïl, Thomas..........................................5 Benetos, Athanase........................................84 Bermúdez, José Luis.....................................33 Berry Phases in Electronic Structure Theory..105 Bettini, Maurizio.............................................6 Betts, Alexander...........................................73 Beyond Slavery and Abolition..........................9 Bhatt, Himani V...........................................101 Biber, Douglas..............................................46 Biblical Poetry and the Art of Close Reading..38 Bigler, Erin D...............................................102

Bilenko, Mikhail............................................87 Biow, Douglas................................................3 Bipolar II Disorder......................................100 Bird Song.....................................................94 Birth Control and American Modernity............9 Black British Migrants in Cuba......................14 Blacks of the Land........................................14 Blagden, David.............................................93 Blanck, Peter................................................52 Bleck, Jaimie................................................79 Blocher, Joseph............................................50 Blondé, Bruno..............................................10 Blumberg, Alan F..........................................90 Bodies and Other Objects.............................83 Bodner, Keith................................................39 Boehrer, Bruce..............................................28 Bohn, John L..............................................109 Boissonnat, Jean-Daniel...............................87 Boivin, Nicole.................................................1 Bolton, John.................................................97 Bombing the City.........................................19 Bookstein, Fred L........................................110 Boone, Marc.................................................10 Boos, Margarete...........................................81 Bordin, Fernando Lusa..................................54 Bose, Sumantra............................................71 Bostock, Robert..............................................4 Bostoen, Koen..............................................15 Bou, Jean.....................................................18 Bouch, Christopher.....................................101 Bouin, Olivier...............................................41 Bourbeau, Philippe.......................................73 Boyd-Bennett, Harriet...................................29 Boyd, Stephen..............................................93 Boyd, Theonia K..........................................105 Bradley, Catherine A.....................................30 Brauner, Elisabeth.........................................81 Breen, Bob...................................................18 Brinkman, Inge.............................................15 Brinsden, Peter...........................................103 British Literature in Transition, 1920–1940....27 British Literature in Transition, 1940–1960....27 Broaddus, N.................................................97 Bromet, Evelyn.............................................99 Broom, Neil D...............................................91 Brown, David West.......................................47 Brown, Trent.................................................86 Bruno, Michael S..........................................90 Brunton, Steven L.........................................98 Bryan, Jenny...................................................5 Brylowe, Thora..............................................24 Bulson, Eric..................................................28 Burials, Migration and Identity in the Ancient Sahara and Beyond.........................1 Burkett, Delbert............................................37 Burrows, Andrew..........................................62 Burrows, Donald...........................................30 Buzan, Barry.................................................73

C Cagle, Hugh.................................................20 Cahn, Andreas..............................................57 Calboli, Irene................................................60 Callanan, Keegan.........................................67 Cambridge Companion to American Literature of the 1930s, The.......................21 Cambridge Companion to David Foster Wallace, The..............................................28 Cambridge Companion to English Melodrama, The.........................................25

Index

Cambridge Companion to Hippocrates, The.....5 Cambridge Companion to Medieval Ethics, The.................................................35 Cambridge Companion to the Dutch Golden Age, The........................................11 Cambridge Companion to the Novel, The......28 Cambridge Companion to World Literature, The............................................22 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The.............23 Cambridge Encyclopedia of Brass Instruments, The........................................29 Cambridge Encyclopedia of Historical Performance in Music, The.........................29 Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics, The..........................................46 Cambridge Handbook of Bilingualism, The....46 Cambridge Handbook of Classical Liberal Thought, The.............................................67 Cambridge Handbook of Group Interaction Analysis, The.............................81 Cambridge Handbook of Instructional Feedback, The............................................82 Cambridge Handbook of Motivation and Learning, The.............................................82 Cambridge Handbook of Organizational Community Engagement and Outreach, The...........................................................84 Cambridge Handbook of Personal Relationships, The......................................82 Cambridge Handbook of Play, The................81 Cambridge Handbook of Psychology, Health and Medicine.................................84 Cambridge Handbook of Public-Private Partnerships, Intellectual Property Governance, and Sustainable Development, The......................................60 Cambridge Handbook of Social Enterprise Law, The....................................................57 Cambridge Handbook of Successful Aging, The.................................................84 Cambridge Handbook of the Law of the Sharing Economy, The................................61 Cambridge Handbook of the Psychology of Prejudice, The........................................81 Cambridge Haydn Encyclopedia, The.............31 Cambridge History of China, The.............14, 16 Cambridge History of Judaism, The...............38 Cambridge History of Medieval Music, The....30 Cambridge History of Sixteenth-Century Music, The.................................................30 Cambridge History of the Byzantine Empire c. 500–1492, The...........................13 Cambridge History of the Graphic Novel, The .........................................................27 Cambridge History of Travel Writing, The.......22 Cambridge Introduction to Satire, The...........28 Cambridge World History of Medical Ethics, The.................................................31 Candea, Matei.............................................40 Cane, Peter..................................................64 Capabilities in a Just Society.........................33 Capano, Giliberto.........................................75 Carlson, Kerstin Bree....................................59 Carlson, Thomas A........................................17 Carson, Andrea............................................68 Carter, Neil...................................................71 Casares Velázquez, Jorge............................109 Case Studies in Neurological Infections of Adults and Children.................................102 Cassin, Stephanie.........................................99

Castangia, Paola........................................108 Catchpole, C. K.............................................94 Causality, Probability, and Time.....................88 Celermajer, Danielle......................................51 Centeno, Miguel A........................................78 Ceramics in Circumpolar Prehistory.................1 Chaffee, John W...........................................14 Chaucer’s Scribes.........................................23 Chazal, Frédéric............................................87 Chazan, Robert............................................38 Checking Presidential Power.........................78 Chen, Albert H. Y...........................................50 Cheong, Ying..............................................103 Chew-Graham, Carolyn A...........................100 Chiappini, Cristina......................................108 Chief Eunuch of the Ottoman Harem, The.....17 Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy.............83 Childhood in Modern Europe........................11 Children as ‘Risk’..........................................59 China’s Strategic Multilateralism...................73 Chon, Margaret............................................60 Chorpita, Bruce F..........................................83 Chou, Meng-Hsuan......................................75 Chowdhury, Sanaul Huq...............................90 Christianity in Fifteenth-Century Iraq.............17 Church, State, and Family.............................48 Cicero and Roman Education..........................4 City and Society in the Low Countries, 1100–1600...............................................10 Claassen, Rutger..........................................33 Claiming the State........................................71 Clare, Ralph.................................................28 Clark, Caryl..................................................31 Clark, Leah R..................................................3 Clark, Michael J..........................................102 Clark, Phil....................................................79 Clientelism, Capitalism, and Democracy........72 Climate, Clothing, and Agriculture in Prehistory....................................................1 Cline, Eric H....................................................2 Close to Home.............................................75 Coffey, Helen................................................30 Cogan, Leland S...........................................84 Cognitive and Social Neuroscience of Aging..80 Cognitive Rehabilitation for Pediatric Neurological Disorders.............................104 Cohen, David...............................................14 Coicaud, Jean-Marc......................................53 Cold War Freud............................................14 Coleman, Christopher John...........................92 Collecting Art in the Italian Renaissance Court .........................................................3 Collins, David...............................................55 Colonius, Hans.............................................84 Colonizing Consent......................................15 Combating Corruption in India.....................42 Community Paralegals and the Pursuit of Justice.......................................................52 Comparative Company Law..........................57 Comparative Religious Law...........................51 Comparing Law............................................51 Comparison in Anthropology........................40 Complex Analysis.........................................97 Comprehending the Incomprehensible..........65 Compston, Alastair.....................................102 Compte, Olivier............................................42 Conac, Pierre-Henri......................................57 Concise History of Mexico, A.........................14 Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy ....................................102 Connolly, Richard.........................................43

Conrad, Joseph............................................26 Consent and Trade.......................................55 Consolmagno, Guy.....................................109 Constituting Religion....................................64 Constitutional Courts in Asia........................50 Contemporary Studies on Relationships, Health, and Wellness.................................81 Continuous Biopharmaceutical Processes......91 Controlling Credit.........................................40 Conversations on Justice from National, International, and Global Perspectives........53 Cooper, Cary L..............................................66 Cooperative Breeding in Vertebrates.............94 Copulas and their Applications in Water Resources Engineering...............................89 Copyright Class Struggle...............................61 Copyrighting God.........................................63 Core Topics in Anaesthesia and Perioperative Care of the Morbidly Obese Surgical Patient.............................101 Corporate Governance in Asia......................57 Corporate Reorganisations in China..............57 Cosmological Arguments..............................39 Cost–Benefit Analysis...................................41 Couey, J. Blake.............................................38 Course in Morphometrics for Biologists, A...110 Cousins, Jonathan......................................101 Covington, Michael A.................................110 Cox, Lloyd....................................................68 Coyne, Elisabeth.........................................102 Criddle, Evan J..............................................48 Criminal Copyright.......................................60 Criminale, W. O.............................................98 Cross, the Gospels, and the Work of Art in the Carolingian Age, The..............................3 Cuervo-Cazurra, Alvaro.................................65 Cultural Backlash.........................................72 Cultural Encounters on Byzantium’s Northern Frontier, c.AD 500–700...............10 Cummins, Robert A.......................................85 Cunningham, Maria...................................108 Currier, Ashley..............................................15 Curry, H. A....................................................19 Cutler, Cecelia..............................................46 Cybernetic Modeling for Bioreaction Engineering...............................................91

D D. H. Lawrence in Context............................27 Dahlstrom, Daniel O......................................35 Dale, Brian.................................................103 Das, Nandini................................................22 Das, Santanu................................................26 Data-Driven Computational Methods............98 Data-Driven Science and Engineering............98 Davenport, Caillan..........................................6 Davidson, David B........................................92 Davidson, Nestor M......................................61 Davis, Dan M..............................................109 Davis, M.......................................................97 Davis, Ruth...................................................53 Day-O’Connell, Sarah...................................31 De Cruz, Helen.............................................39 De Graaf, Jan................................................12 De Houwer, Annick.......................................46 de Jonge, Casper C.........................................4 de Mestral, Armand L.C................................54 De Nooy, Wouter..........................................86 de Rond, Mark.............................................93 de Vogel, Miesje...........................................18

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

113

Index

114

Death of an Industry.....................................75 DeCherney, Alan.........................................103 Deering, Shad............................................103 Delius and the Sound of Place......................31 Demir, Hilmi Volkan......................................90 Democracies in Peril.....................................74 Democracy by the People..............................50 Dench, Emma.................................................8 Designing for Policy Effectiveness.................75 Desperate Remedies.....................................26 Development Century, The............................20 Dialectic after Plato and Aristotle....................5 Dickenson, Donna........................................32 Dickinson, Janis L.........................................94 Dictionary of Irish Biography.........................29 Difference and Disease.................................18 Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship.......67 Digital SLR Astrophotography.....................110 Dillon, John....................................................5 Dimitric, Radoslav........................................96 Dionysius of Halicarnassus and Augustan Rome..........................................................4 Disenfranchising Democracy.........................69 Distant Justice..............................................79 Divine Attributes, The....................................66 Dixon, Chris...................................................9 Dixson, Alan F...............................................95 Doe, Norman................................................51 Doing Business in Cameroon........................15 Donald, David C...........................................57 Donor Portraits in Byzantine Art....................10 Dotts, Brian W..............................................82 Downing, Lisa..............................................22 Dreyfuss, Rochelle Cooper............................60 Drinkwater, John F..........................................6 Dror, Olga....................................................16 Dublin’s Great Wars......................................10 Dzhafarov, Ehtibar N.....................................84

E Econometric Analysis of Stochastic Dominance................................................42 Educational Foundations..............................82 Egbert, Jesse................................................46 Ekengren, Magnus.......................................75 Elbert, Monika M..........................................21 Electoral Politics and Africa’s Urban Transition .................................................80 Electoral Politics in Africa since 1990............79 Elias, Sian.....................................................59 Ellis, Rob......................................................83 Elton, Hugh................................................2, 6 Emergence and Development of English, The .........................................................47 Emergence of Autonomy in Kant’s Moral Philosophy, The..........................................35 Emergence of Public Opinion, The.................16 Emotion and Narrative.................................82 Emotional Politics of the Alternative Left, The.......................................................... 12 Empire and Political Cultures in the Roman World..............................................8 Energy and Climate Policies in China and India.........................................................78 Energy Follies...............................................50 Enfield, N. J..................................................46 Engelmann, Lukas........................................18 Engeström, Yrjö............................................85 English and Empire.......................................47 Enhanced Beings..........................................61

Enstad, Johannes Due..................................13 Entrepreneurial Finance................................66 Environmental Histories of the First World War...........................................................20 Epilepsy Prescriber’s Guide to Antiepileptic Drugs, The...............................................102 Equality beyond Debate................................67 Erman, Sam....................................................9 Eskridge Jr, William N...................................62 Estella, Antonio............................................58 Esterling, Kevin M.........................................70 Etherington, Ben..........................................22 Ethics of Multiple Citizenship, The.................68 European Literatures in Britain, 1815–1832 .24 European Union Law....................................57 Euthanasia, Ethics and Public Policy..............62 Everist, Mark................................................30 Evolution and Development of Fishes............88 Evolution of the South Korea–United States Alliance, The....................................78 Excerpta Constantiniana and the Byzantine Appropriation of the Past, The....10 Exemplary Ethics in Ancient Rome...................6 Exhausting Intellectual Property Rights.........60 Exoplanet Handbook, The...........................107 Expanding Responsibility for the Just War.....39 Experimental Economics...............................42 Expertise in Transition...................................85 Explaining the European Union’s Foreign Policy........................................................75 Explorations in Time-Frequency Analysis........92 Exploratory Social Network Analysis with Pajek.........................................................86 Extensions of f(R) Gravity............................106

F Fairness in Criminal Justice...........................59 Farmers, Subalterns, and Activists..................86 Farrell, Lara J................................................83 Favro, Diane...................................................3 Feldman, Allan M.........................................41 Feldman, Valerie...........................................65 Feng, Lihao..................................................90 Fenlon, Iain..................................................30 Ferfolja, Tania...............................................44 Fergusson, David..........................................37 Fernández-Ballesteros, Rocío........................84 Fernando, Mario...........................................65 Ferrall, Charles.............................................27 Ferraro, Agustin E.........................................78 Fertilization................................................103 Ferzan, Kimberly Kessler...............................59 Fetzer, Joel S.................................................73 Fiduciary Government...................................48 Fighting the US Youth Sex Trade....................86 Finch, Anne..................................................23 Finch, Steven R.............................................99 Finck, Michèle..............................................61 First Course in Differential Geometry, A.........97 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................21 Fitzgerald, Jennifer.......................................75 Fitzgerald, Martin.........................................65 Fitzgerald, P. Paul.........................................54 Flandrin, Patrick...........................................92 Flasar, F. Michael..........................................90 Flemming, Rebecca......................................18 Fleurbaey, Marc............................................41 Flow Control Techniques and Applications.....90 Fontenelle, Leonardo....................................99 Food and Faith.............................................36

Foreign Policy as Nation Making...................77 Foreigners on America’s Death Rows.............59 Formal Geometry and Bordism Operations....97 Foster, Robert...............................................18 Foullon, Claire............................................108 Foundations of Radio for Scientists and Technologists............................................92 Fox-Decent, Evan..........................................48 Fox, III, Charles J.........................................101 Frachetti, Michael D........................................1 Fraga, Bernard L...........................................69 Framing Intellectual Property Law in the 21st Century.............................................60 Franses, Rico................................................10 Fransman, Martin.........................................42 Frantz, Erica.................................................71 Freeman, Michael.........................................52 Freeman, R. Edward.....................................65 Frenemies....................................................70 Freund, Bill...................................................15 Frey, Hugo....................................................27 From Caesar to Augustus (c.49 BC–AD 14).....7 From Media Systems to Media Cultures........76 From Principles to Practice............................31 From Transitional to Transformative Justice....51 Frost, Mervyn...............................................74 Fundamentals and Applications of Heavy Ion Collisions...........................................105 Fundamentals of Political Science Research, The............................................80 Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics........107 Future of International Economic Integration, The.........................................55

G Gabay, Clive.................................................15 Gadd, Geoffrey Michael................................94 Gaggio, Dario...............................................12 Galen: Works on Human Nature.....................6 Gallmetzer, Reinhold....................................53 Games.........................................................93 Gandila, Andrei............................................10 Gao, Shan..................................................108 Gaponenko, Sergey V....................................90 Garcia, Frank J..............................................55 Garrett, Paul.................................................96 Garrett, Robyne............................................43 Gas Turbines................................................91 Gask, Linda................................................100 Gatrell, Simon..............................................26 Gatto, M. C....................................................1 Gauri, Varun.................................................52 Geddes, Barbara...........................................71 Gelter, Martin...............................................57 Gender, Identity and the Body in Greek and Roman Sculpture..................................3 Gendering War and Peace in the Gospel of Luke......................................................37 Genealogy and the Politics of Representation in the High and Late Middle Ages..............................................11 Gentle Course in Local Class Field Theory, A..96 Geometric and Topological Inference............87 George Frideric Handel.................................30 German Soldiers and the Occupation of France, 1940–1944...................................13 German Women’s Life Writing and the Holocaust..................................................29 German, Andy..............................................36 Gervasoni, Carlos.........................................78

Index

Gettier Problem, The.....................................34 Ghanem, As’ad.............................................76 Ghosh, Shubha.............................................60 Gibbs, Kevin...................................................1 Gilbert, Julia...............................................102 Gilbert, Kristin Enola.....................................46 Gilligan, Ian...................................................1 Giovannetti-Torres, Jorge L............................14 Giugni, Marco..............................................75 Glahn, Uwe................................................110 Global Change and Future Earth...................89 Global Constitutionalism from European and East Asian Perspectives.......................49 Global Homotopy Theory..............................98 Global International Society..........................73 Global Securities Litigation and Enforcement............................................ 57 Globalisation and Governance......................53 Globalization in Prehistory..............................1 God and Creation in the Theology of Thomas Aquinas and Karl Barth.................36 Goedemans, Rob..........................................44 Goh, Daniel P. S............................................63 Gold, Andrew S............................................48 Goldberg, Jeffrey M....................................103 Goldwyn, Adam J..........................................23 González-Fernández, Marlís........................101 Goudkamp, James........................................64 Gourevitch, Victor.........................................68 Government Accountability...........................48 Government Accountability Sources and Materials...................................................48 Graham, Michael D.......................................98 Graphene Photonics.....................................90 Grasso, Maria T.............................................75 Gray, Norman.............................................107 Grayson, Richard S........................................10 Gready, Paul.................................................51 Great Gatsby, The.........................................21 Greek Tragedy after the Fifth Century..............4 Greenacombe, John......................................30 Greenberg, Jonathan....................................28 Greene, Kathryn...........................................81 Greenwood, Christopher...............................54 Gregg, Richard Bartlett.................................69 Grimley, Daniel M.........................................31 Guariglia, Fabricio........................................53 Guide to Publishing in Psychology Journals...85 Guidry, Mike...............................................106 Guillaume Du Fay.........................................29 Guillot, Pierre...............................................96 Güldemann, Tom..........................................45 Gutchess, Angela..........................................80 Guyer, Paul.............................................32, 33 Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology...........104

H Haber, Eldar.................................................60 Häberlen, Joachim C.....................................12 Habermas, Tilmann.......................................82 Hacohen, Malachi Haim................................13 Haldon, John..................................................2 Hall, Matthew E. K........................................69 Hamad, Mahmoud.......................................62 Hammer and Silicon.....................................67 Hamnett, Brian R..........................................14 Hand, Molly.................................................28 Handbook of Medical Image Perception and Techniques, The.................................107 Hanieh, Adam..............................................77

Hanley, Ryan..................................................9 Harding, Andrew..........................................50 Hardy, Thomas..............................................26 Harkness, Kristen A.......................................79 Harko, Tiberiu.............................................106 Harlim, John.................................................98 Harper-Scott, J. P. E.......................................31 Harriman, Benjamin........................................5 Harrison, Andrew.........................................27 Harrison, Jeffery S.........................................65 Hartshorn, Ian M..........................................76 Hathaway, Jane............................................17 Hawa, Raed.................................................99 Hawkins, Roger............................................45 Hayden, Brian................................................1 Health and Physical Education......................43 Healthism....................................................61 Healthy or Sick?...........................................72 Heart of Darkness........................................26 Heath, Deana...............................................77 Heidegger’s Moral Ontology.........................36 Heijmans, Risto D. H.....................................42 Heinz, Jeff....................................................44 Helmers, Helmer J.........................................11 Henderson, M. Todd.....................................67 Heo, Uk........................................................78 Herbert, Trevor.............................................29 Herman, Peter C...........................................28 Hernandez, Samantha L................................62 Herzog, Dagmar...........................................14 Hetherington, Stephen..................................34 Heyvaert, Veerle...........................................56 Heywood, Colin............................................11 Hicks, Anthony.............................................30 Hidi, Suzanne E............................................82 Higgins, Steven............................................82 High Time-Resolution Astrophysics..............109 High-Dimensional Probability......................110 Hillman, Arye L.............................................43 History of Modern Aesthetics, A..............32, 33 History of Modern Iran, A..............................16 History of South Australia, A.........................18 History of the Roman Equestrian Order, A........6 Ho, Jean.......................................................56 Hodson, Dermot...........................................58 Hoffmann, David L........................................13 Holladay, Joan A...........................................11 Holland, Peter..............................................24 Holocaust in Greece, The..............................12 Holt, Mack P.................................................11 Homer...........................................................4 Homer: Iliad Book XVIII..................................4 Homicidal Ecologies.....................................79 Hooked........................................................72 Hopwood, Nick............................................18 Horner, David...............................................18 Horstmann, Rolf-Peter..................................34 Houang, Richard T........................................84 How Autocrats Compete...............................79 How Dictatorships Work...............................71 How Second Languages Are Learned............45 How Violence Shapes Religion......................86 Howlett, Michael..........................................75 Huang, Yanjie...............................................41 Human Evolution beyond Biology and Culture......................................................95 Human Right to a Healthy Environment, The........................................................ 52 Human Rights in Thick and Thin Societies......52 Humanomics................................................43

Humans, Animals and the Craft of Slaughter in Archaeo-Historic Societies.........1 Hunt, James.................................................65 Hunter-Gatherer Adaptation and Resilience...95 Hunter, Richard..............................................4 Hupp, Stephen.............................................83 Hurd, Heidi M...............................................48 Huse, Morten...............................................66 Huxtable, Simon...........................................76 Hybrid Regimes within Democracies..............78

I Ibadi Muslims of North Africa.......................17 Ideology in Britten’s Operas..........................31 Idleness and Aesthetic Consciousness, 1815–1900...............................................25 Ierodiakonou, Katerina...................................5 Ignorance and Uncertainty............................42 Imagining Africa...........................................15 Impact Mechanics........................................93 Improving Learning......................................82 In Search of Gender Justice...........................40 In-Vitro Fertilization....................................103 India, Empire, and First World War Culture....26 Indigenous Peoples and the Second World War...........................................................19 Industrial Policy and the World Trade Organization.............................................56 Infranca, John J.............................................61 Inglehart, Ronald..........................................72 Innovation Ecosystems.................................42 Innovations in CBT for Childhood Anxiety, OCD, and PTSD.........................................83 Inside Tunisia’s al-Nahda..............................77 Insider Trading..............................................59 Institutional and Organizational Analysis.......20 Institutional Bypasses...................................51 Institutional Constructivism in Social Sciences and Law......................................63 Intelligibility, Oral Communication, and the Teaching of Pronunciation....................45 International Governance and the Rule of Law in China under the Belt and Road Initiative....................................................55 International Law.........................................53 International Law Reports.............................54 International Management Behavior.............66 International Negotiation.............................54 International Organisations and Global Problems...................................................74 International Standardization and the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade...55 interstellarum Deep Sky Guide....................110 Introduction to Applied Linear Algebra..........93 Introduction to Communication, An................8 Introduction to Grammar for Language Learners, An..............................................44 Introduction to Malliavin Calculus...............110 Introduction to Population Biology................94 Introduction to Swaminarayan Hinduism, An ..........................................................38 Introduction to the New Testament and the Origins of Christianity, An.....................37 Invention of the Passport, The.......................64 Iran’s Troubled Modernity.............................17 Iranian Cosmopolitanism..............................17 Islam and the Culture of Modern Egypt.........16 Islamic State in Britain, The...........................87 Ismail, Salwa................................................77 Ismay, Penelope.............................................9

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

115

Index

Ivashina, Marianna V.....................................92

116

Jackson, Jeff.................................................67 Jackson, Stewart..........................................68 Jackson, T. L..................................................98 Jacob & Esau................................................13 Jacquemet, Nicolas.......................................42 Jamal, Arif A.................................................63 James, Elaine T.............................................38 James, Henry................................................25 Jamieson, R.B...............................................38 Jansen, Ritsert C...........................................93 Janssen, Geert H...........................................11 Jardine, N.....................................................19 Jeffs, Brian D................................................92 Jelić, Vibor..................................................106 Jendoubi, Mohamed Ali................................98 Jesus’ Death and Heavenly Offering in Hebrews....................................................38 Jiang, Wei....................................................91 Johanson, Zerina..........................................88 Johansson, Per-Olov.....................................41 Johnson, Jessica...........................................40 Jones Diaz, Criss...........................................44 Jones, Will....................................................73 Jordan, Peter..................................................1 Joshipura, K. N...........................................105 Joslin, R. D...................................................98 Jowitt, Claire................................................23 Judges and Generals in the Making of Modern Egypt............................................62 Judging Equity..............................................48 Judicial Review in Norway............................50 Justice and Development Party in Turkey, The......................................................... 76 Justice for Children and Families.................100

K Kairoff, Claudia Thomas................................23 Kalen, Sam...................................................50 Kalimi, Isaac.................................................39 Kanbur , Ravi...............................................41 Kant and his German Contemporaries...........35 Kant in the Sources of Metaphysics...............35 Kant on Freedom and Spontaneity................35 Kant’s Power of Imagination.........................34 Kaplan, Seth D..............................................52 Karam, Elie...................................................99 Karch, Brendan............................................12 Kasimis, Demetra............................................7 Kassell, Lauren.............................................18 Kastner, Scott L.............................................73 Kaye, Alan D...............................................101 Kaye, Stuart..................................................53 Kéchichian, Jean Albert.................................91 Keeline, Thomas J............................................4 Kefford, Glenn..............................................68 Keith, Jennifer..............................................23 Keller, Tait.....................................................20 Kellison, Rosemary.......................................39 Kellstedt, Paul M..........................................80 Kelly, Thomas Forrest....................................30 Kendrick, Tony............................................100 Kenney, Michael...........................................87 Kenyan TJRC, The..........................................52 Keown, John................................................62 Kierulf, Anine................................................50 Kim, Byung Hong.........................................94 Kim, Joongi..................................................57

Kim, Sang J................................................101 Kim, Sung Hui..............................................48 Kitzinger, Beatrice E........................................3 Kleinberg, Samantha....................................88 Knappett, Carl................................................2 Kneen, Rachel............................................102 Knowledge and Ignorance of Self in Platonic Philosophy...................................36 Knowles, Owen............................................26 Knox, John H................................................52 Koenen, Karestan.........................................99 Koenig, Walter D..........................................94 Koivunen, Visa..............................................92 Kolbe, Michaela............................................81 Kongo Kingdom, The....................................15 Kornfeld, Itzchak E........................................56 Kostakopoulou, Dora....................................63 Kovacs, Gabor............................................103 Kratochwil, Friedrich.....................................73 Krause, Jana.................................................71 Kretzschmar, Jr, William A.............................47 Krimmer, Elisabeth........................................29 Kristiansen, Kristian........................................2 Kriström, Bengt............................................41 Kruks-Wisner, Gabrielle.................................71 Krupinski, Elizabeth A.................................107 Krupp, Norbert.............................................90 Kuhner, Timothy K.........................................50 Kumar, Ajit.................................................107 Kumm, Mattias.............................................49 Kuo, Didi......................................................72 Kutz, J. Nathan.............................................98

L L’Haridon, Olivier..........................................42 La Bua, Giuseppe...........................................4 Labor Politics in North Africa.........................76 Lafont, J.-F....................................................97 Lambourn, Elizabeth A..................................16 Lamoureux, Michael P...................................89 Landy, Marc.................................................69 Lane, Harry W...............................................66 Langford, John.............................................87 Langlands, Rebecca........................................6 Language and Television Series.....................45 Language of Humor, The...............................47 Language of Hunter-Gatherers, The...............45 Language of Inequality in the News, The.......45 Larsen, Clark................................................95 Lau, Gary K. K............................................101 Law of Failure, The........................................58 Law’s Trials...................................................63 Law’s Wars...................................................63 Lawson, Colin..............................................29 Lazer, David M. J...........................................70 Leadership...................................................65 Leading your Research Team in Science.........93 Learning in a Crusader City...........................11 Lebow, Richard Ned.....................................74 Lechner, Silviya.............................................74 Lectures on Logarithmic Algebraic Geometry.97 Lee, Karen....................................................54 Leedham-Green, C. R....................................99 Lees, Andrew..............................................102 Legal Foundations of EU Economic Governance...............................................58 Legg, Stephen..............................................77 Leggiere, Michael V.......................................19 Lehavi, Amnon.............................................64 Leidwanger, Justin..........................................2

Lemos, Nivaldo A........................................109 Leo VI and the Transformation of Byzantine Christian Identity.......................11 Lépinard, Éléonore.......................................58 Levin Preston, Lina.....................................109 Levis, John M................................................45 LGBTI Rights in Turkey..................................76 Li, Jianping...................................................89 Li, Tin-Chiu.................................................103 Liapis, Vayos...................................................4 Life after Dictatorship...................................72 Life in an Egyptian Village in Late Antiquity.....7 Limits of Peacekeeping, The..........................18 Lin, I-Tan......................................................90 Lindkvist, Thomas...........................................2 Linduff, Kathryn M..........................................2 Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact......47 Linguistics and English Literature..................47 Lipnevich, Anastasiya A.................................82 Lippert-Rasmussen, Kasper...........................34 Lipsey, Richard G..........................................40 Liu, Jia-Ming................................................90 Liu, Wei........................................................91 Llewellyn, Carrie D........................................84 Lobo, Francisco S. N....................................106 Locascio, Gianna........................................104 Longobardo, Marco......................................60 Loo, Yew-Chaye............................................90 Lopez-Beltran, Antonio...............................104 Lord, Ceren..................................................17 Love, Jr, Paul M.............................................17 Lowe, Jessica K...............................................9 Loxton, James..............................................72 Lu, Luo.........................................................66 Lubben, Stephen J........................................58 Ludwig, Ralph..............................................47 Luhmann, NIklas..........................................65 Luminet, Olivier............................................99

M Maaskant, Rob.............................................92 Macekura, Stephen J.....................................20 Machiavelli and the Orders of Violence.........68 Machiavelli in Tumult....................................34 Machine Ethics.............................................87 Macintosh, Kerry Lynn..................................61 MacKay, R. Bradley.......................................65 MacLeod, Lindsay.........................................93 MacNamara, Trent..........................................9 Magna Carta for Children, A.........................52 Magnus, Jan R..............................................42 Magrab, Edward B......................................106 Mahalingam, Meera...................................104 Maher, Imelda..............................................58 Mahmood, Tahir.........................................104 Mainland Southeast Asian Languages...........46 Mainwaring, Scott........................................72 Making Two Vietnams..................................16 Malandraki, Olga........................................108 Mandrill, The................................................95 Manela, Erez................................................20 Manifesto for Social Progress, A....................41 Mapping AIDS..............................................18 Margrave, Gary F..........................................89 Maritime Networks in the Ancient Mediterranean World...................................2 Market in State............................................41 Marrs, Cody..................................................22 Marsden, Richard.........................................37 Martinis, Jonathan........................................52

Index

Maru, Vivek..................................................52 Mashaw, Jerry L............................................49 Mason, Nigel..............................................105 Massumi, Brian............................................28 Mathematical Constants II............................99 Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, The..........................................99 Matoesian, Gregory......................................46 Matsuda, Ikki...............................................94 Matter, E. Ann..............................................37 Mattingly, D. J.................................................1 Mawson, Tim................................................66 Maximum Likelihood for Social Science.........80 Mayer, Jean-Christophe................................23 Maznevski, Martha L....................................66 Mazo, Eugene D...........................................50 McAlinden, Anne-Marie................................59 McCarthy, Daniel J........................................67 McCarthy, Dennis D....................................109 McCarthy, Maureen A...................................85 McCarthy, Rory.............................................77 McConvell, Patrick........................................45 McCullough, Laurence B...............................31 McDonald, Stephen......................................48 McGuire, James............................................29 McInnis, David..............................................23 McKenna, Bernard........................................65 McKiernan, Peter..........................................65 McManus, Chris...........................................84 McMurray, Adela..........................................65 McNeill, Dougal...........................................27 McNeill, J. R.................................................20 Meaning of the Wave Function, The............108 Means, Benjamin..........................................57 Measuring and Interpreting Subjective Wellbeing in Different Cultural Contexts.....85 Mechanics of Earthquakes and Faulting, The........................................................ 88 Meierhenrich, Jens.......................................72 Melissus and Eleatic Monism..........................5 Memory and Agency in Ancient China.............2 Meral, Ziya...................................................86 Mercury.....................................................107 Mexican Multinationals................................65 Michael, Benedict D....................................102 Micklitz, Hans-W..........................................58 Microhydrodynamics, Brownian Motion, and Complex Fluids...................................98 Middle Class in Mozambique, The.................40 Mihelj, Sabina..............................................76 Miler, Kristina C............................................69 Millar, Tom.................................................108 Miller, Alastair............................................102 Miller, Ashley................................................25 Miller, Darrell A.H.........................................50 Miller, David J. D.............................................7 Miller, Judith................................................43 Miller, Paul B................................................48 Minchev, Ivan.............................................108 Miniature and the English Imagination.........24 Minogue, Sally..............................................26 Miracles.......................................................39 Mirsepassi, Ali..............................................17 Mobilising the Diaspora................................73 Model(ing) Justice........................................59 Modern Analysis of Automorphic Forms by Example....................................................96 Modern General Relativity..........................106 Modernism and the Reinvention of Decadence................................................26 Modernism beyond the Avant-Garde.............27

Moitra, Ankur...............................................87 Money, Markets, and Monarchies..................77 Monnet, Eric................................................40 Monteiro, John M.........................................14 Montesquieu’s Liberalism and the Problem of Universal Politics......................67 Montoya, Miguel A.......................................65 Moon, Gillian...............................................55 Moon, Hwy-Chang.......................................64 Moore, Aaron William...................................19 Moral Puzzles and Legal Perplexities.............48 Moran, Kate A..............................................35 Morbidelli, Massimo.....................................91 Morlino, Elisabetta.......................................62 Morris, Sean.................................................34 Morse, Yonatan L..........................................79 Moses, A. Dirk..............................................12 Moulin, Pierre..............................................92 Moustafa, Tamir...........................................64 Mrvar, Andrej................................................86 Muedini, Fait................................................76 Mueller, Bernardo.........................................20 Muenjohn, Nuttawuth..................................65 Mugwanya, George......................................53 Mühlhäusler, Peter........................................47 Mukherjee, Ankhi.........................................22 Mukherjee, Ishani.........................................75 Mukhopadhyay, Sambit..............................104 Mulrooney, Jonathan....................................24 Multilingual Youth Practices in Computer Mediated Communication..........................46 Multimodal Conduct in the Law....................46 Muma, Michael............................................92 Muñoz Darias, Teodoro...............................109 Muoz, Jose Maria.........................................15 Murder in the Shenandoah.............................9 Muris, Peter..................................................83 Murphy-Gregory, Hannah.............................68 Mustafa, Mohanad.......................................76 Myers, Arnold...............................................29 Myrdal, Janken...............................................2

N Nair, Krishanan Padmakumari Sivaraman....101 Napoleon and the Struggle for Germany.......19 Nathan, Noah L............................................80 Nathaniel Hawthorne In Context..................21 Nation and Loyalty in a German-Polish Borderland................................................12 National Hospital Queen Square 1859–1997, The......................................102 Nature and Challenges of Indigenous Psychologies, The.......................................85 Navarro, Sharon A........................................62 Neal, Dick....................................................94 Neblo, Michael A..........................................70 Nechtman, Tillman W....................................20 Nelson, Melissa K.........................................20 Nemesvari, Richard.......................................26 Németh, András...........................................10 Neo, Jaclyn L................................................63 Nero..............................................................6 Neurorehabilitation Therapy and Therapeutics............................................101 Neuroscience of Creativity, The.....................83 Neuroscience of Suicidal Behavior, The..........83 New Cambridge History of the Bible, The......37 New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology ..............................................84 New Melville Studies, The.............................22

New Psychology of Love, The........................81 Newcomb’s Problem.....................................33 Newhard, James.............................................2 Newman, Stanton........................................84 Newton, Isaac..............................................99 Newton, Michael A.......................................60 Nezhat, Ceana H........................................103 Ng, Diana Y....................................................3 Ng, Elizabeth Siew-Kuan...............................60 Ni, Shun-Hao...............................................91 Nicoud, Lucrèce............................................91 Nidotherapy...............................................100 Niedzwiecki, Sara.........................................78 Nile Basin, The.............................................89 Nilsen, Alleen Pace.......................................47 Nilsen, Don L. F.............................................47 Nilsson, Ingela.............................................23 Nittler, Larry R............................................107 Nonlinear Mechanics of Shells and Plates in Composite, Soft and Biological Materials.................................................. 92 Nonnenmacher, Tomas.................................20 Nordhaus, Robert R......................................50 Norris, Pippa................................................72 Novels of Justinian, The..................................7 Nowak, Katarzyna........................................94 Nowotny, Helga...........................................41 Nualart, David............................................110 Nualart, Eulalia..........................................110 Numerical Methods of Exploration Seismology................................................89

O O’Neill, Onora..............................................31 Obert, Jonathan...........................................70 Ogus, Arthur.................................................97 Olijnyk, Anna................................................48 Ollendick, Thomas H.....................................83 Ollila, Esa.....................................................92 On Cultural Diversity.....................................74 On Resilience...............................................73 Ong Hing, Bill...............................................50 Ontological Arguments.................................34 Opera in Postwar Venice...............................29 Operating Room Leadership and Management...........................................101 Oppy, Graham........................................34, 39 Organization and Decision............................65 Originalism as Faith......................................49 Orser, Jr, Charles E..........................................2 Ortega, Lourdes...........................................46 Ortiz, I. J.......................................................97 Osbeck, Lisa.................................................84

P Pagel, Steve.................................................47 Palanza, Valeria............................................78 Palestinians in Israel.....................................76 Palmer, Andrew............................................26 Palmer, Donald.............................................65 Panicker, Jalesh N.......................................101 Parfitt, Rose.................................................53 Park, Susan..................................................74 Parker, Gordon...........................................100 Partial Differential Equations arising from Physics and Geometry................................98 Pascal’s Wager.............................................33 Pasternack, Lawrence...................................33 Patel, Alopi M.............................................101 Patsalos, Philip N........................................102

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

117

Index

118

Pearson, Margaret M....................................73 Peck, Linda Levy...........................................10 Pedullà, Gabriele..........................................34 Peering towards Cosmic Dawn (IAU S333)..106 Pejan, Ramin................................................52 Pendas, Devin O............................................72 Pendlebury, Sarah T.....................................101 Perera, Benetge B. P....................................109 Performing Endurance....................................8 Perlman, Daniel............................................82 Perpetual Immigrant and the Limits of Athenian Democracy, The.............................7 Perryman, Michael......................................107 Personalised Medicine, Individual Choice and the Common Good.............................32 Peters, Anne.................................................49 Peters, B. Guy...............................................75 Peterson, Eric...............................................97 Peterson, Willard J........................................16 Petrides, Antonis K..........................................4 Petrie, Keith..................................................84 Peveler, Robert...........................................100 Pfister, David................................................91 Phased Arrays for Radio Astronomy, Remote Sensing, and Satellite Communications.......................................92 Philosophy of Language...............................34 Phonetics.....................................................44 Phonological Tone........................................45 Physics of Gamma-Ray Bursts, The..............108 Picture-Book Professors................................23 Placental and Gestational Pathology...........105 Plain, Gill.....................................................27 Planchart, Alejandro.....................................29 Plato’s Three-fold City and Soul.....................36 Poetry, Media, and the Material Body............25 Policy Success in an Age of Gridlock..............70 Polio across the Iron Curtain.........................18 Political Economy of Modernism, A...............75 Political Trials in Theory and History...............72 Politicizing Sex in Contemporary Africa..........15 Politico-Legal Dynamics of Judicial Review, The...........................................................51 Politics of Justice in European Private Law, The...........................................................58 Politics of the Environment, The....................71 Politics of Wine in Early Modern France, The..11 Politics with the People.................................70 Polyphony in Medieval Paris..........................30 Poor Representation.....................................69 Pormann, Peter E............................................5 Porter, Dahlia...............................................25 Positive Second Amendment, The..................50 Postlewaite, Andrew.....................................42 Power of Nonviolence, The............................69 Power of Ritual in Prehistory, The....................1 Practical Guide to Rock Microstructure, A......89 Practical Manual to Labor and Delivery, A...103 Practical Problems in Assisted Conception...103 Practice Theory and International Relations...74 Prado, Mariana Mota...................................51 Prasad, R....................................................105 Pratten, Garth..............................................18 Praxis...........................................................73 Prayer and Performance in Early Modern English Literature.......................................24 Prescriber’s Guide – Children and Adolescents.............................................100 Prescriber’s Guide: Antipsychotics...............100 Presentation Skills for Scientists....................93 Presenteeism at Work...................................66

Pretender of Pitcairn Island, The....................20 Prevention of Torture, The.............................51 Primary Care Mental Health........................100 Primate Tourism...........................................95 Primates in Flooded Habitats........................94 Principles of Geriatric Critical Care..............101 Prior, Markus................................................72 Pritchard, David M..........................................7 Process of International Legal Reproduction, The......................................53 Procurement by International Organizations..62 Professional Development Skills for Obstetricians and Gynaecologists.............104 Prokaryotic Metabolism and Physiology........94 PROMPT Kurs-Handbuch............................104 Properties and Management of Soils in the Tropics.................................................89 Property Law in a Globalizing World.............64 Protection of Legitimate Expectations in Investment Treaty Arbitration.....................55 Providence of God, The.................................37 Psychological Care in Severe Obesity.............99 Public Entrepreneurship, Citizenship, and Self-Governance........................................41 Public Finance and Public Policy....................43 Public International Law of Trade in Legal Services, The..............................................55 Puffer, Sheila M............................................67 Pulsar Astrophysics (IAU S337)...................109

Q Quantum Gravity and the Functional Renormalization Group............................105 Quigley, John...............................................59 Quine, New Foundations, and the Philosophy of Set Theory............................34 Quinn, James...............................................29

R Rabb, Melinda Alliker....................................24 Race, Gender, Sexuality, and the Politics of the American Judiciary...............................62 Raftopoulos, Evangelos.................................54 Rainbow, Philip S..........................................96 Ramkrishna, Doraiswami..............................91 Rankin, Susan..............................................30 Raspollini, Maria Rosaria............................104 Ravinet, Pauline...........................................75 Ray, N............................................................1 Reading and Rebellion in Catholic Germany, 1770–1914...............................12 Reading the Late Byzantine Romance...........23 Reasoned Administration and Democratic Legitimacy.................................................49 Rébaï, Yomna...............................................98 Reception of Cicero in the Early Roman Empire, The.................................................4 Reconsideration of the Theory of NonLinear Scale Effects, A................................40 Rector, Chad.................................................73 Rediscovering Economic Policy as a Discipline................................................. 40 Rediscovering our Galaxy (IAU S334)..........108 Redline, Raymond W...................................105 Reeder, Caryn A............................................37 Reflections on Crime and Culpability.............59 Register Variation Online..............................46 Regulating Assisted Reproductive Technologies.............................................61 Regulating Religion in Asia...........................63

Regulatory Integration across Borders...........64 Reid, James D...............................................36 Reid, Mark J...............................................108 Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete............90 Reis, Elisa.....................................................41 Reiter-Palmon, Roni......................................84 Rekabtalaei, Golbarg....................................17 Relational Egalitarianism..............................34 Religion and Nationalism in Global Perspective................................................73 Religious Disagreement................................39 Religious Freedom, LGBT Rights, and the Prospects for Common Ground..................62 Religious Politics in Turkey............................17 Remembered Dead, The................................26 Renninger, K. Ann.........................................82 Reproduction...............................................18 Reproductive Surgery..................................103 Research Methods........................................86 Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology................................................85 Resilient Communities..................................71 Resisting Scientific Realism...........................33 Responsive Union, The..................................75 Reus-Smit, Christian.....................................74 Reuse and Renovation in Roman Material Culture........................................................3 Reuter, Martin............................................105 Revenson, Tracey A.......................................84 Reverberator, The..........................................25 Rhodes, Richard A........................................45 Riahi, Hasna.................................................98 Ribe, Neil.....................................................88 Rice, Eric......................................................88 Richter, Martha.............................................88 Riedel, Meredith L. D....................................11 Ringe, Don...................................................44 Rise and Fall of Political Orders, The..............74 Riseman, Noah.............................................19 Roberts, Charlotte........................................95 Roberts, Drucilla J.......................................105 Roberts, Jessica L..........................................61 Robine, Jean-Marie.......................................84 Robins, Simon..............................................51 Robinson, Peter............................................28 Robust Statistics for Signal Processing..........92 Roehrig, Terence...........................................78 Roffe, Pedro.................................................60 Roman Architecture and Urbanism..................3 Roman Empire in Late Antiquity, The...............6 Romantic Art in Practice...............................24 Romanticism and Theatrical Experience.........24 Roopnarine, Jaipaul L....................................81 Roots of Platonism, The..................................5 Rosenbaum, Stanley...................................101 Rossor, Martin............................................102 Rothenberg, Lawrence S...............................70 Rothwell, Donald R......................................53 Rothwell, Peter M.......................................101 Rousseau, Jean-Jacques................................68 Rousseau: The Discourses and Other Early Political Writings........................................68 Rousseau: The Social Contract and Other Later Political Writings...............................68 Roux, Theunis...............................................51 Rowan, Clare.................................................7 Rowan, Yorke.................................................2 Røyneland, Unn............................................46 Rubin, Jonathan...........................................11 Rubio-Marín, Ruth........................................58 Rudra, Nita..................................................74

Index

Ruffini, Giovanni R..........................................7 Rule of Violence, The....................................77 Russia’s Response to Sanctions.....................43 Russon, Anne E............................................95 Rutherford, R. B..............................................4 Rwanda after Genocide................................79

S Saglia, Diego................................................24 Saiya, Nilay..................................................63 Salama, Mohammad....................................16 Salamah-Qudsi, Arin Shawkat.......................38 Salles-Djelic, Marie-Laure.............................41 Salmon, Richard...........................................25 Samei, Ehsan..............................................107 Sanborn, Geoffrey........................................22 Sanchez, Pedro A..........................................89 Sandlow, Jay Ira.........................................103 Sanidas, Sotiris...........................................109 Sapir, Gideon................................................38 Särkkä, Simo..............................................111 Sarris, Peter....................................................7 Satinsky, Daniel M........................................67 Saturn in the 21st Century............................90 Saueressig, Frank.......................................105 Saunders, Imogen.........................................53 Scaling up Machine Learning........................87 Scenario Thinking.........................................65 Schermerhorn, Calvin.....................................8 Schleifer, Ronald...........................................75 Schmid, Martin.............................................20 Schmidt, Rebecca.........................................64 Schmidt, William H.......................................84 Schneider, Christina J....................................75 Scholz, Christopher H...................................88 Schooling across the Globe...........................84 Schouenborg, Laust......................................73 Schütze, Robert......................................53, 57 Schwede, Stefan...........................................98 Science, Form, and the Problem of Induction in British Romanticism................25 Scriptures and the Guidance of Language.....39 Seaford, Richard.............................................4 Secord, J. A...................................................19 Secular States, Religious Politics....................71 Seetah, Krish..................................................1 Segall, Eric J.................................................49 Segregation by Design..................................70 Seidelmann, P. Kenneth..............................109 Seismic Risk Analysis of Nuclear Power Plants........................................................91 Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology........104 Self-Control, Decision Theory, and Rationalit ...............................................33 Sendziuk, Paul..............................................18 Sensen, Oliver..............................................35 Serrano, Roberto..........................................41 Seth, Suman.................................................18 Settle, Jaime E..............................................70 Shadikhodjaev, Sherzod................................56 Shahbaz, Tariq............................................109 Shakespeare Survey 71.................................24 Shakespeare’s Early Readers.........................23 Shakya, Mallika............................................75 Shalson, Lara..................................................8 Shaping of Tuscany, The................................12 Sharma, Ramesh..........................................42 Shaw, Mike................................................100 Sheffield, R. Scott.........................................19 Shepard, Jonathan.......................................13

Sherry, Vincent.............................................26 Shilling, Daniel.............................................20 Shogren, Karrie A.........................................52 Short Course in Intermediate Microeconomics with Calculus, A...............41 Short, William Michael....................................6 Shorvon, Simon..........................................102 Sibley, Chris G..............................................81 Sicker, Philip.................................................27 Sieger, Lynette E...........................................53 Silk, Michael...................................................3 Simmons, Allan H.........................................26 Singer, P. N.....................................................6 Singh, B. P..................................................105 Singh, V. P.....................................................89 Şiviloğlu, Murat R.........................................16 Six-Shooter State, The...................................70 Skemer, Don C..............................................21 Skillfulness of Virtue, The..............................31 Slater, P. J. B..................................................94 Slenderness..................................................96 Slomine, Beth S..........................................104 Slye, Ronald C..............................................52 Smith, Jeffrey K.............................................82 Smith, Peter K...............................................81 Smith, Steven...............................................39 Smith, Vernon L............................................43 Social Archaeology of the Holy Land, The........2 Social Norms and the Theory of the Firm.......43 Socialism across the Iron Curtain..................12 Sockalingam, Sanjeev...................................99 Soft–Hard Tissue Junction, The......................91 Solin, Arno.................................................111 Solomon, Sean C........................................107 Solomon, Tom............................................102 Solomon, William.........................................21 Solorio, Michelle L........................................84 Song, Hyun-Seob..........................................91 Soper, J. Christopher.....................................73 Sound Sense of Poetry, The...........................28 South Asian Governmentalities.....................77 Southgate, Christopher.................................36 Soviet Russians under Nazi Occupation.........13 Space Weather of the Heliosphere (IAU S335)......................................................108 Spary, E. C....................................................19 Spinoza’s Political Psychology.......................35 St Louis, Erik K............................................102 Stahl, Stephen M........................................100 Stakeholder Theory.......................................65 Stalinist Era, The...........................................13 Stallard, Tom................................................90 Starkenburg, Else.......................................108 State and Nation Making in Latin America and Spain..................................................78 State and Religion in Israel...........................38 State Responsibility for Breaches of Investment Contracts.................................56 Statistical Inference for Engineers and Data Scientists...........................................92 Statistics......................................................42 Statman, Daniel............................................38 Steckel, Richard............................................95 Steele, Philippa M...........................................7 Stein, Dan....................................................99 Steinberg, Justin...........................................35 Sterckx, Sigrid..............................................32 Stern, David G..............................................36 Sternberg, Karin...........................................81 Sternberg, Robert J.................................81, 85 Sterrett, Joseph William................................24

Sterry, M........................................................1 Stevens, Douglas E.......................................43 Stewart-Williams, Steve................................85 Stewart, Ian.................................................97 Stichter, Matt...............................................31 Stojanowski, Christopher M..........................95 Stowell, Robin..............................................29 Stoyan, Ronald...........................................110 Stras, Laurie.................................................30 Street Citizens..............................................75 Stronge, W. J.................................................93 Student’s Guide to Analytical Mechanics, A......................................................... 109 Student’s Guide to General Relativity, A......107 Study of Word Stress and Accent, The............44 Suami, Takao................................................49 Sufism and Early Islamic Piety.......................38 Sultanian, Bijay............................................91 Sumich, Jason..............................................40 Summerhayes, Colin.....................................88 Sun, Yan.........................................................2 Supported Decision-Making..........................52 Sustainable Development, International Aviation, and Treaty Implementation..........54 Swetnam-Burland, Molly................................3 Szabó, Zoltán Gendler..................................34

T Tabachnick, Stephen E..................................27 Takayoshi, Ichiro...........................................21 Tall, David....................................................97 Tambe, Milind..............................................88 Tanasoca, Ana..............................................68 Tarchi, Andrea............................................108 Tarkington, Margaret....................................49 Tassinari, Piero...............................................6 Taylor, Graeme J............................................99 Temple, Daniel H..........................................95 Terras, Melissa..............................................23 Terrorism and Literature................................28 Thambyah, Ashvin........................................91 Theiss, Jennifer A..........................................81 Theology in a Suffering World.......................36 Theology of the Book of Kings, The...............39 Theory and Computation in Hydrodynamic Stability.....................................................98 Theory and Experiment in Gravitational Physics....................................................106 Thinking about Statutes................................62 Thomason, Richmond H................................34 Thomsen Vierra, Sarah..................................13 Thomson, Stephen........................................49 Thornberry, Elizabeth....................................15 Time: From Earth Rotation to Atomic Physics....................................................109 Tokyo War Crimes Tribunal, The.....................14 Toohey, Lisa.................................................55 Toolan, Michael............................................45 Topological Methods in Group Theory...........97 Torpey, John C..............................................64 Torrie, Julia S................................................13 Totani, Yuma................................................14 Trace Metals in the Environment and Living Organisms.......................................96 Trade and Civilisation.....................................2 Traditional Ecological Knowledge..................20 Tragedy, Ritual and Money in Ancient Greece..4 Transboundary Water Disputes......................56 Transdiagnostic Approach to Obsessions, Compulsions and Related Phenomena, A...99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

119

Index

120

Transformation of EU Treaty Making, The.......58 Transforming Gender Citizenship...................58 Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke..........101 Transnational Environmental Regulation and Governance........................................56 Trauma and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder.....99 Travel and Drama in Early Modern England...23 Travis, Hannibal............................................61 Trebilcock, Michael J.....................................51 Trein, Philipp................................................72 Trounstine, Jessica........................................70 Trust among Strangers....................................9 Tsouni, Georgia..............................................5 Tucker, Richard P...........................................20 Tulandi, Togas............................................103 Tully, James..................................................69 Turkish Germans in the Federal Republic of Germany...............................................13 Turn Left at Orion.......................................109 Turner, Lynn H.................................................8 Turnout Gap, The..........................................69 Tutu, Desmond.............................................52 Twentieth-Century South Africa....................15 Twitchett, Denis...........................................14 Tyrer, Helen................................................100 Tyrer, Peter J...............................................100

U Ullman, Jacqueline.......................................44 Ulysses, Film and Visual Culture....................27 UNCITRAL Model Law and Asian Arbitration Laws, The.................................56 Under the Greenwood Tree...........................26 Understanding Sociological Theory for Educational Practices.................................44 Underwood, Charlie.....................................88 Uneven Social Policies..................................78 United States Department of Defense Law of War Manual, The...................................60 Unrequited Toil...............................................8 Urban Ocean, The.........................................90 Urman, Richard D.......................................101 Use of Armed Force in Occupied Territory, The ..........................................................60

V Valcke, Catherine..........................................51 Valentini, Marica........................................108 Value of Herman Melville, The.......................22 Value-Creating Boards..................................66 Values in Psychological Science.....................84 van Beers, Britta...........................................32 Van Bruaene, Anne-Laure.............................10 van de Walle, Nicolas...................................79 van den Bergh, Jeroen C. J. M.......................95 van der Eijk, Philip J........................................6 Van der Hulst, Harry.....................................44 van der Hulst, Thijs.....................................106 van Heeringen, Kees.....................................83 Vandenberghe, Lieven..................................93 Vanderbilt, David........................................105 Vangelisti, Anita L.........................................82 Vanoverbeke, Dmitri.....................................49 Vargha, DĂłra................................................18 Vasariâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Words................................................3 Veeravalli, Venugopal...................................92 Ventimiglia, Andrew.....................................63 Verma, Arvind..............................................42 Vernon, Ron H..............................................89 Vershynin, Roman......................................110

Vibrations..................................................106 Victoroff, Jeff..............................................102 Voice of Justice............................................49 von Kaisenberg, C. S...................................104

Yashar, Deborah J.........................................79 Yasur-Landau, Assaf.......................................2 Yegul, Fikret...................................................3 Yockey, Joseph W..........................................57 Yoshikawa, Toru...........................................66 Youngs, Tim..................................................22 Yucel, Murat.................................................99 Yvinec, Mariette...........................................87

Wallace, John...............................................29 Wallis, Janette..............................................95 Wang, Jinjun................................................90 Ward, Ian.....................................................68 Ward, Michael D...........................................80 Wardy, Robert................................................5 Warner, Lawrence.........................................23 Warnick, Karl F..............................................92 Warren, James................................................5 Waters, Colin N............................................88 Wayland, Ratree...........................................44 Weapon of Peace.........................................63 Wee, Lian-Hee..............................................45 Weeks, Elizabeth..........................................61 Wehmeyer, Michael L....................................52 Weinstein, Barbara.......................................14 Weinstein, Joshua I.......................................36 Weltevrede, Patrick.....................................109 West, III, James L. W.....................................21 West, Richard.................................................8 Whalan, Mark..............................................21 Whang, Yoon-Jae.........................................42 What Justices Want......................................69 When Movements Become Parties................79 When Soldiers Rebel....................................79 Whitten, Guy D.............................................80 Whittington, Dick.........................................67 Will, Clifford M...........................................106 Willaschek, Marcus......................................35 Williams, Carolyn..........................................25 Williams, Mark.............................................88 Williams, Martin...........................................89 Williams, Raymond Brady.............................38 Williams, Thomas..........................................35 Williamson Sinalo, Caroline..........................79 Wilson-Gahan, Susan...................................43 Wilson, Bart J...............................................43 Wilson, Robin Fretwell..................................62 Winter, Yves.................................................68 Wirzba, Norman...........................................36 Wistreich, Richard........................................30 Witte, Jr, John...............................................48 Wittgenstein in the 1930s............................36 Wittman, Tyler R...........................................36 Wolff, H. Ekkehard........................................46 Women and Gender in Iraq...........................77 Women and Music in Sixteenth-Century Ferrara......................................................30 Women of Fortune.......................................10 Wongkaew, Teerawat...................................55 Woodard, James...........................................14 Woodward, L. M...........................................97 World through Roman Eyes, The.....................6 World War One, American Literature, and the Federal State.......................................21 Worlds of Natural History.............................19 Wray, K. Brad...............................................33 Wright, Joseph.............................................71 Writing and Rewriting the Story of Solomon in Ancient Israel...........................39 Writing and Society in Ancient Cyprus.............7 Writing Sounds in Carolingian Europe...........30 Wu, Fuzuo....................................................78 Wyatt, David................................................21

Xie, Wei-Chau..............................................91

Z Zaag, Hatem................................................98 Zalar, Jeffrey T...............................................12 Zalasiewicz, Jan............................................88 Zanders, Edward...........................................93 Zhang, Bing...............................................108 Zhang, Lan...................................................89 Zhang, Zinian...............................................57 Zhao, Yun.....................................................55 Zheng, Yongnian..........................................41 Zimbler, Jarad...............................................22 Zoubir, Abdelhak M......................................92 Zyglidopoulos, Stelios...................................65

Running head right

121

Search the Cambridge catalogue online at www.cambridge.org